& Cc CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON ISSUED DECEMBER I, 1919 WASHINGTON, D. c. CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON The Carnegie Institution of Washington has issued or has in press the publications listed herewith. Copies of each publication, except the Index Medicus, are sent gratuitously to a carefully selected list of the greater libraries of the world. A list of these libraries will be found at the end of this catalogue, for conveni- ence of scholars wishing to consult the books. Most of the books lifted as out of print will be found in these libraries. Books not otherwise disposed of are for sale at a price sufficient only to cover the cost of publication and of transportation to purchasers. The editions are necessarily restricted, and no copies are donated except to the list referred to above. The prices quoted are for books in strong paper covers. Usually a few books are bound in cloth, and when available these can be had at 50 cents advance on the quoted price. Publications will be sent post-paid at the prices indicated. Each order should be accompanied by a remittance payable to the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Correspondents desiring price-lists, or descriptive lists, as issued, may have them by furnishing requisite addresses. Special bibliographies of the publications of the Geophysical Laboratory, the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, the Mount Wilson Observatory, and those relating to Economics and Sociology may be had on application. Address all communications to the Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C. CONTENTS Price List 2-22 Classics of International Law 23 Astronomy and Mathematics 25-33 Engineering 34 Chemistry and Physics 35-52 Terrestrial Magnetism 53-54 Geology 55-58 Paleontology 59-62 Archeology, Anthropology, etc 63-66 History, Economics, Etc 67-75 Literature 77-79 Philology, etc 80-81 Folk-Lore 82 Embryology 83-85 Index Medicus 86 Nutrition and other Subjects of Allied Interest 87-96 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 97-112 Stereochemistry Applied to Biology 113-115 Botany 117-130 Climatology, etc 131-132 Zoology 133-149 Index 151-184 V List of Journals and Libraries receiving all books issued by the Institution. .185-192 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Index Medicus (Second Series) : A monthly classified record of the current medical literature of the world. Edited by Fielding H. Garrison, M.D. The prices below include postage for the United States, Canada, and Mexico, with 60 cents additional on each volume for postage to other countries. Vols. 1-6 (1903-1908) per volume $5.00 Vols. 7-16 (1909-1918) per volume $8.00 Vol. 17 (1919) in progress $8.00 War Supplement (1914-1917), v-f-260 pages $1.00 Year Book No. 1, 1902. Octavo, 351 pages. (Reprinted) .... $1.00 No. 2, 1903. Octavo. 371 pages. (Reprinted) . . . $1.00 No. 3. 1904. Octavo, 305 pages, 6 plates $1.00 No. 4, 1905. Octavo, vni+303 pages, 7 plates ... $1.00 No. 5, 1906. Octavo, vm-f-266 pages, 13 plates .... $1.00 No. 6, 1907. Octavo, vn-j-242 pages, 11 plates .... $1.00 No. 7, 1908. Octavo, vn+240 pages, 12 plates .... $1.00 No. 8, 1909. Octavo, vn+260 pages, 16 plates .... $1.00 No. 9, 1910. Octavo, xvi-f-258 pages, 5 plates .... $1.00 No. 10, 1911. Octavo, xvi+296 pages, 9 plates .... $1.00 No. 11, 1912. Octavo, xvi+294 pages, 7 plates . . . . $1.00 No. 12, 1913. Octavo, xvi+336 pages, 13 plates .... $1.00 No. 13, 1914. Octavo, xvi-f-399 pages, 7 plates .... $1.00 No. 14, 1915. Octavo, 441 pages, 3 plates, 4 figs. . . . $1.00 No. 15, 1916. Octavo, 422 pages, 1 plate, 3 figs. . . . $1.00 No. 16, 1917. Octavo, 358 pages, 1 plate, 5 figs. . . . $1.00 No. 17, 1918. Octavo, xvi+331 pages, 1 plate, 3 figs. . . $1.00 No. 18, 1919. Octavo In press 1. The Carnegie Institution of Washington, D. C. Octavo, 16 pages. (Out of print) $0.10 2. Articles of Incorporation, etc. Octavo, 15 pages. (Out of print) . . $0.10 3. Proceedings of Board of Trustees. Octavo, 15 pages. (Out of print) $0.10 [The matter contained in Nos. 1, 2, and 3 is embodied in Year Book No. I.] 4. Conard, H. S. The Waterlilies. A Monograph of the Genus Nymphaea. Quarto, xm+279 pages, 30 plates, including 12 plates colored to life, 82 text figures $6.50 5. Burnham, S. W. General Catalogue of Double Stars within 121 of the North Pole. Quarto, 2 vols. . $14.00 Vol. i, The Catalogue, Lv-j-256 (2563-2561") pages. Vol. 2, Notes to the Catalogue, vm-(-257-io86 pages. 6. Coville, F. V., and D. T. MacDougal. Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution. Octavo, vi+58 pages, 29 plates. (In cloth) $1.00 7. Richards, T. W., and W. N. Stull. New Method for Determining Compres- sibility. Octavo, 45 pages, 5 text figures $0.25 8. Farlow, W. G. Bibliographic Index of North American Fungi. Octavo. Vol. I, part 1, xxxv+312 pp $2.00 The above is only about one-fourth of the projected work, which can not be carried farther. 9. Hill, George William. The Collected Mathematical Works of George William Hill. Quarto, 4 vols. Vol. 1, xvm+363 pages; Vol. 2, vn+339 pages; Vol. 3, 577 pages; Vol. 4, vi-(-460 pages . . . per volume $2.50 10. Newcomb, Simon. Contributions to Stellar Statistics. On the Position of the Galactic and Other Principal Planes toward which the Stars Tend to Crowd. Quarto, 34 pages $0.25 11. Newcomb, Simon. A Statistical Inquiry into the Probability of Causes of the Production of Sex in Human Offspring. Octavo, 34 pages . $0.25 12. Noguchi, Hidayo. The Action of Snake Venom upon Cold-blooded Animals. Octavo, 16 pages. (Embodied in Publication No. 111.) . . . $0.25 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 3 13. Adams, E. D. Influence of Grenville on Pitt's Foreign Policy, 1787-1798. Octavo, 79 pages $0.50 14. Van Tyne, C. H., and W. G. Leland. Guide to Archives of the Govern- ment of the United States in Washington. Octavo, xm-f-215 pages. (Out of print. See Publication No. 92.) $1.00 15. Mottier, D. M. Fecundation in Plants. Octavo, vm-f-187 pages, 75 text figures. (Out of print.) $1.50 16. Jennings, H. S. Contributions to the Study of the Behavior of Lower Organisms. Octavo, 256 pages, 81 text figures. (In cloth.) . $1.50 17. Dorsey, G. A. Traditions of the Arikara. Octavo, 202 pages . . $1.00 18. (See No. 68.) Morse, Albert P. Researches on North American Acridiidse. Octavo, 56 pages, 8 plates $0.50 19. Enteman, Wilhemine M. Coloration in Polistes. Octavo, 88 pages, 6 colored plates, 27 text figures $1.00 20. Duerden, J. E. The Coral Siderastrea radians. Quarto, v-f-130 pages, 11 plates, 13 text figures $1.00 21. Dorsey, G. A. Mythology of the Wichita. Octavo, vni+351 pages . $1.50 22. McLaughlin, A. C. Report on the Diplomatic Archives of the Department of State, 1789-1840. Octavo, 73 pages. (In cloth.) . . . $0.75 22. Revised edition of the preceding $0.25 23. Castle, W. E. Heredity of Coat Characters in Guinea-pigs and Rabbits. (Paper No. 1, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 78 pages, 6 plates, 8 text figures. (Out of print.) $1.00 24. (See No. 81.) MacDougal, D. T., A. M. Vail, G. H. Shull, and J. K. Small. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 2, Station for Ex- perimental Evolution.) Octavo, 57 pp., 22 pis. (Out of print.) . $1.00 25. Gulick, J. T. Evolution, Racial and Habitudinal. Octavo, xn-f-269 pages, 5 plates $1.00 26. Pumpelly, Raphael, W. M. Davis, R. W. Pumpelly, and Ellsworth Huntington. Explorations in Turkestan, with an Account of the Basin of Eastern Persia and Sistan. Expedition of 1903. Quarto, xn-f-324 pages, 6 plates, 174 text figures $4.00 27. Smith, Erwin F. Bacteria in Relation to Plant Diseases. Quarto. Vol. I. Methods of Work and General Literature of Bacteriology exclu- sive of Plant Diseases, xn-f-285 pages, 31 plates, 146 text figures. $4.00 Vol. II. History, General Considerations, Vascular Diseases. vm-f-368 pages, 22 plates (4 colored), 149 text figures .... $5.00 Vol. III. Vascular Diseases, vm+309 pp., 45 pis., 138 text figs. . $5.00 28. Richards, T. W., and R. C. Wells. A Revision of the Atomic Weights of Sodium and Chlorine. Octavo, 70 pages $0.50 29. Baird, J. W. The Color Sensitivity of the Peripheral Retina. Octavo, 80 pages $0.50 30. Shull, G. H. Stages in the Development of Sium cicutzefolium. (Paper No. 3, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 28 pages, 7 plates, 11 text figures. (In cloth.) $0.75 31. Day, Arthur L., E. T. Allen, J. P. Iddings, G. F. Becker. The Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of the Feldspars. Part I, Thermal Study; by A. L. DAY and E. T. ALLEN. Part II, Optical Study, by J. P. IDDINGS, with an introduction by G. F. BECKER. Octavo, 95 pages, 26 plates, 25 text figures $1.75 32. Dean, Bashford. Chimseroid Fishes and their Development. Quarto, 194 pages, 11 plates, 144 text figures $4.00 33. Pai-khurst, J. A. Researches in Stellar Photometry. Quarto, 192 pags, 13 plates. 39 text figures $2.00 4 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 34. Wieland G. R. American Fossil Cycads. Quarto. Vol. I. Structure, vni+296 pages, 51 plates, 141 text figures . $6.25 Vol. II. Taxonomy, vn-f-277 pages, 58 plates, 97 text figures . $6.25 35. (See Nos. 65 and 97.) Coblentz, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. Part I. Infra-red Absorption Spectra. Part II. Infra-red Emission Spec- tra. Octavo, 331 pages, 152 text figures $1.75 36. Stevens, N. M. Studies in Spermatogenesis with especial reference to the "Accessory Chromosome." Octavo, 32 pages, 7 plates . . . $0.25 Part II: A comparative study of the Heterochromosomes in certain Species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera, with especial reference to Sex Determination. Octavo, pages 33-74, plates vin-xv .... $0.25 37. Harper, R. A. Sexual Reproduction and the Organization of the Nucleus in certain Mildews. Octavo, 104 pages, 7 plates $0.75 38. McLaughlin, A. C., W. A. Slade, and E. D. Lews. Writings on American History, 1903. A bibliography of books and articles on United States History published during the year 1903, with some memoranda on other portions of America. Octavo, xiv-}-172 pages $1.00 39. Handbook of Learned Societies and Institutions America. Octavo, vin+592 pages $4.00 40. (See Nos. 62 and 96.) Barus, Carl. The Nucleation of the Uncontaminated Atmosphere. Octavo, xn-j-152 pages, 104 figures $1.00 41. Dorsey, G. A. Traditions of the Caddo. Octavo, 136 pages . . $0.50 42. Atwater, W. O., and F. G. Benedict. A Respiration Calorimeter with Ap- pliances for the Direct Determination of Oxygen. Octavo, 193 pages, 49 figures $1.25 43. Peters, C. H. F. Heliographic Positions of Sun-Spots, observed at Hamilton College from 1860 to 1870. (Edited by E. B. FROST.) Quarto, xm-f 189 pages $2.50 44. Scripture, E. W. Researches in Experimental Phonetics. The Study of Speech Curves. Quarto, 204 pages, 13 plates, 138 text figures . $2.00 45. Furness, Caroline E. Catalogue of Stars within two degrees of the North Pole, deduced from Photographic Measures. Octavo, 85 pages . $0.50 46. Adams, F. D., and E. G. Coker. An Investigation into the Elastic Constants of Rocks, more especially with reference to Cubic Compressibility. Octavo, 69 pages, 16 plates, 26 text figures $1.75 47. Mayer, A. G. Rhythmical Pulsation in Scyphomedusae. Octavo, 62 pages, 2 plates, 36 text figures $0.50 48. Tower, W. L. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysomelid Beetles of the Genus Leptinotarsa. (Paper No. 4, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, x+320 pages, 30 plates, 31 text figures. (In cloth.) . _ $3.75 Castle, W. E., and Alexander Forbes. Heredity of Hair-length in Guinea-pigs, and its Bearing on the Theory of Pure Gametes. (Paper No. 5, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 10 49. pages, 2 figures $0.25 Castle, W. E. The Origin of a Polydactylous Race of Guinea-pigs. (Paper No. 6, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 13 pages 50. Livingston, Burton E. The Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture and to Evaporation. Octavo, 78 pages, 16 text figures .... $0.40 51. Stevens, N. M. Studies on the Germ-Cells of Aphids. Octavo, 28 pages, 4 plates $0.25 52. Davenport, C. B. Inheritance in Poultry. (Paper No. 7, Station for Experi- mental Evolution.) Octavo, v+136 pages, 17 plates. (Out of print) $1.50 53. Muller, W. Max. Egyptological Researches: Vol. 1. Results of a Journey in 1904. Quarto, 62 pages, 106 plates $2.75 Vol. 2. Results of a Journey in 1906. Quarto, v-f-188 pages, 47 plates, 68 text figures. (In cloth.) $9.50 Vol. 3. The Bilingual Decrees of Philse. Quarto .... In press Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 5 54. Willis, Bailey, Charles D. Walcott, and others. Research in China, in three volumes and atlas. Vol. 1, in two parts $8.00 Part I. Descriptive Topography and Geology; by BAILEY WILLIS, ELIOT BLACKWELDER, and R. H. SARGENT. Quarto, pages xiv+353+ xvi, plates I-LI, 65 text figures. Part II. Petrography and Zoology; by ELIOT BLACKWELDER. Syllabary for the Transcription of Chinese Sounds; by FRIEDRICH HIRTH. Quarto, pages vi+355-528-f xvn-xxiv, plates LII-LXIII (including 6 plates of birds colored to life). Atlas. By BAILEY WILLIS, ELIOT BLACKWELDER, and R. H. SARGENT. Folio, 42 maps and 21 other illustrations $7.00 Vol. 2. Systematic Geology. By BAILEY WILLIS. Quarto, v-f-133+v pages, 8 plates . . $2.00 Vol. 3. Paleontology. Quarto, 375 pages, 29 plates, 9 figures . $5.00 The Cambrian Faunas of China, pages 3-276, 24 plates, 9 figs. ; by C. D. WALCOTT. A Report on Ordovician Fossils collected in Eastern Asia in 1903-04, pages 277-294, 2 plates ; by STUART WELLER. A Report on Upper Paleozoic Fossils collected in China in 1903-04, pages 295-334, 3 plates; by GEORGE H. GIRTY. 55. Case, E. C. A Revision of the Pelycosauria of North America. Quarto, 176 pages, 35 plates, 73 text figures $3.00 56. Richards, T. W., and G. S. Forbes. The Energy Changes involved in the Dilution of Zinc and Cadmium Amalgams. Octavo, 68 pages, 10 figs. $0.50 57. Washington, H. S. The Roman Comagmatic Region. Octavo, vi-j-199 pages, 3 text figures $1.00 58. Pearl, Raymond. Variation and Differentiation in Ceratophyllum. Octavo, 136 pages, 2 plates, 26 text figures $1.00 59. Dorsey, G. A. The Pawnee: Mythology (Part 1). Octavo, 546 pages, $2.00 60. (See Nos. 80, 110, 130, 160, 170, 180, 190,210.230.) Jones, Harry C., assisted by F. H. GETMAN, H. P. BASSETT, L. MCMASTER, and H. S. UHLER, Hydrates in Aqueous Solution. Octavo, vm-f-264 pages, 35 plates, 76 figs. . $2.50 61. Richards, T. W., and G. E. Behr. The Electromotive Force of Iron under Varying Conditions, and the Effect of Occluded Hydrogen. Octavo, 43 pages, 6 text figures $0.25 62. (See Nos. 40 and 96.) Barus, Carl. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and by Ions. Octavo, x+164 pages, 66 text figures . . $1.50 63. Noyes, Arthur A., assisted by W. D. COOLIDGE, A. C. MELCHER, H. C. COOPEB, YOGORO KATO, R. B. SOSMAN, G. W. EASTMAN, C. W. KANOLT, and W. BOTTGER. The Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions. Octavo, vi-f- 352 pages, 20 text figures $2.50 64. Pearl, Raymond, and A. B. Clawson. Variation and Correlation in the Cray- fish, with special reference to the Influence of Differentiation and Homology of Parts. Octavo, 70 pages, 8 text figures $1.00 65. (See Nos. 35 and 97.) Coblentz, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. Ill: Infra-red Transmission Spectra. IV: Infra-red Reflection Spectra. Octavo, 128 pages, 93 text figures $1.00 66. Goss, W. F. M. High Steam Pressure in Locomotive Service. Octavo, 144 pages, 12 plates, 120 text figures $1.25 67. Banta, A. M. The Fauna of Mayfield's Cave. Octavo, 114 pages, 2 plates, 13 text figures . . ... . $0.50 68. (See No. 18.) Morse, A. P. Further Researches on North American Acridiidae. Octavo, 54 pages, 10 plates, 1 text figure .... $0.50 6 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 69. Richards, T. W., assisted by ARTHUR STAEHLER, G. S. FORBES, EDWARD MUELLER, and GRINNELL JONES. Further Researches concerning the Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, Bromine, Nitrogen, and Sulphur. Octavo, 88 pages, 4 text figures $0.50 70. MacCurdy, Hansford, and W. E. Castle. Selection and Cross-breeding in relation to the Inheritance of Coat-pigments and Coat-patterns in Rats and Guinea-pigs. (Paper No. 8, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 50 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures $0.50 71. Uhler, H. S., and R. W. Wood. Atlas of Absorption Spectra. Quarto, 59 pages, 26 plates, 7 text figures $1.50 72. Newcomb, Simon, assisted by FRANK E. Ross. Investigation of Inequalities in the Motion of the Moon produced by the Action of the Planets. Quarto, vm+160 pages $1.00 73. Pumpelly, Raphael, et al. Explorations in Turkestan, Expedition of 1904. Prehistoric Civilizations of Anau. In two volumes. Quarto . $10.00 Vol. 1. Reports by RAPHAEL PUMPELLY and HUBERT SCHMIDT, with contributions by HOMER KIDDER, ELLSWORTH HUNTINGTON, and F. A. GOOCH. Pages xxxv-f 1-240+vi, plates 1-60, and text figures 1^30. Vol. 2. Reports by R. W. PUMPELLY and J. U. DUERST, with contribu- tions by G. SERGI, TH. MOLLISON, H. C. SCHELLENEERG, and LANGDON WARNER. Pages X+241-494+X, plates 61-97, and text figures 431-548. 74. Sommer, H. Oskar. Vulgate Version of the Arthurian Romances: Edited from MSS. in the British Museum. Quarto. Per volume . . $5.00 Vol. I. Lestoire del Saint Graal, 296 pages. Vol. II. Lestoire de Merlin, 466 pages. Vol. III. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part I, 430 pages. Vol. IV. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part II, 399 pages. Vol. V. Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac, Part III, 474 pages. \T^I \TJ 5 Les Aventures ou La Queste del Saint Graal I ,QQ V l VL I La Mort le Roy Artus J 388 pp ' Vol. VII. Le Livre d'Artus. MS. No. 337, Bibliotheque Nationale, 370 pages. Index of Names and Places to above volumes, 85 pages. 75. Hay, O. P. The Fossil Turtles of North America, Quarto, iv+568 pages, 113 plates, 704 text figures $9.00 76. Richards, T. W., and COLLABORATORS. The Compressibilities of the Elements, and Their Periodic Relations. Octavo, 67 pages, 8 text figures . $0.50 77. Benedict, F. G. The Influence of Inanition on Metabolism. Octavo, vn+542 pages, 2 text figures $2.75 78. Shaw, James Byrnie. Synopsis of Linear Associative Algebra: A Report on its Natural Development and the Results reached up to the present time. Quarto, 145 pages $1.50 79. Durand, W. F. Researches on the Performance of the Screw Propeller. Octavo, 61 pages, 85 text figures . $0.75 80. (See Nos. 60, 110, 130, 160, 170, 180, 190, 210, 230.) Jones, Harry C., assisted by C. F. LINDSAY, C. G. CARROLL, H. P. BASSETT, E. C. BINGHAM, C. A. ROUILLER, L. MCMASTER, and W. R. VEAZEY. Conductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents. Octavo, v-(-235 pages, 103 text figures . . . $2.00 81. (See No. 24.) MacDougal, D. T., A. M. Vail, and G. H. Shull. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 9, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 92 pages, 22 plates, 73 text figures . . $1.00 82. Lloyd, Francis E. The Physiology of Stomata. Octavo, 142 pages, 40 text figures, 14 plates $1.50 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 83. Perez, Luis Marino. Guide to the Materials for American History in Cuban Archives. Octavo, x-j-142 pages $0.75 84. Osborne, Thomas B. pages The Proteins of the Wheat Kernel. Octavo, 119 . . $0.75 85. Hasse, Adelaide R. Index of Economic Material in the Documents of the States of the United States. Quarto. 85 (Maine) (1820-1904), 95 pages . . ., 85 (New Hampshire) (1789-1904), 66 pages . 85 (Vermont) (1789-1904), 71 pages . . . 85 (Massachusetts) (1789-1904), 310 pages ... 85 (Rhode Island) (1789-1904), 95 pages 85 (New York) (1789-1904), 553 pages . . 85 (California) (1849-1904), 316 pages . 85 (Illinois) (1809-1904), 393 pages. (Out of print) 85 (Kentucky) (1792-1904), 452 pages (Out of print.) 85 (Delaware) (1789-1904), 137 pages .... 85 (Ohio) (1787-1904), 1136 pages ..'.". . . 85 (New Jersey) (1789-1904), 705 pages .... 85 (Pennsylvania). Part I, A to E (1790-1904), pages 1 810 to $0.75 $0.50 $0.50 $2.25 $0.75 $3.75 !2.25 ;5.oo $5.00 $1.50 $14.00 $8.00 In press 86. Peters, C. H. F., and E. B. Knobel. Ptolemy's Catalogue of Stars. A Revi- sion of the Almagest. Quarto, ni+207 pages $3.50 87. The California Earthquake of April 18, 1906. Report of the State Earthquake Investigation Commission, ANDREW C. LAWSON, Chairman. Quarto, two volumes and Atlas. Vol. 1 (in 2 parts). Report of the Commission. Part I, pages xvm-f 254, plates 1-98, text figures 1-54. Part II, pages 255-451, plates 99-146, text figures 55-69. $17.00 Atlas contains 25 maps relating to volume 1 and 15 sheets of seismograms relating to volume 2. Vol. 2. The Mechanics of the Earthquake. By H. F. REID, vm-|-192 pages, 2 plates, 62 text figures $2.00 88. Bjerknes, V., and J. W. Sandstrom. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydro- graphy. Part I, Statics. Quarto, pp. 146+la-36a, lb-30b, and lc-22c. (Out of print.) $5.50 88. Bjerknes, V., Th. Hesselberg, and O. Devik. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrography. Part 2, Kinematics. Quarto, ix-f-175 pages, 113 text figures. (With Atlas of 60 Charts.) (Out of print.) $6.00 89. Hodell, Charles W. The Old Yellow Book: Source of Browning's "The Ring and the Book." Octavo, ccLxn-f-345 pages, 4 plates. (Out of print.) $7.00 89. Reprint of the above $3.50; in half leather, $5.00 90. Andrews, Charles M., and Frances G. Davenport. Guide to the Manuscript Materials for the History of the United States to 1783, in the British Museum, in Minor London Archives, and in the Libraries of Oxford and Cambridge. Octavo, xiv-f499 pages $2.00 90A. Andrews, Charles M. Guide to the Materials for American History, to 1783, in the Public Record Office of Great Britain. Octavo, two volumes. Vol. I. The State Papers, xi+346 pages ... . $2.50 Vol. II. Departmental and Miscellaneous Papers, vm-f427 pp. $3.00 90s. Paullin, C. O., and F. L. Paxson. Guide to the Materials in London Archives for United States History since 1783. Octavo, xi-f-642 pages. $4.00 91. Shepherd, W. R. Guide to the Materials for the History of the United States in Spanish Archives (Simancas, the Archive Historico Nacional, and Seville). Octavo, 107 pages $0.50 92. Van Tyne, C. H., and W. G. Leland. Guide to the Archives of the Govern- ment of the United States in Washington. Revised and enlarged edition of Publication No. 14. Octavo, xin+327 pages $1.25 8 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 93. Hale, George E., and Philip Fox. The Rotation Period of the Sun, as determined by the Motion of the Calcium Flocculi. Octavo, 54 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures $0.40 94. Conard, Henry S. The Structure and Life-history of the Hay-scented Fern. Octavo, 56 pages, 25 plates . $0.50 95. Davenport, C. B. Inheritance in Canaries. (Paper No. 10, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 26 pages, 3 plates colored to life . 96. (See Nos. 40 and 62.) Barus, Carl. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and by Ions. Report III. Octavo, vi-f-139 pages, 48 text figures. $1.25 96. (Part II). Report IV. Octavo vm+84 pages, 21 text figures . . $0.75 97. (See Nos. 35 and 65.) Coblentz, W. W. Supplementary Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. V. Infra-red Reflection Spectra. VI. Infra-red Trans- mission Spectra. VII. Infra-red Emission Spectra. Octavo, 183 pages, 107 text figures $1.25 98. f Cannon, W. A. The Topography of the Chlorophyll Apparatus I in Desert Plants. Octavo, 42 pages, 15 text figures, 5 plates . jKnox, Alice A. Induction, Development, and Heritability of I Fasciations. Octavo, 20 pages, 1 text figure, 5 plates . $0.75 99. MacDougal, D. T. Botanical Features of North American Deserts. Octavo, iv+111 pages, 62 plates, 6 text figures $1.75 100. Ward, William Hayes. The Seal Cylinders of Western Asia. Quarto, xxix +428 pages, 1500 text figures. (Out of print.) $7.50 A second edition, reproduced by photography, has been issued . $5.50 101. Lutz, Frank E. The Variation and Correlation of the Taxonomic Characters of Gryllus. (Paper No. 11, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 63 pages, 6 text figures $0.40 102. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- ton. Vol. I. Octavo, v+191 pages, 41 text figures, 43 plates . $2.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: JORDAN, H. E. The Germinal Spot in Echinoderm Eggs. 12 pages. JORDAN, H. E. The Spermatogenesis of Aplopus maycri. 24 pages, 5 plates. JORDAN, H. E. The Relation of the Nucleolus to the Chromosomes in the Primary Oocyte of Astcrias forbesii. 36 pages, 7 plates. BROOKS, "W. K. Pelagic Tunicata of the Gulf Stream: Part II, Salpa floridana. Part III. The Subgenus Cyclosalpa. Part IV. On Oikopleura tortugensis, a new Ap- pendicularian from the Dry Tortugas, with Notes on its Embryology. 16 pp., 8 pi. BROOKS, W. K., and B. McGLONE. Origin of the Lung of Ampullaria. 8 pp., 7 pi. MAYER, A. G. The Annual Breeding-Swarm of the Atlantic Palolo. 8 pp., i pi. MAYEX, A. G. Rhythmical Pulsation in Scynhomedus;e. 18 pages. PERKINS, H. F. Notes on Medusa- of the Western Atlantic. 84 pages, 4 plates. LJNTON, EDWIN. Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas. I, Cestodes. 34 pp., n pi. EDMONDSON. C. H. A Variety of Anisonema vitrea. i page 103. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- ton. Vol. II. Octavo, v+325 pages, 62 text figures, 41 plates . $3.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: COWLES, R. P. Habits, Reactions, and Associations in Ocypoda arenaria. 41 pp., 4 pi. STOCK ARD, C. R. Habits, Reactions, and Mating Instincts of the Walking-stick. 17 PP-, 3 pl- STOCKARD, C. R. -Studies of Tissue Growth. I. An Experimental Study of the Rate of Regeneration in Cassiopta xamachana. 42 pages. ZELENY, CHARLES. Some Internal Factors Concerned with the Regeneration of the Chelae of the Gulf-weed Crab. 36 pages. CHAPMAN, F. M. A Contribution to the Life-histories of the Booby and Man-o'-war Bird. 13 pages, 6 plates. CONKLTN, E G The Habits and Early Development of Linerges mercurius. 18 pp., 8 pi. CONKLIN, E. G. Two Peculiar Actinian Larva? from Tortugas, Florida. 16 pp., 4 pi. WATSON, J. B. The Behavior of Noddy and Sooty Terns. 69 pages, n plates. RIIGHAKD, JACOB. An Experimental Field-Study of Warning Coloration in Coral- reef Fishes. 69 pages, 5 plates. 104. Eigenmar.n, Carl H. Cave Vertebrates of America: A Study in Degener- ative Evolution. Quarto, ix+241 pages, 31 plates, 72 text figures. $5.00 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 9 105. Lehmer, Derrick N. Factor Table for the First Ten Millions, containing the smallest factor of every number not divisible by 2, 3. 5, or 7 between the limits and 10017000. Folio, xiv+476 pages. Bound in leather and buckram $20.00 Unbound $18.00 106. Chamberlin, R. T. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamental Problems of Geology. Gases in Rocks. Octavo, 80 pages . . . $0.50 107. Chamberlin, T. C., et al. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamen- tal Problems of Geology. The Tidal and Other Problems. Octavo, iv+264 pages, 19 text figures $1 SO This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: I. The Tidal Problem: CHAMBERLIN, T. C. Former Rates of the Earth's Rotation and their Bearings on its Deformation. SLIGHTER, CHARLES S. The Rotation Period cf a Heterogeneous Spheroid. MACMILLAN, WILLIAM D. On the Loss of Energy by Friction of the Tides. MOULTON, F. R. On Certain Relations among Possible Changes in the Motions of Mutually Attracting Spheres when disturbed by Tidal Interactions. MOULTON, F. R. Notes on the Possibility of Fission of a Contracting Rotating Fluid Mass. CHAMBERLIN, T. C. The Bearing of Molecular Activity on Spontaneous Fissioa in Gaseous Spheroids. II. LUNN, ARTHUR C. Geophysical Theory under the Planetesimal Hypothesis. III. STIEGLITZ, JULIUS. Relations of Equilibrium between the Carbon Dioxide of the Atmosphere and the Calcium Sulphate, Calcium Carbonate, and Calcium Bicar- bonate of Water Solutions in Contact with it. 108. Van Deman, Esther B. The Atrium Vestas. Octavo, xn+47 pages, 17 plates $1.50 109. Mayer, Alfred G. The Medusas of the World. Quarto. Per volume $6.00 Vol. I. The Hydromeduss, pp. I-23O+XV, pi. 1-29, text figs. 1-119. Vol. II. The Hydromedusae (continued), pp. 231-498+xv, pi. 30-55, text figs. 120-327. Vol. III. The Scyphomedusae, 111+499-735, pi. 56-76, text figs. 328-428. 110. (See Nos.60, 80, 130, 160, 170, 180, 190, 210,230.) Jones, Harry C., and J. A. Anderson. Absorption Spectra of Solutions. Octavo, vi-j-110 pages, 81 plates. (In cloth.) $3.50 111. Noguchi, Hideyo. Snake Venoms: An Investigation of Venomous Snakes with Special Reference to the Phenomena of their Venoms. Octavo, xvn-f- 315 pages, 33 plates, 16 text figures. (Out of print.) .... $10.50 112. Shull, G. H. Bursa bursa-pastoris and Bursa heegeri : Biotypes and Hybrids, (Paper No. 12, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 57 pages, 4 plates, 23 text figures $0.50 113. Spalding, Volney M. Distribution and Movements of Desert Plants. Octavo v-f-144 pages, 31 plates, 3 text figures $2.00 114. Castle, W. E., et al. Studies of Inheritance in Rabbits. (Paper No. 13. Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 70 pages, 4 plates . $0.75 115. Boss, Lewis. Preliminary General Catalogue of 6188 Stars for the Epoch 1900, including those visible to the naked eye and other well-determined Stars. Quarto, xxxvn+345 pages. (Out of print.) .... $7.00 115. Reprint of the above, with list of Errata in First Edition . . $3.50 116. Reichert, Edward T., and Amos P. Brown. The Differentiation and Speci- ficity of Corresponding Proteins and other Vital Substances in relation to Biological Classification and Organic Evolution : The Crystallography of Hemoglobins. Quarto, xix-f-338 pages, 100 plates, 411 text figures. In cloth binding $9.00 117. Cannon, W. A. Studies in Heredity as Illustrated by the Trichomes of Species and Hybrids of Juglans, Oenothera, Papaver, and Solanum. Octavo, in+67 pages, 10 plates, 20 text figures $0.75 118. Richards, Theodore W., with collaboration of J. HUNT WILSON and R, N. GARROD-THOMAS. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of Thallium, Indium, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, Copper, and Lithium. Octavo, ni+72 pages, 12 text figures $0.50 119. Perrine, Charles D. Determination of the Solar Parallax from Photographs of Eros made with the Crossley Reflector of the Lick Observatory. Quarto, v+98 pages, 1 plate, 2 text figures . . $2.50 10 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 120. Decker, Floyd F. The Symmetric Function Tables of the Fifteenthic. Quarto, 21 pages $1.25 121. Davenport, C. B. Inheritance of Characteristics in Domestic Fowl. (Paper No. 14, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Quarto, 100 pages, 12 colored plates $4.50 122. Johnson, Roswell H. Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of the Lady Beetles. (Paper No. 15, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Oc- tavo, iv-f-104 pages, 92 text figures . $1.00 123. Benedict, Francis G., and Thorne M. Carpenter. Respiration Calorimeters for Studying the Respiratory Exchange and Energy Transformations of Man. Octavo, vn-f-102 pages, 32 figures . . . $0.75 124. Robertson, James A. List of Documents in Spanish Archives relating _ to the History of the United States, which have been Printed or of which Transcripts are Preserved in American Libraries. Octavo, xv-f 368 pp. $2.25 125. Richards, Theodore W., and H. H. Willard. Determinations of Atomic Weights. Octavo, iv-f 113 pages, 4 text figures . . . $0.75 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: RICHARDS, T. W., and H. H. WILLARD. Further Investigation Concerning the Atomic Weights of Silver, Lithium, and Chjorine. RICHARDS, T. W. Harvard Determinations of Atomic Weights between 1870 and 1910. RICHARDS, T. W. Methods Used in Precise Chemical Investigation. 126. Benedict, F. G., and T. M. Carpenter. The Metabolism and Energy Trans- formations of Healthy Man during Rest. Octavo, vm-f255 pp. . $1.75 127. Goss, W. F. M. Superheated Steam in Locomotive Service. Octavo, v+144 pages, 6 plates, 88 text figures . $1.25 128. Fish, C. R. Guide to the Materials for American History in Roman and other Italian Archives. Octavo, ix-f-259 pages . $2.00 129. MacDougal, D. T., and W. A. Cannon. The Conditions of Parasitism in Plants. Octavo, in-j-60 pages, 10 plates, 2 text figures . . $1.00 130. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 160, 170, 180, 190, 210, 230.) Jones, H. C., and W. W. Strong. A Study of the Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Certain Salts of Potassium, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Chromium, Erbium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, and Uranium, as affected by Chemical Agents and by Tem- perature. Octavo, ix+159 pages, 98 plates. In cloth binding . . $5.00 131. Cannon, William A. The Root Habits of Desert Plants. Octavo, 96 pages, 23 plates, 17 text figures 132. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- ton. Vol. III. Octavo, 152 pages, 38 text figures, 17 plates . . $3.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MAYER, ALFRED G. The Converse Relation between Ciliary and Neuro-muscular Movements. 25 pages, 8 figs. . HARVEY, E. NEWTON. Effect of Different Temperatures on the Medusa Casswpeo, with Special Reference to the Rate of Conduction of the Nerve Impulse. 13 STOCKARD,' CHARLES R. The Influence of Regenerating Tissue on the Animal Body. HARGITT, CHARLES W. Crodoctis variabilis: An Apparently New Tortugan Actinian. 5 pages, i plate. McCLENDON, J. F. On Adaptations in Structure and Habits of Some Marine Ani- mals of Tortugas, Florida. 8 pages, 2 plates, i fig. MAST, S. O. Behavior of the Loggerhead Turtle in Depositing its Eggs. 5 pages. HOOKER, DAVENPORT. Certain Reactions to Color in the Young Loggerhead Turtle. 8 pages, 2 plates, i fig. STROMSTEN, FRANK A. A Contribution to the Anatomy and Development of the Posterior Lymph Hearts of the Turtle. 11 pages, 2 plates, 5 figs. HARTMEYER, R. Polycitor (Eudistoma) mayeri nov. sp., from the Tortugas. 5 pages, i plate. COWLES, R. P. Reaction to Light and other points in the Behavior of the Starfish. 1 6 pages, 6 figs. TENNENT, D. H., and V. H. KEILLER. The Anatomy of Pentaceros reticulatus. 6 pages, 3 plates, 2 figs. TENNENT, D. H. Echinoderm Hybridization. 33 pages, 6 plates, 7 figs. 133. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washing- ton. Vol. IV. Octavo, ni-j-185 pages, 17 text figures, 43 plates . $4.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: PRATT, H. S. Monocotvle floridana, a new monogenetic Trematode. 9 PP- T.TNV, EDWIN. Helminth Fauna of the Dry Tortugas. II. Trematodes. 87 pp., plates. AN. T. WAYLAND. A Cont Plateau. 86 pp., 15 plates. 28 plates. , , _. ... VAUGHAN. T. WAYLAND. A Contribution to the Geologic History of the tlondian Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 11 134. Churchill, William. The Polynesian Wanderings. Tracks of the Migration deduced from an Examination of the Proto-Samoan Content of Efate and other Languages of Melanesia. Octavo, vin+516 pages, 2 plates. $3.50 135. Baxter, G. P., in collaboration with M. A. HINES, H. L. FREVERT, J. HUNT WILSON, F. B. COFFIN, G. S. TILLEY, EDWARD MUELLER, R. H. JESSE. JR., and GRINNELL JONES. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadmium, Manganese, Bromine, Lead, Arsenic, Iodine, Silver, etc. Octavo, vii-f-185 pages, 5 text figures .... . . $2.00 136. Benedict, Francis G., and Elliott P. Joslin. Metabolism in Diabetes Melli- tus. Octavo, vi+234 pages, 2 plates $2.00 137. Allison, William H. Inventory of Unpublished Material for American Re- ligious History in Protestant Church Archives and other Repositories. Octavo, vn-f-254 pages . . $1.50 138. Adams, Walter S., assisted by JENNIE B. LASBY. An Investigation of the Rotation Period of the Sun by Spectroscopic Methods. Quarto, in-f 132 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures ... $3.00 139. Lloyd, Francis E. Guayule : A Rubber Plant of the Chihuahuan Desert. Octavo, vm-f213 pages, 46 plates, 20 text figures . . $3.50 140. Campbell, Douglas H. The Eusporangiatse : The Comparative Morphology of the Ophioglossacese and Marattiacese. Quarto, vi+229 pages, 13 plates, 192 text figures .... . . $4.00 141. MacDougal, D. T., and E. S. Spalding. Water Balance of Succulent Plants. Octavo, iv-}- 77 pages, 8 plates, 16 text figures ... . $1.00 142. Long, J. A., and E. L. Mark. The Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse. Octavo, iv+72 pages, 7 plates, 7 text figures . . $1.50 143. Lutz, Frank E. Experiments with Drosophila ampelophila, concerning Evo- lution. (Paper No. 16, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, in-f-40 pages, 53 text figures ... $0.50 144. Castle, W. E., and J. C. Phillips. On Germinal Transplantation in Verte- brates. (Paper No. 17, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 26 pages, 2 plates .... $0.50 145. Case, E. C. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North America. Quarto, 122 pages, 14 plates, 52 text figures . . . $3.00 146. Case, E. C. Revision of the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North America. Quarto, 184 pages, 32 plates, 56 text figures . . $4.00 147. Russell, Henry Norris. Determinations of Stellar Parallax, based upon photographs taken at the Cambridge Observatory by Arthur R. Hinks and the writer ; with Magnitudes and Spectra determined at the Harvard Col- lege Observatory under the direction of Prof. E. C. Pickering. Quarto, vi-{-142 pages 148. Parker, David W. Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives relating to the Territories of the United States. Octavo, 476 pages . . . $3.00 149. Barus, Carl. The Production of Elliptic Interferences in Relation to Inter- ferometry. Octavo, vi+77 pages, 33 text figures .... $1.25 (Part II) : Octavo, pages vi+79-168, text figures 34-64 . . . $1.00 (Part III) : Octavo, pages vi+169-273, text figures 65-119 . $1.00 150. Learned, Marion D. Guide to the Manuscript Material relating to Ameri- can History in the German State Archives. Octavo, vn-}-352 pages $2.25 151. Stager, Henry W. A Sylow Factor Table of the First Twelve Thousand Numbers giving the Possible Number of Sylow Sub-Groups of a Group of Given Order between the Limits of and 12000. Quarto, x+120 pages, 1 plate .... . $4.50 152. Nichols, Edward L., and Ernest Merritt. Studies in Luminescence. Octavo, 226 pages, 190 text figures . $2.00 153. King, Arthur S. The Influence of a Magnetic Field upon the Spark Spectra of Iron and Titanium. Quarto, 66 pages, 6 plates, 3 text figures . $1.50 12 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 154. Churchill, William. Beach-la-mar: The Jargon or Trade Speech of the Western Pacific. Octavo, 54 pages ........ $0.50 155. Benedict, Francis G., and Edgar P. Slack. A Comparative Study of Tem- perature Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human Body. Octavo, v+73 pages, 38 figures ........... $0.50 156. Osborne, Thomas B., and Lafayette B. Mendel. Feeding Experiments with Isolated Food-Substances. Octavo, 53 pages, text figs, i-xxi . . $0.50 (Part II) : Octavo, pages n-1-55-138, text figures xxn-cxxix . . $1.00 157. Day, Arthur L., and Robert B. Sosman. High Temperature Gas Thermom- etry. With an Investigation of the Metals, by E. T. ALLEN. Octavo, vi+129 pages, 1 plate, 18 figures . ..... $1.25 158. Wright, F. E. The Methods of Petrographic-Microscopic Research: Their Relative Accuracy and Range of Application. Octavo, 204 pages, 11 plates, 118 text figures. (Out of print.) ........ $2.50 159. Howard, L. O., Harrison G. Dyar, and Frederick Knab. The Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies. In 4 volumes. Oc- tavo .......... Per set of 4 vols. $10.00 Vol. i. A General Consideration of Mosquitoes, their Habits and their Rela- tions to the Human Species, vn + szo pages, 14 plates, 6 figs. Vol. 2. x pages, 150 plates. Vol. 3. Systematic Description, Part I. Pages vi-f-523. . Vol. 4. Systematic Description, Part II. Pages 525 to 1064. 160. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 130, 170, 180, 190, 210, 230.) Jones, Harry C., and W. W. Strong. Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Comparatively Rare Salts, including those of Gadolinium, Dysprosium, and Samarium; the Spectro- photography of Certain Chemical Reactions, and the Effect of High Tem- perature on the Absorption Spectra of Non-Aqueous Solutions. Octavo, vin+112 pages, 67 plates. In cloth binding ...... $4.00 161. Moulton, F. R., in collaboration with DANIEL BUCHANAN, THOMAS BUCK, FRANK L. GRIFFIN, WILLIAM R. LONGLEY, and WILLIAM D. MACMILLAN. Periodic Orbits. Quarto .......... In press 162. Mayer, Alfred G. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast of North America. Octavo, 58 pages, 17 plates, 12 text figures ...... $2.75 163. Bolton, Herbert E. Guide to Materials for the History of the United States in the Principal Archives of Mexico. Octavo, xv+553 pp. . . . $3.50 164. Coblentz, W. W. A Physical Study of the Firefly. Octavo, 47 pages, 1 plate, 14 text figures ............. $0.50 165. Lehmer, Derrick N. List of Prime Numbers from 1 to 10,006,721. Folio, xvi+133 pages ............. $5.00 166. Benedict, Francis G. The Composition of the Atmosphere with Special Ref- erence to its Oxygen Content. Octavo, 115 pages, 1 plate . . . $2.00 167. Benedict, Francis G., and Walter G. Cady. A Bicycle Ergometer with an Electric Brake. Octavo, 44 pages, 16 text figures ..... $0.50 168. Burnham, S. W. Measures of Proper-Motion Stars. Quarto, rv-|-311 pages ............. . 169. Callaway, Morgan. The Infinitive in Anglo-Saxon. Octavo, xni+339 pages ............... $5.00 170. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 130, 160, 180, 190, 210, 230.) Jones, Harry C., et al. Electrical Conductivity, Dissociation, and Temperature Coefficients of Con- ductivity (from Zero to Sixty-five Degrees) of Aqueous Solutions of a Number of Salts and Organic Acids. Octavo, iv+148 pages, 5 figs. $1.50 171. Lancaster, H. C. Pierre Du Ryer, Dramatist. Octavo, v-f-182 pages, 1 plate ......... . ..... $1.25 172. Parker, David W. Guide to the Materials for United States History in Canadian Archives. Octavo, x-f339 pages ...... $2.00 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 13 173. Reichert, Edward T. The Differentiation and Specificity of Starches in relation to Genera, Species, etc. : Stereochemistry applied to Protoplasmic Processes and Products, and as a strictly Scientific Basis for the Classi- fication of Plants and Animals. Quarto, in two parts. (In cloth.) $16.00 Part I. The Starch-Substance and Starch-Grain. Pages I-XYII+ 1-342, 102 plates containing 612 photomicrographs, charts A-J. Part II. The Differentiation and Specificity of Starches. Pages i-xvn+343-goo and 400 charts. 174. Churchill, William. Easter Island, Rapanui Speech, and the Peopling of Southeast Polynesia. Octavo, 340 pages . . $2.75 175. Bauer, L. A. Land Magnetic Observations, 1905-1910. (Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, v+185 pages, 10 plates $3.00 175. Vol. II. Bauer, L. A., and J. A. Fleming. Land Magnetic Observations, 1911- 1913, and Reports on Special Researches. (Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, v+278 pages, 13 plates, 9 figs. $5.00 175. Vol. III. Bauer, L. A., in collaboration with W. J. PETERS, J. A. FLEMING. J. P. AULT, and W. F. G. SWANN. Ocean Magnetic Observations 1905- 1916, and Reports on Special Researches. (Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, vn+447 pp., 24 pi., 35 figs. . $10.00 176. Benedict, Francis G., and Elliott P. Joslin. A Study of Metabolism in Severe Diabetes. Octavo, vi-f-135 pages, 1 text figure . . . $1.25 177. Loeb, Leo, in collaboration with CARL L. ALSBERG, ELIZABETH COOKE, ELLEN P. CORSON-WHITE, MOVER S. FLEISHER, HENRY Fox, T. S. GITHENS, SAMUEL LEOPOLD, M. K. MEYERS, M. E. REHFUSS, D. RIVAS, and Lucius TUTTLE. The Venom of Heloderma. Octavo, 250 pages, 38 figs. . . . $1.50 178. Cannon, W. A. Botanical Features of the Algerian Sahara. Octavo, vi-fSl pages, 37 plates $2.50 Castle, W. E. Reversion in Guinea-pigs and its Explanation. (Paper No. 18, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo 10 pages 179. Little, C. C. Experimental Studies of the Inheritance of Color in Mice. (Paper No. 19, Station for Experimental Evolu- tion.) Octavo, 92 pages, 5 colored plates .... $2.00 180. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 130, 160, 170, 190, 210, 230.) Jones, Harry C., ^ and COL- LABORATORS. The Freezing-point Lowering, Conductivity, and Viscosity of Solutions of Certain Electrolytes in Water, Methyl Alcohol, Ethyl Alcohol, Acetone, and Glycerol, and in Mixtures of These Solvents with One Another. Octavo, vii-j-214 pages, 85 text figures .... $2.00 181. Case, E. C., S. W. Williston, and M. G. Mehl. Permo-Carboniferous Ver- tebrates from New Mexico. Quarto, v+81 pp., 1 plate, 51 figs. . $2.00 182. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington. Vol. V. Octavo, iii-f222 pages, 7 plates, 3 maps, 68 figures. $2.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MAYER, A. G. In Memoriam, George Harold Drew. 6 pages, i plate. DREW. G. H. On the Precipitation of Calcium Carbonate in the Sea by Marine Bacteria, and on the Action of Denitrifying Bacteria in Tropical and Temperate Seas. 39 pages, 2 maps, 4 figs. VAUGHAN, T. W. Preliminary Remarks on the Geology of the Bahamas, with Special Reference to the Origin of the Bahaman and Floridian Oolites. 8 pages. VAUGHAN, T. W. Building of the Marquesas and Tortugas Atolls and a Sketch of the Geologic History of the Florida Reef Tract. 13 pages. DOLE, R. B. Some Chemical Characteristics of Sea-Water at Tortugas, Florida. 9 pages, i map. GARY, L. R. Observations upon the Growth-Rate and (Ecology of Gorgonians. 12 pages, 2 plates. CLARK, H. L. Growth-changes in Brittle-Stars. 36 pages, 3 plates. TENNENT, D. H. The Early Influence of the Spermatozoan upon the Characters of Echinoid Larvs. 12 pages, n figs. JACKSON, ROBERT T. Studies of Jamaica Echini. 24 pages, 21 figs. JORDAN, H. E. The Spermatogenesis of the Mongoose; and a Further Comparative Study of Mammalian Spermatogenesis, with Special Reference to Sex Chromo- somes. 20 pages, i plate, 9 figs. OSBURN, R. C. The Bryozoa of the Tortugas Islands, Florida. 42 pages, 23 figs. 14 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 183. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington. Vol. VI. Octavo, in+323 pages, 27 plates, 97 figures . $3.50 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MAYER, A. G. Effects of Temperature on Tropical Marine Animals. 24 pp., 12 figs. MAYER, A. G. The Relation between the Degree of Concentration of the Electrolytes of Sea-Water and the Rate of Nerve-Conduction in Cassiopea. 30 pages, 13 figs. MAYER, A. G. The Law Governing the Loss of Weight in Starving Cassiopea. 28 pages, i plate, 21 figs. GOLDFARB, A. J. Changes in Salinity and Their Effects upon the Regeneration of Cassiopea xamachana. 12 pages, 4 figs. GOLDFARB, A. J. Regeneration in the Annelid Worm, Amphinoma pacifica, after removal of the Central Nervous System. 8 pages. GOLDFARB, A. J. Experimentally Fused Larvae of Echinoderms with Special Refer- ence to their Skeletons. 20 pages, 15 figs. MCCLENDON, T. F. Experiments on the Permeability of Cells. 8 paces, 3 figs. HARVEY, E. N. The Relation between the Rate of Penetration of Marine Tissues of Alkali and the Change in Functional Activity induced by the Alkali. 16 pages, i fig. JACOBS, M. H. Physiological Studies on Certain Protozoan Parasites of Diadema sctosum. 1 1 pages. DAHLGREN, ULRIC. Origin of the Electric Tissues of Gymnorchus niloticus. 36 pages. 9 plates, 9 figs. REINKE, E. E. The Development of the Apyrene Spermatozoa of Strombus bi- ttiberctilatus. 46 pages, 7 plates. GUDGER, E. W. The History of the Spotted Eagle Ray, Aetobatus narinari, together with a Study of its External Structures. 91 pages, 10 plates, 19 figs. 184. Finley, J. P., and William Churchill. The Subanu : Studies of a Sub-Visa- yan Mountain Folk of Mindanao. Octavo, iv-f236 pp., 2 pis. . $2.00 185. Hasse, Adelaide R. Index to United States Documents relating to Foreign Affairs, 1828-1861. In 3 parts. Quarto. Part I, A to H, pages 1 to 793 $9.00 Part II, I to Q, pages 795 to 1331. Part III, R to Z In press 186. Barus, Carl. The Diffusion of Gases through Liquids, and Allied Experi- ments. Octavo, vi+88 pages, 38 text figures $1.00 187. Benedict, Francis G., and E. P. Cathcart. Muscular Work: A Metabolic Study with Special Reference to the Efficiency of the Human Body as a Machine. Octavo, vii-{-176 pages, 1 plate, 10 figs. . . . $2.50 188. Davenport, Charles B. Heredity of Skin-Color in Negro-White Crosses. (Paper No. 20, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 106 pages, 4 plates $1.75 189. Osgood, C. G. A Concordance to the Poems of Spenser. Quarto, xm-f- 997 pages, 1 plate $20.00 190. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 130, 160, 170, 180, 210, 230.) Jones, Harry C., and J. S. Guy. Absorption Spectra of Solutions as Affected by Temperature and by Dilution: A Quantitative Study of Absorption Spectra by means of the Radiomicrometer. Octavo, vii-f-93 pages, 22 plates, 44 text figures. $2.00 191. Weed, Lewis H. A Reconstruction of the Nuclear Masses in the Lower Portion of the Human Brain-Stem. (Contribution to Embryology.) Quarto, 78 pages, vi plates $2.50 192. Huntington, Ellsworth, with contributions by Charles Schuchert, A. E. Douglass, and C. J. Kullmer. The Climatic Factor, as Illustrated in Arid America. Quarto, 341 pages, 12 plates, 2 maps, 90 figs. . $5.50 193. MacDougal, D. T., and COLLABORATORS. The Salton Sea: A Study of the Geography, the Geology, the Floristics, and the Ecology of a Desert Basin. Quarto, xi+182 pp., 32 pis., 4 figs. ... . $5.00 194. Shreve, Edith B. The Daily March of Transpiration in a Desert Peren- nial. Octavo, 64 pages, 1 plate, 27 text figures .... $0.75 195. Castle, W. E., and John C. Phillips. Piebald Rats and Selection: An Ex- perimental Test of the Effectiveness of Selection and of the Theory of Gametic Purity in Mendelian Crosses. (Paper No. 21, Station for Experi- mental Evolution.) Octavo, 56 pages, 3 plates .... $0.75 196. MacDowell, E. C., and W. E. Castle. Size Inheritance in Rabbits. (Paper No. 22, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 55 pages, 9 figs. $0.50 197. Wright, Albert Hazen. Life Histories of North American Anura: The Anura of Ithaca, New York. Octavo, 98 pages, 21 plates . . $2.00 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 15 198. Morse, H. N. The Osmotic Pressure of Aqueous Solutions : Report on Investi- gations made in the Chemical Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University during the years 1899-1913. Octavo, 222 pages, 5 plates, 49 text figs. $2.00 199. Shrove, Forrest. A Montane Rain-forest: A Contribution to the Physiological Plant Geography of Jamaica. Octavo, 110 pages, 29 pi., 18 figs. . $1.50 200. Rivers, W. H. R., A. E. Jenks, and S. G. Morley. Reports upon the Pres- ent Condition and Future Needs of the Science of Anthropology. Quarto, 91 pages, 14 plates ...... . $2.00 201. Benedict, F. G., and Fritz B. Talbot. The Gaseous Metabolism of Infants with Special Reference to its Relation to Pulse-rate and Muscular Activity. Octavo, 168 pages, 65 figures , . . . . $1.50 202. Cooper, Lane. A Concordance to the Works of Horace. Octavo, x+593 pages $7.00 203. Benedict, Francis G. A Study of Prolonged Fasting. Octavo, 416 pages, 5 plates, 47 figures . . , . $4.00 Livingston, B. E., and L. A. Hawkins. The Water Relation between Plant and Soil. Octavo, pp. 1-48, 3 figures. $0.75 204. Pulling, H. E., and B. E. Livingston. The Water-Supplying Power of the Soil as Indicated by Osmometers. Octavo, pages 49-84, 2 figures. 205. Detlefsen, J. A. (with prefatory note by W. E. Castle). Genetic Studies on a Cavy Species Cross. (Paper No. 23, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 134 pages, 10 plates, 2 text figures . . . $2.00 206. Johnson, Duncan S., and Harlan H. York. The Relation of Plants to Tide Levels: A Study of Factors affecting the Distribution of Marine Plants. Octavo, 162 pages, 24 plates, 5 figs $2.50 207. Case, E. C. The Permo-Carboniferous Red Beds of North America and their Vertebrate Fauna. Quarto, 176 pages, 24 plates, 50 figs. . . $4.00 208. Broughton, L. N., M. R. Thayer, and others. A Concordance to the Poems of Keats. Quarto, xxi-(-437 pages, 1 plate $7.00 209. Richards, Herbert M. Acidity and Gas Interchange in Cacti. Octavo, 107 pages, 6 text figures ... $1.00 210. (See Nos. 60, 80, 110, 130, 160, 170, 180, 190, 230.) Jones, Harry C., and COL- LABORATORS. The Absorption Spectra of Solutions as Studied by Means of the Radiomicrometer. The Conductivities, Dissociations, and Viscosities of Solutions of Electrolytes in Aqueous, Non-Aqueous, and Mixed Solvents. Octavo, 202 pages, 1 "plate, 58 text figures $1.75 211. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. VII. Octavo, 128 pages, 9 plates, 19 figs. . $1.50 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: WATSON, J. B., and K. S. LASHLEY. Homing and Related Activities of Birds. 75 pages, 7 plates, 7 figs. WATSON, J. B. Studies on the Spectral Sensitivity of Birds. 19 pages, a figs. LASHLEY, K. S. The Acquisition of Skill in Archery. 14 pages, 2 plates, 9 figs. 212. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. VIII. Octavo, 261 pages, 23 plates, 73 figs. . $3.50 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: POTTS, F. A. On the Rhizocephalan Genus Thompsonia and its Relation to the Evolution of the Group. 32 pages, 2 plates, 12 figs. POTTS, F. A. Hapalocarcinus, The Gall-forming Crab, with some Notes on the Related Genus Cryptochirits. 37 pages, 3 plates, 19 figs. POTTS, F. A. The Fauna Associated with the Crinoids of a Tropical Coral Reef, with Especial Reference to its Colour Variations. 26 pages, i plate, 7 figs. CLARK, HUBERT LYMAN. The Comatulids of Torres Strait, with Special Reference to Their Habits and Reactions. 29 pages. MEDES, GRACE. The Pluteus of Laganum sp. 16 pages, 22 figs. HARVEY, E. NEWTON. The Permeability of Cells for Acids. 14 pages. MAYER, ALFRED G. Medusae of the Philippines and of Torres Straits. 46 pages, 3 plates, 7 figs. BARTSCH, PAUL. Report on the Bahama Cerions planted on the Florida Keyi. 10 pages, 8 plates. DAHLGREN, ULRIC. The Structure and Polarity of the Electric Motor Nerve-cell in Torpedoes. 44 pages, 6 plates, 6 figs. 16 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 213. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. IX. Quarto, in+362 pages, 105 plates, 14 figs. $15.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MAYER, ALFRED G. Ecology of the Murray Island Coral Reef. 48 pp., 19 pis., 9 figs. VAUCHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND. Some bhoal-VVater Corals from Murray Island (Australia), Cocos-Keeling Islands, and Fanning Island. __ 185 pp., 73 pis., 2 figs. VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND. Some Shoal-Water ^Bottom Samples from Murray Island, Australia, and Comparisons of them with Samples from Florida and the Bahamas. 54 pp., a pis., 2 figs. GOLDMAN, MARCUS ISAAC. Composition of Two Murray Island Bottom Samples according to Source of Material. 14 pp. MANN, ALBERT. Diatoms from Murray Island, Australia. 2 pp. CUSHMAN. JOSEPH A. Foraminifera from Murray Island, Australia. 2 pp., i pi. HOWE, MARSHALL A. Calcareous Algae from Murray Island, Australia, and Cocos- Keeling Islands. 6 pp., 2 pis. DOLE, RICHARD B., and ALFRED A. CHAMBERS. Salinity of Ocean Water at Fowey Rocks, Florida. 16 pp., i pi., 2 figs. WELLS, ROGER C. The Solubility of Calcite in Contact with the Atmosphere, and its Variation with Temperature. 3 pp. VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND. The Temperature of the Florida Coral-reef Tract. 20 pp., 3 figs. GARY, L. R. Gorgonaceae as a Factor in the Formation of Coral Reefs. 20 pp., 6 pis. 214. Clark, H. L. The Echinoderms of Torres Strait. (Paper from the Depart- ment of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. X.) Quarto In press 215. CONTRIBUTIONS TO AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY: 215A. Johnson, E. R., T. W. Van Metre, G. G. Huebner, and D. S. Hanchett, with an introductory note by H. W. Farnam. History of Domestic and Foreign Commerce of the United States. Octavo (2 vols.) . . $6.00 Vol. I. xv+363 pages, maps i to 5. Vol. II. lx + 398 pages, maps 6 to 10. 215n. Clark, Victor S. History of Manufactures in the United States, 1607 to 1860. Octavo, xn-f-675 pages, 7 plates, and 7 text figures . . . $6.00 215c. History of Transportation in the United States before 1860. Prepared under the direction of BALTHASAR HENRY MEYER by CAROLINE E. MACGILL and a staff of Collaborators. Octavo, x-f-678 pages, 5 plates . . . $6.00 216. Carpenter, Thorne M. A Comparison of Methods for Determining the Respiratory Exchange of Man. Octavo, 265 pages, 74 figures . . $2.50 217. Shreve, Forrest. The Vegetation of a Desert Mountain Range as Condi- tioned by Climatic Factors. Octavo, 112 pages, 37 plates, 18 figs. . $2.00 218. Stout, A. B. The Establishment of Varieties in Coleus by the Selection of Somatic Variations. Octavo, 80 pages, 4 plates, 29 figs. . . . $2.00 219. Morley, Sylvanus G. The Maya Inscriptions. The Inscriptions of Copan, Honduras. Quarto, 34 plates In press 220. Faust, A. B. Guide to Materials for American History in Swiss and Austrian Archives. Octavo, x+299 pages $2.00 221. Mall, Franklin P. On the Fate of the Human Embryo in Tubal Pregnancy. (Contribution to Embryology No. 1. Vol. I.) Quarto, 104 pp., 11 pis., 24 figs. . . $5.00 222. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. Vol. II. Quarto, 108 .Pp. . $3.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: WATT, JAMES C. Description of Two Young Twin Human Embryos with 17-19 paired Somites. (Contribution No. 2.) 39 pages, 4 plates, 7 figs. CLARK, ELIOT R. An Anomaly of the Thoracic Duct with a bearing on the Embryology of the Lymphatic System. (Contribution No. 3.) 10 pages, 3 figs. MEYER, A. W. Fields, Graphs, and other Data on Fetal Growth. (Contribu- tion No. 4.) 14 pages, 13 figs. CORNER GEORGE W. The Corpus Luteum of Pregnancy, as it is in Swine. (Con- tnbution No. 5.) 24 pages, 3 plates. ESSICK CHARLES R. Transitory Cavities in the Corpus Striatum of the Human h-mbryo. (Contribution No. 6.) 14 pages, 3 plates. 223. Contributions to _Embryology, Nos. 7, 8, and 9. Vol. III. Quarto, 90 pp. $5.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: SABIN FLORENCE R. On the Fate of the Posterior Cardinal Veins and their relation to the Development of the Vena Cava and Azygos in the Embryo Pig. (Contribution No. 7.) 32 pages, 7 plates. DUESBERG J.Recherches Cytologiques sur la Fecondation des Ascidiens et ear leur Developpement. (Contribution No. 8.) 38 pages, 3 plates SHIPLEY PAUL G., and GEORGE B. WISLOCKI. The Histology of the Poison Glands of Bttfo agua and its Bearing upon the formation of Epinephrin within the Glands. (Contribution No. 9.) 20 pages, 2 plates. Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 17 224. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 10, 11, 12, 13. Vol. IV. Quarto, 106 pages .... $3.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MALL, F. P. The Human Magma Reticule in Normal and in Pathologic*! Development. (Contribution No. 10.) 22 pages, 3 plates. COWDRY, E. V. The Structure of Chromophile Cells of the Nervous System. (Contribution No. it.) 18 pages, i plate. CUNNINGHAM, R. S. On the Development of the Lymphatics of the Lungs in the Embryo Pig. (Contribution No. 12.) 24 pages, 5 plates. MACKLIN, CHARLES C. Binucleate Cells in Tissue Cultures. (Contribution No. 13.) 38 pages, 70 figs. 225. Weed, Lewis H. The Development of the Cerebro-Spinal Spaces in Pig and in Man. (Contribution to Embryology No. 14. Vol. V.) Quarto, 116 pages, 17 plates $6.00 226. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. IS, 16, 17, 18, 19. Vol. VI. Quarlo, 168 pp. . . y.OO This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MALL, FRANKLIN P. Cyclopia in the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 15.) 29 pages, 3 plates, 7 figs. THORLOW, MADGE DnG. Quantitative Studies on Mitochondria in Nerve-Cells. (Contribution No. 16.) 10 pages, i plate. LEWIS, MARGARET REED. Development of Connective Tissue Fibers in Tissue Cul- tures of Chick Embryos. (Contribution No. 17.) 16 pages, 2 plates. SABIN, FLORENCE R. Origin and Development of the Primitive Vessels of the Chick and of the Pig. (Contribution No. 18.) 64 pages, 7 plates, 8 figs. JOHNSON, FRANKLIN PARADISE. A Human Embryo of Twenty-four pairs of Somites. (Contribution No. 19.) 42 pages, 8 plates, 9 figs. 227. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 20, 21, 22, and 23. Vol. VII. Quarto, 136 pp. . . $4.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: STREETER, GEORGE L. The Histogenesis and Growth of the Otic Capsule and its Contained Periotic Tissue-spaces in the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 20.) 50 pages, 4 text figures, and 4 plates. VAN DER STRICHT, O. The Genesis and Structure of the Membrana Tectoria and the Crista Spiralis of the Cochlea. (Contribution No 21.) 32 pages, 4 plates. WHEELER, THEODORA. Study of a Human Spina Bifida Monster with Encephaloceles and other Abnormalities. (Contribution No. 22.) 23 pages, 4 plates. INGALLS, N. W. A Human Embryo before the Appearance of the Myotome. (Con- tribution No. 23.) 24 pages, 5 text figures, and 4 plates. 228. Crampton, Henry E. Studies on the Variation, Distribution, and Evolu- tion of the Genus Partula: The Species Inhabiting Tahiti. Quarto, 313 pages, 34 plates, 7 text figs $15.00 229. Barus, Carl. Experiments with the Displacement Interferometer. Octaro, vi+113 pages, 66 figs $1.00 230. (See Nos. 60,80,110,130,160,170,180,190,210.) Jones, Harry C M and COL- LABORATORS. Conductivities and Viscosities in Pure and in Mixed Solvents: The Radiometric Measurements of the lonization Constants of Indicators. Octavo, vn-f-175 pages, 3 plates, 21 figs $2.00 231. Benedict, F. G., and H. Murschhauser. Energy Transformations during Hori- zontal Walking. Octavo, 100 pages, 7 figs $1.00 232. Dodge, Raymond, and F. G. Benedict. The Psychological Effects of Alco- hol. An Experimental Investigation of the Effects of Moderate Doses of Ethyl Alcohol on a Related Group of Neuro-muscular Processes in Man. Octavo, 281 pages, 1 plate, 32 figures $2.50 233. Benedict, Francis G., and Fritz B. Talbot. The Physiology of the New- born Infant: Character and Amount of the Katabolism. Octavo, 126 pages, 10 figures $1.00 234. Hill, Roscoe R. Descriptive Catalogue of the Documents relating to the History of the United States in the Papeles Procedentes de Cuba, deposited in the Archive General de Indias at Seville. Octavo, XLin+594 pages $4.00 235. Hale, George E. Ten Years' Work of a Mountain Observatory : A Brief Account of the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory. 12mo, 99 pages, 65 text figures .... In paper cover, 50 cents; in cloth, 75 cents 236. Davenport, C. B. The Feebly Inhibited : Nomadism or the Wandering Impulse with Special Reference to Heredity. Inheritance of Tempera- ment. (Paper No. 24, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 158 pages, 89 figs. . . $1.50 237. Morgan, T. H., and C. B. Bridges. Sex-linked Inheritance in Drosophila. Octavo, 87 pages, 2 plates, 8 figs. $1.50 18 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 238. Moodie, Roy Le. The Coal Measures Amphibia of North America. Quarto, x+222 pages, 26 plates, 43 text figures $5.50 239. Colder, Frank A. Guide to Materials for American History in Russian Archives. Octavo, vui+177 pages $1.00 240. Estabrook, A. H. The Jukes in 1915. (Paper No. 25, Station for Experi- mental Evolution.) Quarto, vn+85 pages. 28 charts . . . $2.50 241. Castle, W. E., and S. Wright. Studies in Inheritance in Guinea-Pigs and Rats. (Paper No. 26, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 192 pages, 7 plates, 7 text figures $2.50 An Expedition to the Home of the Guinea-Pig and some Breeding Experiments with Material there obtained. By W. E. CASTLE. Pages i to 55. An Intensive Study of the Inheritance of Color and of Coat Characters in Guinea- Pigs, with especial reference to Graded Variations. By SEWALL WRIGHT. Pages 57 to 160. Further Studies of Piebald Rats and Selection, with Observations on Gametic Coupling. By W. E. CASTLE. Pages 161 to 192. 242. Clements, Frederic E. Plant Succession: An Analysis of the Development of Vegetation. Octavo, xm-f-512 pages, 61 plates, 50 figures . . $5.00 243. Goodale, H. D. Gonadectomy in Relation to the Secondary Sexual Char- acters of Some Domestic Birds. (Paper No. 27, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 52 pages, 7 plates $1.50 244. Churchill, William. Sissano ; Movements of Migration within and through Melanesia. Octavo, 181 pages, 17 charts $2.00 245. Hedrick, Henry B. Interpolation Tables or Tables of Proportional Parts, containing the products to the nearest unit of all numbers from 1 to 100 by each hundredth from 0.01 to 0.99 and of all numbers from 1 to 1000 by each thousandth from 0.001 to 0.999. Folio, 149 pages. . . . $5.00 246. Albany Zone Catalogues for the Epoch 1900. Quarto, xxm+249 pages. $5.00 Boss, LEWIS. Catalogue of 8276 Stars between 20* and 41 of South Declination. ROY, ARTHUR J. Catalogue of 2800 Stars between a* of South and i* of North Declination. 247. Barnard, E. E. An Atlas of the Milky Way. Quarto, 40 plates. In press 248. Britton, N. L., and J. N. Rose. The Cactaceae. Descriptions and Illustra- tions of Plants of the Cactus Family. Quarto in 4 vols. Vol. I. vn+236 pages, 36 plates, 301 text figures .... $18.00 Vol. II In press Vol. Ill . ...... In press 249. Barus, Carl. The Interferometry of Reversed and Non-reversed Spectra. Octavo, 158 pages. 99 figs $1.50 (Part II) : Octavo, 146 pages, 97 figs . $1.50 (Part III) : Displacement Interferometry by the Aid of Achromatic Fringes. Octavo, 100 pages, 71 figs $1.50 (Part IV) : Displacement Interferometry by the Aid of Achromatic Fringes. Octavo, 172 pages, 117 figs. . . $2.00 250. Knobel, Edward B. Ulugh Beg's Catalogue of Stars, revised from all Persian Manuscripts existing in Great Britain, with a Vocabulary of Persian and Arabic Words. Quarto, 109 pages, 1 plate . . . $2.00 251. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. XI. Octavo, v+360 pages, 20 plates. 59 figs. $5.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MAYER, ALFRED G. Nerve-conduction in Cassiopea xamachana. 20 pages, 15 figs. McCLEHDON, J. F., C. E. GAULT, and S. MULHOLLAND. The Hydrogen Ion Con- centration, COa Tension, and CO2 Content of Sea-water. 48 pages, 24 figs. PHILLIPS. ALEXANDEK H. Analytical Search for Metals in Tortugas Marine Organisms. 4 pages. GOLDFABB, A. J. Variability of Eggs and Sperm of Sea-urchins. 16 pages. HATAI, S. On the Composition of the Medusa Cassiopea xamachana. 14 pp., I fig. GARY, L. R. Studies on the Physiology of the Nervous System of Cassiopea xamachana. 49 pages, 1 8 figs. CLARK. H. L. Habits and Reactions of a Comatulid, Tropiometra carinata. 8 pp. HASVEY, E. N. The Chemistry of Light-production in Luminous Organisms. 63 pages, i fig. HARVJ.Y, ETHEL BROWNE. A Physiological Study of Specific Gravity and of Luminescence in Noctiluca, with Special Reference to Anesthesia. 18 pages. TREADWELL, A. L. Polychsetous Annelids from Florida, Porto Rico, Bermuda, and the Bahamas. 13 pages, 3 plates. JORDAN, H. E. Microscopic Structure of Striped Muscle of Limulus. 17 pages, 3 pis. JORDAN, H. E. Hemopoiesis in the Mongoose Embryo, with special reference to the Activity of the Endothelium, including that of the Yolk-sac, n pp., 4 pis. JORDAN, H. E. Embryonic History of the Germ-cells of the Loggerhead Turtle, Caretta coretta. 31 pages, 6 plates. JORDAN, H. E. Atresia of the Esophagus in the Loggerhead Turtle Embryo, Coretta caretta, a Normal Development Condition. 15 page*, 4 platen. Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 19 252. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. XII. Octavo, v+258 pages, 29 plates, 28 figs. $5.00 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: FOWLKR, H. W. Some Amphibians and Reptiles from Porto Rico and Virgin Islands. 15 pp., ii pis., 6 figs. SILVESTER, CHARLES F. Fishes New to the Fauna of Porto Rico, with Descriptions of Eight New Species. 8 pp., 4 pis. GUDGER, E. W. Oral Gestation in the Gaff-topsail Catfish, Felichthys felis. 28 pp., 4 pis. GUDGER, E. W. Sphyrana barracuda: Its Morphology, Habits, and History. 56 pp., 7 pis., 5 figs. BOWMAN, H. H. M. Botanical Ecology of the Dry Tortugas. 30 pp., 6 pis., 7 figs. WHITE, E. GRACE. The Origin of the Electric Organs in Astroscopus guttatus. 44 pp., 7 pis., i fig. MAYER, A. G. Toxic Effects due to High Temperature. 6 pp. MAYER, A. G. Nerve-conduction in Diluted and in Concentrated Sea-water. 5 pp., i fig. BALL, S. C. The Migration of Insects to Rebecca Shoal Light-Station and the Tortugas Islands, with special reference to Mosquitoes and Flies. 30 pp. CARY, LEWIS R. A Study of Respiration in Alcyonaria. 7 pp. McCLENDON. J. F. On Changes in the Sea and their Relation to Organisms. 47 pp., 8 figs. 253. Ivens, Walter G. Dictionary and Grammar of the Language of Sa'a and Ulawa, Solomon Islands. With appendices. Octavo, vn-|-249 pp., 12 plates, 1 fig . . $3.00 254. Davenport, Frances G. European Treaties bearing on the History of th United States and its Dependencies, to 1648. Octavo, vi-f-387 pages. $2.50 255. Churchill, William. Club Types of Nuclear Polynesia. Octavo, v+173 pages, 17 plates, 3 figs $2.50 256. Dickson, L. E. History of the Theory of Numbers, Octavo. 2 vols., each $7.50 Vol. I. Divisibility and Primality. xn+486 pp. Vol. II. Diophantine Analysis In press 257. Whitman, Charles Otis. Posthumous Works of, Edited by Oscar Riddle. (Paper No. 28, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Quarto. Per set .... . $30.00 Some copies of volume III are for sale separately at $3.00. Vol. I. Orthogenetic Evolution in Pigeons, x+194 pp., 88 pis., 36 text figs. Vol. II. Inheritance, Fertility, and the Dominance of Sex and Color in Hybrids of Wild Species of Pigeons. 224 pages, 39 plates, 1 1 figures. Vol. III. The Behavior of Pigeons. Edited by Harvey A. Carr. xi + i6i pages. 258. Rowe, L. S. Federal System of the Argentine Republic. Octavo. In press 259. Davenport, Charles B., and Mary F. Scudder. Naval Officers : Their He- redity and Development. (Paper No. 29, Station for Experimental Evo- lution.) Octavo, iv+236 pages, 60 charts $3.00 260. Davis, Paul B., and COLLABORATORS. Studies on Solution in its relation to Light-Absorption, Conductivity, Viscosity, and Hydrolysis : A Report upon a number of Experimental Investigations carried out in the Laboratory of the late Professor Harry C. Jones. Octavo, 144 pages, 26 figs. $2.00 261. Benedict, Francis G., and Thorne M. Carpenter. Food Ingestion and Energy Transformations with special reference to the Stimulating Effect of Nutrients. Octavo, 355 pages, 3 figs $3.50 262. Bergen, Henry. The Fall of Princes, by John Lydgate, Edited from the best Manuscripts, with Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Glossary. Octavo In press 'Tower, W. L. The Mechanism of Evolution in Leptinotarsa. 1 Octavo, VUI4-1-340 pages, 19 plates, 156 figs 263. \ (Appendix.) Breitenbecher, J. K. The Relation of Water to the \ $8.00 Behavior of the Potato Beetle in a Desert. Octavo, pp. 341-384, 5 figs. (Not sold separately) . J 264. Sturtevant, A. H. An Analysis of the Effects of Selection. Octavo, 68 pages, 1 plate, 14 figures $1.00 265. Laughlin, Harry H. The Duration of the Several Mitotic Stages in the Divid- ing Root-tip Cells of the Common Onion. (Paper No. 30, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 48 pages, 19 charts . . . $1.50 266. Miles, Walter R. Effect of Alcohol on Psycho-Physiological Functions. Oc- tavo, 144 pages, 15 figures $1.50 20 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 267. Smith, Edgar F. and W. K. Van Haagen. Atomic Weights of Boron and Fluorine. Octavo, m+65 pages $1.00 268. Hyde, Walter W. Olympic Victor Monuments. Octavo. 269. Johnson, Duncan S. The Fruit of Opuntia fulgida. Octavo, 62 pages, 12 plates $1.25 270. Reichert, E. T. A Biochemic Basis for the Study of Problems of Taxonomy, Heredity, Evolution, etc., with especial reference to the Starches and the Tissues of Parent and Hybrid Stocks, and to the Starches and the Hemo- globins of Varieties, Species, and Genera. Quarto. (In 2 parts.) $18.00 Part I. Summaries and Comparisons of the Properties of the Starches and of the Tissues of Parent-stocks and Hybrid-stocks. Applications of the Results of the Researches to the Germ-plasm, Variations, Fluctuations. Sports, Mutants, Species, Taxonomy, Heredity, etc. Notes and Conclusions. Pages xi+i to 376, 34 plates, 820 charts. Part II. Special, General, and Comparative Laboratory Data of the Properties of the Starches and of the Tissues of Parent-stocks and Hybrid-stocks. Pages vii+377 to 834. 271. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 24, 25, 26. Vol. VIII. Quarto, 198 pp. $5.50 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: STREETER, GEORGE L. The Developmental Alterations in the Vascular System of the Brain of the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 24.) 38 pp., 5 pis., 12 figs. COWTJRY, E. V. The Mitochondria! Constituents of Protoplasm. (Contribution No. 25.) 120 pages, i plate, 9 figs. KUNITOMO, KANAE. The Development and Reduction of the Tail and the Caudal End of the Spinal Cord. (Contribution No. 26.) 38 pages, 4 plates, 2 text figs. 272. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 27 to 46. Vol. IX. Quarto. In press This book contains the following papers : MACKLIN, CHARLES C. The Development and Function of Macrophages in the Repair of Experimental Bone-Wounds in Rats vitally stained with Trypan-Blue. (Con- tribution No. 27.) 32 pages, 4 plates. DUESBERG, J. -Cytoplasmic Structures in the Seminal Epithelium of the Opossum. (Contribution No. 28.) 35 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figs. CORNER, GEORGE W. On the Widespread Occurrence of the Reticular Fibrils pro- duced by Capillary Endothelium. (Contribution No. 29.) 8 pages, 2 plates. WHEELER, THEODORA. Variability in the Spinal Column as regards Defective Neural Arches (Rudimentary Spina Bifida). (Contribution No. 30.) 12 pages, ii figures. VAN DER STRICHT, O. The Arrangement and Structure of Sustentacular Cells and Hair Cells in the Developing Organ of Corti. (Contribution No. 31.) 33 pages, 4 plates. RETZER, ROBERT. The Sino-ventricular Bundle. A Functional Interpretation of Morphological Findings. (Contribution No. 32.) 13 pages, i plate. JENKINS, GEORGE B. A Study of the Superior Olive. (Contribution No. 33.) 15 pages, 2 pis., i text fig. SCHULTZ, ADOLPH H. The Development of the External Nose in Whites and Negroes. (Contribution No. 34.) 17 pages, i plate, 7 figs. LEWIS, MARGARET REED, Muscular Contraction in Tissue Cultures. (Contribution No. 35.) 25 pages, 2 plates, 6 text figs. SABIN, FLORENCE R. Studies on the Origin of Blood-vessels and of Red Blood-cor- puscles as seen in the Living Blastoderm of Chicks during the Second Day of Incubation. (Contribution No. 36.) 49 pages, 6 pis., i text fig. BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT. Notes on the Postnatal Growth of the Heart, Kidneys, Liver, and Spleen in Man. (Contribution No. 37.) 21 pages, 8 text figs. MILLER, WILLIAM SNOW. A Morphological Study of the Tracheal and Bronchial Cartilages. (Contribution No. 38.) 39 pages, 25 figs. LEWIS, WARREN H. The Cartilaginous Skull of a Human Embryo 21 millimeters in length. (Contribution No. 39.) 21 pages, 6 pis., 16 figs. MEYER, ARTHUR WILLIAM. Hydatiform Degeneration in Tubal and Uterine Preg- nancy. (Contribution No. 40.) 39 pages, 6 plates. MEYERS, BURTON D. A Study of the Development of Certain Features of the Cerebellum. (Contribution No. 41.) 23 pages, 6 figures. ESSICK, CHARLES R. Formation of Macrophages by the Cells lining the Subarach- noid Cavity in response to the Stimulus of Particulate Matter. (Contribution No. 42.) 12 pages, i pi. STREETER, GEORGE L. A Human Embryo (Mateer) of the Presomite Period. (Contribution No. 43.) 35 pages, 6 pis., 4 text figs. WEED, LEWIS H. The Experimental Production of an Internal Hydrocephalus. (Contribution No. 44.) 22 pages, 2 rjlates. CLARK, ELIOT R., and ELEANOR LINTON CLARK. On the Origin and Early De- velopment of the Lymphatic System of the Chick. (Contribution No. 45.) 36 pages, 7 plates, 15 text figures. BARDEEN, C. R. The Height-weight Index in relation to Linear and Volumetric Proportions of the Body during Postnatal Development. (Contribution No. 46.) 72 pages, n charts, 2 text figures. Publication 272 will constitute a memorial volume to Dr. Mall. Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 21 273. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 47 and 48. Vol. X. Quarto. . In press EVANS, HERBERT MCLEAN, and KATHARINE J. SCOTT. On the Differential Reaction to Vital Dyes of the Two Great Groups of Connective Tissue Cells. (Con- tribution No. 47.) 274. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 49, 50, 51, 52. Vol. XI. Quarto. In press This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: DANCHAKOFF, VERA. Myeloid Metaplasia of the Embryonic Mesenchyme in relation to Cell Potentialities and Differential Factors. (Contribution No. 49.) LINEBACK, PAUL E. Studies on the Longitudinal Muscle of the Human Colon, with special reference to the Development of the Taenise. (Contribution No. 50.) WISLOCKI, GEORGE B. Experimental Studies on Fetal Absorption. I: The Vitally Stained Fetus. (Contribution No. 51.) INGALLS N. WILLIAM. A Human Embryo at the Beginning of Segmentation, with special reference to the Vascular System. (Contribution No. 52.) 5 plates, i text figure. 278. Morgan, T. H., C. B. Bridge*, and A. H. Sturtevant. Contributions to the Genetics of Drosophila melanogaster. Octavo, v-f-388 pages, 12 plates, 105 text figs ' $7.00 I. The Origin of Gynandromorphs, by T. H. MORGAN and C. B. BRIDGES. 122 pages, 3 plates, 70 figs. II. The Second Chromosome Group of Mutant Characters, by C. B. BRIDGES and T. H. MORGAN. 182 pages, 8 plates, 18 figs. III. Inherited Linkage Variations in the Second Chromosome, by A. H. STURTEVANT. 36 pages, i figure. IV. A Demonstration of Genes modifying the Character "Notch," by T. H. MORGAN. 46 pages, i plate, 14 figs. 279. Harris, J. Arthur, and Francis G. Benedict. A Biometric Study of Basa) Metabolism in Man. Octavo, vi+266 pages, 30 diagrams . . $4.00 280. Benedict, F. G., W. R. Miles, Paul Roth, and H. Monmouth Smith. Human Vitality and Efficiency under Prolonged Restricted Diet. Octavo, xi+702 pages, 124 figures $9.00 281. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. XIII. Octavo, 128 pages, 19 plates, 3 figs. In press This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: SPEIDEL, CARL CASKEY. Gland Cells of Internal Secretion in the Spinal Cord of the Skates. 31 pages, 9 plates. DREW, GILMAN A. The Structure and Ejaculation of the Spermatophores of Octopus americana. 14 pages, 3 plates. CLARK. HUBERT LVMAN. The Distribution of the Littoral Echinoderms of the West Indies. 25 pages, 3 plates. HARVEY, E. NEWTON. Further Studies on the Chemistry of Light Production in Luminous Organisms. 35 pages. GUDGER, E. W. The Ovary of Felichthys felis, the Gaff-Topsail Catfish: Its Struc- ture and Function. 17 pages, 4 plates. 282. Bartsch, Paul. Experiments in the Breeding of Cerions. (Paper from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Vol. XIV.) Octavo . . . ... In press 283. Case, E. C. The Environment of Vertebrate Life in the Late Paleozoic in North America : A Paleogeographic Study. Quarto, vi+275 pages, 8 figures . . $3.00 284. Livingston, Burton E., and Forrest Shreve. Distribution of Vegetation in the United States, as related to Climatic Conditions. Octavo. In press 285. Morgan, T. H. The Genetic and the Operative Evidence relating to Sec- ondary Sexual Characters. Octavo, 108 pages, 5 plates . . $3.00 286. Weaver, John E. The Ecological Relations of Roots. Octavo, 128 pages, 33 plates, 58 figs $3.00 287. Spoehr, H. A. The Carbohydrate Economy of Cacti. Octavo, 79 pages, 2 figs $1.00 288. Castle, W. E. Studies in Heredity in Rabbits, Rats, and Mice. Octavo, 56 pages, 3 plates, 5 text figures . ..... $1.50 289. Douglass, A. E. Climatic Cycles and Tree-Growth. A Study of the Annual Rings of Trees in relation to Climate and Solar Activity. Octavo, 127 pages, 12 plates, 40 figures In press 290. Clements, Frederic E. Plant Indicators: The Relation of Plant Communi- ties to Process and Practice. Octavo In press 22 Publications of Carnegie Institution of Washington 291. Contributions to the Geology and Paleontology of the West Indies. Octavo, 184 pages, 53 plates $3.50 This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: VAUGHAN, THOMAS WAYLAND. Introduction. 4 pages. HOWE, MARSHALL A. Fossil Calcareous Algae from the Leeward Islands. 1 1 pages, 6 plates. CUSHMAN, JOSEPH A. Fossil Foraminifera from the West Indies. 11 pages, 15 plates. CANU, FERDINAND, and RAY S. BASSLER. Fossil Bryozoa from the West Indies. 30 pages, 7 plates. COOKE, CHARLES WYTHE. Fossil Mollusca from the Leeward Islands and Cuba. 54 pages, 16 plates. RATHBUN, MARY J. Fossil Decapod Crustacea from the West Indies. 28 pp., 9 pis. 292. 293. Treadwell, A. L. Leodicidse of the West Indian Region. Quarto. In press 294. Mortensen, Th. Studies in the Development of Crinoids. Quarto. In press 295. Mohr, O. L., and Chr. Wriedt. A New Type of Hereditary Brachyphalangy in Man. (Paper No. 31, Startion for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 64 pages, 7 plates, 4 text figures $1.00 296. Key, Wilhelmine E. Dissimilar Heredity and Social Fitness as illustrated in a Certain Pennsylvania Family. (Paper No. 32, Station for Experi- mental Evolution.) 3 charts In press 297. MacDougal, Daniel T. Hydration and Growth. Octavo . . In press 298. Nichols, Edward L., and H. L. Howes, in collaboration with Ernest Merritt, D. T. Wilbur, and Frances G. Wick. Fluorescence of the Uranyl Salts. Octavo In press CLASSICS OF INTERNATIONAL LAW. It was intended to include in this series the leading works on International Law and the volumes listed below were published by the Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, but in January 1917 the work was transferred to the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, to which all inquiries regarding these books should here- after be directed. However, as a matter of general information it has been thought desirable to print in this pamphlet the list of volumes already issued by the Carnegie Institution of Washington. AYALA, BALTHAZAR: De Jure et Officiis Bellicis et Disciplina Militari. 2 vols. Vol. I. A Reproduction of the Edition of 1582, with portrait of Ayala, In- troduction by John Westlake, etc. Pages, xxvn-|-226. Vol. II. Translation of the Text, by John Pawley Bate. Pages xvi-J-245. GEOTIUS, HUGO: De Jure Belli ac Pacis (1625, edition of 1646). Photographic Reproduction. LEGNANO, GIOVANNI DA: Tractatus de Bello, de Represaliis et de Duello. Introduction by Thomas Erskine Holland. Pages i-xxvn. Collotype of the Bologna Manuscript. Pages 1-65. Text of Bologna Manuscript as extended and revised by T. E. Holland. Pages 67-205. Translation of above Text by J. L. Brierly. Pages 207-374. Reproduction of the First Edition (1477) of the Work. Pages 375-453. RACHEL, SAMUEL: De Jure Naturae et Gentium Dissertationes. Vol. I. Reproduction of Edition of 1676, with portrait of Rachel, Introduc- tion by L. von Bar, and List of Errata. Pages 16A+X+335. Vol. II. A Translation of the Text, by John Pawley Bate, with Index of Authors Cited. Pages 16A-fiv-f233. TEXTOR, JOHANN WOLFGANG: Synopsis Juris Gentium. Vol. I. Reproduction of First Edition (1680) with portrait of Textor, Intro- duction by L. von Bar, and List of Errata. Pages 28A-|-vi-f-168. Vol. II. A Translation of the Text, by John Pawley Bate, with Index of Authors Cited. Pages 26A+V+349. VATTEL, E. DE: Le Droit des Gens. Vol. I. A Photographic Reproduction of Books I and II of the First Edition (1758), with an Introduction by Albert de Lapradelle. Lix-)-541 pages, and portrait of Vattel. Vol. II. A Photographic Reproduction of Books III and IV of the First Edition (1758). xxiv+376 pages. Vol. III. Translation of the Edition of 1758 (by Charles G. Fenwick), with translation (by G. D. Gregory) of Introduction by Albert de Lapradelle. Lxxxvm-|-398 pages. VICTORIA, FRANCISCUS DE : De Indis et de Ivre Belli Relectiones. Introduction by Ernest Nys, and Translation (by John Pawley Bate) of the Introduction by Ernest Nys. Pages 9-100. A Translation of the Text, by John Pawley Bate. Pages 101-187. Revised Text, by Herbert Francis Wright. Pages 189-297. A Photographic Reproduction of Edition of 1696. Pages 299-476. ZOUCHE, RICHARD: Juris et Judicii Fecialis, sive, Juris inter Gentes et Quaes- tionum de Eodem Explicatio. Vol.I. A Reproduction of the First Edition (1650), with portrait of Zouche. Introduction by Thomas E. Holland, List of Errata, and Table of Authors. Pages xvi+204. Vol. II. Translation of the Text, by J. L. Brierly. Pages xvn-f-186. Anyone desiring to purchase any of the volumes listed above or any of the future volumes of the series should apply for information to the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, No. 2 Jackson Place, Washington, D. C. *3 ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICS. ASTRONOMY. No. 5. BURNHAM, S. W. General Catalogue of Double Stars within 121 of the North Pole. Quarto, 2 vols. Published 1906. Price $14.00. Vol. 1. The Catalogue, LV-j-256 (256a-256r) pages. Vol.2. Notes to the Catalogue, vm+257-1086 pages. A catalogue of all the double stars visible in the northern hemisphere, discovered since the earliest records, with all the measures and other observations from Her- schel in the seventeenth century to the latter part of 1906. In volume 1 the stars are given in order of right ascension, in tabular form, in eleven columns, giving respectively the general number, the name of the double star, a reference to one of the principal star catalogues in which the star is found, the right ascension, the declination, the measured position-angle, the measured distance, the magnitudes of the components, the date of the measures given, the observer and number of ob- servations, and lastly brief notes concerning colors, etc. The first portion of this volume contains some fifty pages of introductory matter, including ten indexes to the various observers, classes of stars, etc., enabling the user to find at once any special star, or class of star, without a knowledge of the star places. Volume 2 contains the notes and complete references to all the observations of each of the 13,665 double stars. All published orbits of the binary systems and the proper- motions of the brighter stars are given. The history of each pair includes a selec- tion of the best measures showing motion, if any, and an examination of the mate- rial questions suggested by the measures. Some 600 diagrams, drawn to exact scale, show the relative change in the systems having decided orbital and proper motions. No. 168. BURNHAM, S. W. Measures of Proper Motion Stars. Quarto, iv+311 pages. Published 1913. Price $4.00. Micrometer measures made with the large telescope of the Yerkes Observatory from 1907 to 1912 of various stars having large, small, or uncertain proper-motions. These selected stars are of all magnitudes from the faintest in Argelander to prom- inent naked-eye stars, and include, as far as possible, all those which have been heretofore compared by direct measures with other and fainter stars in the field. Independent differential values of the proper-motions are thus obtained for com- parison with the results found from meridian observations. The latter values are frequently discordant and contradictory, and particularly so when the motions are small. The several values from the leading authorities on meridian-circle observa- tions, Auwers, Newcomb, Porter, Boss, etc., and from the various standard star catalogues, are collected and compared. The greater number of proper-motion stars observed here are taken from the General Catalogue of Double Stars. The others are selected from various sources and include stars of special interest, among others the Boss group of Taurus stars with a common movement in space, and small stars with supposed proper-motions taken from the Oxford and other astro- graphic catalogues. As a rule each star is measured on three or more nights, and very faint comparison-stars selected which, it is safe to say, have no sensible motion which could affect the result obtained. No really faint star, not attached to and moving with a brighter star, has ever been shown to have any proper-motion which could be detected by any method of observation to this time. Of course it is to be presumed that the faintest and most distant stars have both proper-motion and parallax, and it is equally obvious that the one is as negligible as the other in all differential comparisons. A careful remeasurement of these small stars after a suitable interval of time will give the movement of the principal stars with a degree of accuracy not yet attained by other methods. 25 26 Astronomy No. 9. HILL, GEORGE WILLIAM. The Collected Mathematical Works of George William Hill. Quarto, 4 vols. Published 1907. Price $2.50 per vol. Vol. 1, 381 pages; vol. 2, 346 pages; vol. 3, 577 pages; vol. 4, 466 pages. The above volumes comprise the works of Dr. Hill in dynamical astronomy, mathematical physics, and mathematics complete up to 1907. The memoirs, 84 in number, are arranged chronologically, the date of the earliest being 1859. The last five memoirs appear here for the first time. The first volume contains a portrait of the author and an introduction by Henri Poincare. No. 45. FURNESS, CAROLINE E. Catalogue of Stars within Two Degrees of the North Pole, Deduced from Photographic Measures. Octavo, 85 pages. Published 1905. Price $0.50. This is an extension of the Star Catalogue presented in Publication No. 1 of the Vassar College Observatory, which gave a catalogue of stars within one degree of the North Pole, whereas the present publication extends the catalogue to two degrees from the North Pole. Both catalogues are based upon photographs taken by Professor Donner, of Helsingfors, Finland, a series of twelve negatives being under consideration, which together include all the stars of less than two degrees polar distance. The present paper treats first of the measurement and reduction of 89-degree plates, with a preliminary catalogue of the stars found thereon ; second, of the inter-adjustment of the several plates and their combination with the former catalogue; and third, of the formation of the final catalogue of all the stars found on twelve plates. No. 10. NEWCOMB, SIMON. Contributions to Stellar Statistics. On the Position of the Galactic and Other Principal Planes toward which the Stars Tend to Crowd. Quarto, 34 pages. Published 1904. Price $0.25. A principal inquiry in the above paper is to determine the position both of the galaxy itself and of the planes toward which the stars appear to crowd, irrespective of the existence of the galaxy. Some previous inquiries might appear to show that the tendency to crowd toward the galaxy is well marked even in the case of stars visible to the naked eye, but the present investigation shows that this tendency is less marked when the galactic stars are considered as forming a collection separate from the others. No. 72. NEWCOMB, SIMON, assisted by FRANK E. Ross. Investigation of Inequali- ties in the Motion of the Moon produced by the Action of the Planets. Quarto, vm-f 160 pages. Published 1907. Price $1.00. The principal object of the above work was the hope of explaining by gravi- tational theory the observed variations in the mean longitude of the moon, shown by more than two centuries of observations to exist, but not yet satisfactorily ac- counted for. The work naturally divides itself into four parts. One of these treats of the theory of the subject, including under this head not only the general equations, but the numerical details on which all the computations are based. In this part the fundamental quantities are reduced to products of two factors, one of which depends upon the coordinates of the planet; the other upon the geo- centric coordinates of the moon. The first factors, termed planetary, are numeri- cally developed in Part II. This development falls into two parts, one treating the direct action of the planet, the other the indirect action through the sun. In Part III is found the numerical development of the factors depending upon the moon alone, and of the partial derivatives as to the lunar elements. In Part IV are presented the combinations of these two factors and the final results of the work. No. 33. PARKHURST, J. A. Researches in Stellar Photometry. Quarto, 192 pages, 13 plates, 39 text figures. Published 1906. Price $2.00. The equalizing-wedge photometer is investigated and applied to stellar pho- tometry in measuring the comparison stars, from 6th to 16th magnitude, tor twelve variable stars, using telescopes of 6, 12, and 40 inches aperture at the Yerkes Observatory. The fields, including the stars measured, are shown by half- tone charts from photographs taken with the 2-foot reflector. Light-curves of the Astronomy 27 variable stars are given from observations made between 1892 and 1905, by Arge- lander's method and with the photometer. The unique feature of the work consists in the application of photometric methods to faint stars near the limit of the Yerkes 40-inch refractor. No. 138. ADAMS, WALTER S., assisted by JENNIE B. LASBY. An Investigation of the Rotation Period of the Sun by Spectroscopic Methods. Quarto, in+132 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures. Published 1911. Price $3.00. The results of a determination of the rotation period of the sun from the dis- placements of the spectrum lines. The material employed consists of two series of photographs obtained at the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory during the years 1906-7 and 1908 with fixed spectrographs of high dispersive power. The methods of observation and reduction are discussed in full, and a comparison is made with the results of other observers and with the values of the rotation period as derived from studies of sun-spots, faculae, and flocculi. No. 93. HALE, GEORGE E., and PHILIP Fox. The Rotation Period of the Sun, as Determined by the Motion of the Calcium Flocculi. Octavo, 54 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures. Published 1908. Price $0.40. A series of monochromatic photographs of the sun, made with the spectrohelio- graph of the Kenwood Observatory, in the years 1892-94, provided the material for this investigation. By means of a special measuring instrument the daily motions in longitude of the calcium flocculi in different latitudes were determined. It was found that the law of rotation for these flocculi is almost identical with that for sun-spots. The paper describes the Kenwood spectroheliograph and the globe- measuring instrument, as well as the methods of measurement and the reduction employed. No. 235. HALE, GEORGE E. Ten Years' Work of a Mountain Observatory: A Brief Account of the Mount Wilson Solar Observatory. 12mo, 99 pages, 65 text figures. Published 1915. Price, in paper cover, 50 cents; in cloth, 75 cents. This little book has been written to meet a demand for information regarding the purpose and work of the Mount W'ilson Solar Observatory. As it is intended for the general reader, untechnical language has been used and numerous illustrations have been provided. The purpose of the Observatory is to throw as much light as possible on the evolution of stars and stellar systems. Its researches naturally fall into three chief divisions, comprising: (1) Solar observations, for the purpose of adding to our knowledge of the only star open to minute analysis. (2) Stellar and nebular observations, bearing directly on the structure of the universe and the physical nature of stars and nebulae. (3) Laboratory investigations, for the imitation and interpretation of astro- nomical phenomena. The book describes typical methods of work, involving the invention, design, and construction of new telescopes and other instruments, their erection on Mount Wilson in Southern California, their use in photographing celestial phenomena, and the study and interpretation of the photographs in the offices and laboratories in Pasadena. No. 115. Boss, LEWIS. Preliminary General Catalogue of 6,188 Stars for the Epoch 1900. Quarto, xxvn+345 pages. Published 1910. Price $7.00. (Out of print.) No. 115. Reprint of the above, with corrections to the first edition. Published 1915. Price $3.50. This volume contains the results of a comprehensive and thorough discussion as to the positions for 1900, proper-motions, and other useful particulars in relation to all stars in both hemispheres that are visible to the naked eye. About 2,000 stars fainter than the sixth magnitude are also included, because they are among the stars which have been most precisely and frequently observed in the past. The primary object of this work was to employ substantially all useful evidence of 2g Astronomy observation in determination of proper-motions with a high degree of precision, especially in the systematic sense. Results of researches leading up to the present work have been published in Volume XXVIII of the Astronomical Journal. Therein are described the steps by which the results of the various original catalogues of observed star-positions are made systematically consistent one with another, and with a resulting normal system. These and subsequent labors in preparation of the present work have led to various useful results, additional to those concerning the main issue computation of systematically accurate proper-motions. Thus, the present work contains very carefully computed positions of all the stars suitable to be classed as standard stars. The systematic errors of observation due to magni- tude-equations of the respective observers have been eliminated from the right- ascensions of the catalogue with substantial success. In the catalogue is incor- porated a Normal Uranometry prepared by Dr. S. C. Chandler. This is founded upon all the most important measurements and estimates of brightness, rendered homogeneous by the application of systematic corrections for color and position in the sky. Three appendices contain respectively : Appendix I. Ephemerides of Polar Stars. Appendix II. Notes to the Catalogue, Periodic Proper-Motion, etc. Appendix III. Systematic Corrections and Weights. No. 246. Albany Zone Catalogues for the Epoch /poo. Quarto, xxvni-f-249 pages. Published 1918. Price $5.00. Boss, LEWIS. Catalogue of 8276 Stars between 20" and 41 of South Declination. ROY, ARTHUR J. Catalogue of 2800 Stars between 2 of South and i c of North Declination. The catalogues contain the results of observations made chiefly in the years 1896-1900. The observations of the first catalogue, which are strictly differential, were designed to meet the need of star positions in a region of the sky difficult of access to the principal European observatories. The second catalogue supple- ments the observations taken at Nikolaief. A third part of the publication contains the standard star positions observed in determining the system upon which the zone observations of the first catalogue are based and a number of miscellaneous star positions. Other miscellaneous stars form the fourth part. An appendix contains a list of the proper-motions amounting to more than 10 seconds of arc per century. No. 119. PERRINE, CHARLES D. Determination of the Solar Parallax from Photo- graphs of Eros made with the Crossley Reflector of the Lick Observa- tory. Quarto, v+98 pages, 1 plate, 2 text figures. Published 1911. Price $2.50. This publication gives a detailed account of observations and computations made in deriving the solar parallax from photographs of the minor planet Eros taken by means of the Crossley reflecting telescope of the Lick Observatory during the interval October 1900 to January 1901. The value of the parallax deduced is 8.8067" 0.0025". No. 147. RUSSELL, HENRY NORRIS. Determinations of Stellar Parallax, based upon Photographs taken at the Cambridge Observatory by Arthur R. Hinks and the writer; with Magnitudes and Spectra determined at the Har- vard College Observatory under the direction of Prof. E. C. Pickering. Quarto, vi+142 pages. Published 1911. Price $2.00. This work is based on 254 plates of 37 different fields, taken with the Sheep- shanks equatoreal coude of 12 inches aperture and 20 feet focal length. The rela- tive parallaxes of 52 stars especially selected for observation, and of 242 others chosen as objects of comparison, have been determined. Every precaution was taken to eliminate systematic error ; and the discussion of the results for the com- parison-stars indicate that the residual errors whether depending upon a star's position, magnitude, or spectral type, or on the season of the year at which obser- vations were made can not exceed a few thousandths of a second of arc. As regards accidental errors, the results appear also to be of high precision. The con- Astronomy 29 ditions suitable for obtaining the most accurate results for a given amount of work expended are next discussed, and, later, the astrophysical conclusions derivable from the data for the principal stars. Detailed tables of the numerical results of observation conclude the volume. No. 43. PETERS, C. H. F. Heliographic Positions of Sun-Spots, Observed at Ham- ilton College from 1860 to 1870. Edited for publication by Edwin B. Frost. Quarto, xm+189 pages. Published 1907. Price $2.50. The book contains the series of visual observations of the sun made by Pro- fessor Peters in the decade beginning 1860. They in effect continue the routine observations of the sun begun by Carrington in 1853 and ending in March 1861. The tables give the position of each spot referred to the center of the disk, the deduced heliographic latitude, the longitude from the node, and the heliographic longitude. For each day on which Peters observed, the angular distance between the prime meridians of the systems of Carrington and Peters is given. No. 86. PETERS, C. H. F., and E. B. KNOBEL. Ptolemy's Catalogue of Stars. A Revision of the Almagest, Quarto, m+307 pages. Published 1915. Price $3.50. The Catalogue of Stars, made by Hipparchus, transmitted by Ptolemy, and commonly called Ptolemy's Almagest, is the first and most ancient known manu- script which gives a description of the heavens of sufficient exactness to admit of comparison with modern observations. For many centuries it was practically the only record of positions of the stars which the world possessed, and it has accord- ingly been a subject of many researches and investigations. About 1876-77, Dr. C. H. F. Peters, of Hamilton College, realizing the impor- tance of verifying the exactitude of the Catalogue, begun the studies which led up to the present volume, calculating, from modern observations, the longitudes and latitudes of all of Ptolemy's stars, embracing every probable star near Ptolemy's positions, corrected as far as possible for proper-motion. At almost the same time when Dr. Peters began his labors, Mr. Edward Ball Knobel, of the Royal Astronomical Society of London, took up this work on nearly the same lines, and for a considerable time the two continued their labors quite unknown to each other; but being fortunately brought into communication, a plan of cooperation in the enterprise was agreed upon. Before any progress was ef- fected, however, Dr. Peters died, in 1890. But his executors placed his manu- scripts and notes at the disposal of Mr. Knobel, who completed the work embodied in the present publication. No. 250. KNOBEL, EDWARD B. Ulugh Beg's Catalogue of Stars, revised from all Persian Manuscripts existing in Great Britain, with a Vocabulary of Persian and Arabic Words. Quarto, 109 pages, 1 plate. Published 1917. Price $2.00. From the second century, when Ptolemy published his Almagest, to the middle of the fifteenth century, there exists no catalogue of stars from original observa- tions. In the year 1437 Ulugh Beg published his astronomical tables entitled "Zij Ulugh Beg," which contain a catalogue of Ptolemy's stars, the positions of which were re-determined from original observations made at Samercand. Ulugh Beg was the last and perhaps the most distinguished representative of Arabian as- tronomy, and his catalogue is of unique interest, not only on account of its originality, but as it is the only record of the heavens we possess between the second century and the end of the sixteenth century when Tycho Brahe made his observations. In 1879 E. B. Knobel published a translation of the catalogue from a Persian manuscript of Ulugh Beg. Some time after this the late Dr. C. H. F. Peters, of Hamilton College, devoted much attention to the subject, but he confined his researches mainly to the printed editions of Hyde, Tharpe, and Baily. He com- puted from modern catalogues the positions of the identified stars for the epoch, thus affording sound means for determining the errors of the catalogue. 30 Astronomy The libraries of the British Museum, the India Office, and the Bodleian are particularly rich in Persian manuscripts of Ulugh Beg. The present work em- braces the results of Mr. Knobel's investigation of 23 or 24 Persian and Arabic manuscripts, including three manuscripts partly collated by Dr. Peters in Paris. The object has been to make the work as exhaustive as possible, but it is regretted that the war has prevented a complete collation of the manuscripts possessed by the Bibliotheque Nationale at Paris. No. 161. MOULTON, F. R., in collaboration with DANIEL BUCHANAN, THOMAS BUCK, FRANK L. GRIFFIN, WILLIAM R. LONGLEY, and WILLIAM D. MAC- MILLAN. Periodic Orbits. Quarto. In press. A large part, though not all, of the periodic orbits treated in this book belong to the problem of three bodies. The first chapter contains certain theorems on implicit functions, the solutions of analytic differential equations, and a new treat- ment of linear homogeneous and non-homogeneous differential equations having periodic coefficients. The second contains a treatment of elliptic motion by the methods which have more general application. This is the simplest astronomical problem in periodic orbits. Certain additional methods are illustrated in the third chapter on the spherical pendulum, with new developments of certain elliptic func- tions. The fourth chapter treats of periodic motion about an oblate spheroid with applications to the motion of Jupiter's fifth satellite. The fifth chapter is devoted to a complete discussion of oscillating satellites in both two and three dimensions, in the case in which two of the bodies are finite and moving in circles, while the third is infinitesimal, and in which the centers of libration are collinear with the finite masses. Chapter VI is a treatment of the same problem by another method having important advantages in certain cases. Chapter VII is a discussion of the problem when the finite bodies move in elliptical orbits. Chapter VIII is a gen- eralization of Lagrange's collinear solutions of the problem of three bodies to the general case of n bodies. Chapter IX is that of Chapter V for the equilateral triangular points of libration. Chapter X treats of the motion in the case in which two masses are equal, the third infinitesimal or finite, and the three always occupy- ing the vertices of an equilateral triangle. Chapter XI treats of satellites and in- ferior planets with application to the lunar theory. Chapter XII treats of superior planets. The problem of Chapter XIII is similar to that of Chapter XI, except that there are four or more bodies. Chapter XIV treats of the orbits of many small masses revolving around one large one. In all cases the existence of the periodic solutions is proved, methods of practically constructing them are given, and numerical illustrations are often added. No. 247. BARNARD, E. E. An Atlas of the Milky Way. Quarto, 40 plates. In presi. MATHEMATICS. No. 105. LEHMER, DERRICK N. Factor Table for the First Ten Millions, containing the smallest factor of every number not divisible by 2, 3, 5, or 7 between the limits o and 10017000. Folio, xiv+476 pages. Published 1909. Bound in leather and buckram $20.00 Unbound $18.00 This table furnishes the smallest divisor of every number up to the limit 10017000. The multiples of 2, 3, 5, and 7 are not listed as being easily obtainable from inspection. At the same time the failure to find a given number in the table is evidence that it is a multiple of one of these numbers. The omission of such numbers greatly reduces the bulk of the tables and adds very slightly to the com- plexity of the arrangement. A list of smallest divisors really serves to find all of the divisors of a number, for one may divide out the smallest factor as listed in the table and then proceed to obtain the smallest divisor of the resulting quotient. This process may be con- tinued until a quotient is obtained which is a prime. Factor tables for the first nine millions have already been published, but are for the most part unobtainable. The tables herewith published have been com- pared, entry for entry, with the previously printed tables and what is believed to be a complete list of errors is also given in the Introduction. The tenth million has been checked against a table in manuscript by Kulik deposited in the Vienna Academy of Sciences. Comparison with all of these tables has been made five times (six for the first three millions). The tables were printed by photographic methods which are believed to eliminate many errors which commonly occur by the falling out or breaking off of types. The problem of finding the factors of a given number is important in itself and is constantly met with in the theory of numbers and in the theory of groups. The allied problem of finding the number of primes between given limits makes a reliable list of primes of the first consequence. This list can now be made as far as the first ten millions, it is believed, with absolute confidence. Computations of the number of primes in the successive millions, and indeed in shorter intervals, tally exactly with the counts made from these tables as far as these counts have been made. No. 165. LEHMER, DERRICK N. List of Prime Numbers from I to 10006721. Folio. xvi+133 pages. Published 1914. Price $5.00. Until the completion of the author's Factor Table for the first ten million num- bers the construction of a reliable list of primes was impossible, owing to the numerous errors still undetected in the old tables of factors. The list of primes herewith published is taken from the corrected tables of factors and has been checked by comparison with the results of the count of primes made independently of factor tables by Meissel and Bertelsen. The number of primes in each successive thousand as counted by Glaisher has also been compared with the number obtained from the list. The results indicate a very high degree of accuracy for the list. The successive primes are arranged in columns of one hundred, there being fifty columns to the page. Each page thus serves to list five thousand primes. The total number of pages is 133, and therefore the total number of primes listed is 665,000. The page is identical in size with the page of the Factor Table. The arrangement enables one to tell at a glance the rank of any particular prime and the number of primes between any two given limits. 31 32 Mathematics No. 78. SHAW, JAMES BYRNIE. Synopsis of Linear Associative Algebra: A Report on its Natural Development and the Results Reached up to the Present Time. Quarto, 145 pages. Published 1907. Price $1.50. This synopsis aims to present in a synthetic way the results, up to the date of publication, of various methods of studying linearly distributive and associative operation. The abstract theory of such operations is the intent of the book. Under this head are included matrices, linear substitutions, bilinear forms, vector algebras, quaternions, and the general theory of operations. The main results of numerous memoirs on these subjects are put into organic relationship and some further results are deduced. No. 120. DECKER, FLOYD F. The Symmetric Function Tables of the Fifteenthic. Quarto, 21 pages. Published 1910. Price $1.25. This publication presents the table of symmetric functions of the equation of the fifteenth degree. Similar tables of equations of lower degrees have previously been published, references to which are given, together with a list of corrections of misprints found in some of them. The use of the tables is exhibited by the solution of a numerical equation and by the calculation of a resultant of two equations. The publication contains also an historical sketch, compiled from original sources, of the formulas connected with the calculation of symmetric function tables, which may not only give an appreciation of the development of the subject, but which will be useful in calculating tables of higher orders. No. 151. STAGER, HENRY W. A Sylow Factor Table of the First Twelve Thousand Numbers, giving the possible number of Sylow sub-groups of a group of given order between the limits of o and 12000. Quarto, x+120 pages, 1 plate. Published 1916. Price $4.50. The main purpose of this table is to furnish direct information as to the possible number of sub-groups of a group of given order under Sylow's Theorem, "If p a is the highest power of a prime, p, which divides the order of a group, G, the number of sub-groups, H, of order p a is congruent to unity, modulo p." These sub- groups of order p a are called Sylow sub-groups. Each number is expressed as the product of powers of primes, and for each prime factor greater than 2 the values of k, other than zero, of all divisors of the number of the form p (kp-\-l) are given. Those values of k, other than zero, such that the number is identically equal to p(kp-{-\), are indicated by a star. In addition, a list of those numbers which contain no factors of the form p (&/>-f-l), k >0 is given, so arranged that the number of such numbers between any two limits less than 12230 is easily ob- tained. The table was constructed independently by two different methods, and the results compared for errors. No. 245. HEDRICK, HENRY B. Interpolation Tables or Tables of Proportional Parts, containing the products to the nearest unit of all numbers from I to 100 by each hundredth from o.oi to 0.99 and of all numbers from I to 1000 by each thousandth from o.oo/ to 0.999. Folio, 149 pages. Published 1918. Price $5.00. These are essentially tables of proportional parts to hundredths and to thou- sandths, or multiplication tables of decimal fractions to two and to three places. They give the products to the nearest unit of all numbers from 1 to 99 by each hundredth from 0.01 to 0.99 and of all numbers from 1 to 1000 by each thousandth from 0.001 to 0.999. They arc intended for use in multiplication where the product is required to no more significant figures than the smaller factor contains, as is usually the case in interpolation or in the multiplication of decimal fractions which are given to three significant figures only. They give what is contained in Crelle's . Multiplication Tables, but in a more compact and convenient form when the product is not required to more places than the factors. The advantages over Crelle's tables are that the products are given only as far as needed and so the computer does not have to "point off," nor cut off part of the product. He does not have to notice if the omitted part is more or less than 0.500 in order to adjust the last figure of the result. Mathematics 33 These tables give the result directly and to the nearest unit. Instead of having to find the required product at the intersection of a line and a column, as in other tables in using these tables the eye has to travel only in one direction at a time, first in a column, stopping at the second factor or the nearest number less than the second factor, and then along this line to one of the outside columns where the required product is found. There is a great economy of space which makes the tables very much easver and more rapid in use. They omit all unnecessary numbers of a series of consecu- tive numbers which gives the same product. The great economy of space can be judged from the fact that only fourteen pages, instead of the one hundred pages in Crelle's tables, are required for the 200 tables from 0.001 to 0.200. These tables are more convenient and more accurate than a slide-rule of the same capacity. The two-place tables (three pages) are printed separately on heavy paper. No. 256. DICKSON, L. E. History of the Theory of Numbers. Octavo. Vol. I. Divisibility and Primality. xn+486 pages. Published 1919. Price $7.50. Vol. II. Diophantine Analysis. In press. The history of mathematics from the earliest times to 1800 has been the life- long investigation of various writers. There remains the enormous task of treating adequately the past century; the vastness of the material would seem to require the separate treatment of the various branches of mathematics. The present history of the theory of numbers aims to portray the development in historical sequence of each topic from the early Greeks to date and to provide a source-book, taking account of every article and book bearing on the subject. Certain material, not accessible in America, was collected in the libraries of England, France, and Ger- many. The aim has been to present a brief, but adequate, account of the results of each article and, in certain cases, also of the proof when that was necessary to differ- entiate the article from others on the same topic. It was borne in mind that most readers would have access to only a small proportion of the journals and books cited. Volume I treats of perfect and amicable numbers, Fermat's and Wilson's theorems and their generalizations and converses, symmetric functions modulo P, residue of (uP~ l 1) /p modulo p, Euler's < function and generalizations, Farey series, periodic fractions, primitive roots, congruences, factorials, sum and number of divisors, criteria for divisibility, factoring, tables, Fermat's numbers, factors of o=t b n , recurring series, Lucas' , v n < theory of primes, inversion of functions, numerical integrals and derivatives, and properties of digits. Report has been made on more than 3,000 papers on these topics. Volume II treats of polygonal, pyramidal, and figurate numbers, linear equa- tions, congruences and forms, partition analysis, rational right and oblique tri- angles, quadrilaterals, polygons, and pyramids, representation of numbers as sums of squares, relations between squares, quadratic congruences in unknowns, two or more linear functions made equal to squares, Diophantine equations and systems of equations of degrees 2, 3. 4, n (classified in eleven chapters with various sub- divisions), sets of numbers with equal sums of like powers, Waring's problem, and Fermat's last theorem. Report has been made on approximately 5,000 papers and books on these topics. The ratio of this number to the corresponding number, 3,000 for Volume I, is roughly equal to the ratio of the length of Volume II to the length of Volume I. The author plans a concluding volume, which will treat of quadratic and higher forms, residues, and reciprocity laws. ENGINEERING. No. 66. Goss, W. F. M. High Steam Pressures in Locomotive Service. Octavo, 144 pages, 12 plates, 120 text figures. Published 1907. Price $1.25. A study based upon experimental investigations concerning the effect of changes in steam pressure upon the efficiency of steam locomotives. A basis for discussion is given in the results of 100 locomotive tests arranged in six series, a definite boiler pressure being assigned to each series. The range of pressure was varied from 120 pounds to 240 pounds per square inch. The presentation includes a description of the research and of the means employed in its advancement; a discussion of diffi- culties in operating a locomotive under very high steam pressures; a statement of facts concerning boiler and engine performance under different pressures, concern- ing machine friction, and concerning the degree of efficiency attending the perform- ance of work at the draw-bar; and a concluding discussion with reference to the more general question of boiler pressure versus boiler capacity as a factor in eco- nomic operation. Four appendices present respectively a description of the locomo- tive experimented upon, methods and data derived from tests, general data concern- ing the weight of boilers, and a file of typical indicator-cards. No. 127. Goss, W. F. M. Superheated Steam in Locomotive Service. Octavo, v-f-144 pages, 6 plates, 88 text figures. Published 1910. Price $1.25. A study based upon recent foreign practice and upon experimental investiga- tions concerning the use of superheated steam in locomotive service. In the course of this study generous attention has been given German superheating locomotives. These have been inspected when in the process of manufacture, when in service upon the road, when in shops for general repairs, and when in roundhouses for routine attention. Observations thus made prove that superheated steam may be successfully used in locomotive service without involving mechanism which is unduly complicated or difficult to maintain. The experimental investigations were conducted at the laboratory of Purdue University. They included forty-seven formal tests of an American-built locomotive. The boiler pressures employed dur- ing these tests ranged from 120 pounds to 240 pounds. The results show the re- lation between the degree of superheat developed and the output of power, together with such other significant data as water and fuel consumption. Heat balances covering the performance of the boiler and superheater are given for eighteen tests. The results are compared with those which are presented by Publication No. 66, entitled "High Steam Pressures in Locomotive Service," for the purpose of showing the effect of superheated steam upon the power and economy of the locomotive. Many results are presented graphically. Four appendices present a description of tests, methods, data, etc. No. 79. DURAND, W. F. Researches on the Performance of the Screw Propeller. Octavo, 61 pages, 85 text figures. Published 1907. Price $0.75. An investigation into the influence on screw-propeller performance of the three chief factors: (1) pitch ratio, (2) slip ratio, (3) area ratio. Forty-two model pro- pellers of 12-inch diameter were employed covering variation in pitch ratio from '0.9 to 2.1 and in area ratio from 0.18 to 0.72, each propeller being tested through a xange of slip from 10 per cent to 40 per cent. Measurements were made permitting 'the determination for these model propellers of thrust, work absorbed, and effi- ciency. The reduced results are shown in various forms, tabular and graphical, and their application to problems of propeller design is discussed. Similar results are also given for some 47 combinations of two propellers on one shaft, comprising various arrangements of the above propellers as to relative pitch ratio, distance apart, and aspect of blades. 34 CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS. No. 7. RICHARDS, T. W., and W. N. STULL. New Method for Determining' Com- pressibility. Octavo, 45 pages, 5 figures. Published 1903. Price $0.25. In this paper the defects of many previously used methods for determining compressibility are explained, and new methods are suggested which are applicable to nearly all liquids and solids. With the help of these methods the compressibility of bromine, iodine, chloroform, bromoform, carbon tetrachloride, phosphorus, water, and glass have been determined by reference to mercury in most cases as far as 500 or 600 atmospheres. From some of these the compressibility of liquid chlorine has been inferred. Approximate determinations of the heats of compression of water and mercury have been made. A new manometer for calibrating high-pressure gauges is proposed. The compressibilities of the substances named above have been compared with regard to their relative decrease with increasing pressure. It is pointed out that usually the greater the compressibility the greater is its decrease with increasing pressure. No. 28. RICHARDS, T. W., and R. C. WELLS. A Revision of the Atomic Weights of Sodium and Chlorine. Octavo, 70 pages. Published 1905. Price $0.50. The investigation described in this monograph consisted of a very careful quantitative study of the three ratios involving the three substances silver chlo- ride, sodium chloride, and metallic silver. An effort was made to test every opera- tion involved in the execution of the experiments with the greatest precision. Ex- traordinary precautions were taken in purifying all the substances used. The identity of materials obtained from many different sources was demonstrated in order to prove the adequacy of the methods of purification. Before weighing, all the substances were fused in vacuum in order to eliminate air and moisture. The conditions governing the irregularities attending chemical precipitation were studied more minutely than hitherto and the necessary precautions were applied. It was shown conclusively that Stas's silver must have been impure and that ac- cordingly his atomic weight of chlorine was in error by over 0.05 per cent, while his value for sodium was nearly 0.2 per cent too high. The new values are respec- tively 35.473 and 23.008, if silver is provisionally taken as 107.930, each figure being diminished by 0.046 per cent if silver is taken as 107.88. No. 56. RICHARDS, T. W., and G. S. FORBES. Energy Changes Involved in the Dilution of Zinc and Cadmium Amalgams. Octavo, 68 pages, 10 figs. Published 1906. Price $0.50. The electrochemical and thermochemical properties of liquid amalgams were investigated with a view to the further understanding of chemically generated electromotive forces. Extraordinary precautions were taken against experimental errors. Zinc amalgams gave potentials lower than those calculated from the gas law (or law of concentration-effect) and cadmium amalgams gave potentials higher than those thus calculated. As the dilution with mercury is increased, the deviations diminish, and in the most dilute amalgams investigated the closest ap- proach to the law ever noted in the study of solutions was found. The temperature- coefficient of the potential of the cadmium amalgam cells was found to be almost identical with the tension increment of a perfect gas, while that of the concen- trated zinc-amalgam cell was shown to be greater. Preliminary thermochemical experimentation supported these conclusions, and all the experiments were studied in relation to the conclusions of Helmholtz and of Cady. A part of the work has since been verified by the less comprehensive investigation of Hulett and De Lury (J. Am, Chem. Soc., 30, 1812 [1908]). This investigation is continued in publication 118. 35 36 Chemistry and Physics No. 61. RICHARDS, T. W., and G. E. BEHR. The Electromotive Force of Iron under Varying Conditions and the Effect of Occluded Hydrogen. Oc- tavo, 43 pages, 6 text figures. Published 1906. Price $0.25. The object of this work was to determine with great precision the electro- motive force of iron in contact with solutions of its salts, as a first step in the exact study of the very important phenomenon of rusting. It is shown that all previous investigations upon this subject were at fault because of inadequate pre- cautions as to the purity of the iron and the exclusion of oxygen from the system. Iron in various conditions was investigated and the effect of stresses was studied. If the normal calomel electrode is taken as having a single potential difference of 0.56, pure compact iron has a single potential difference of 0.15. Occluded hydrogen was found greatly to raise this value. The facts received brief theoretical discus- sion. This work has since been repeated and verified by others. No. 69. RICHARDS, T. W., and A. STAEHLER, E. MUELLER, G. S. FORBES, and GRIN- NELL JONES. Further Researches Concerning the Atomic Weights of Potassium, Silver, Chlorine, Bromine, Nitrogen, and Sulphur. Octavo, 88 pages, 4 text figures. Published 1907. Price $0.50. This monograph includes four papers, one having been undertaken with the help of each of the four assistants named above. The first consisted of a study of the atomic weight of potassium essentially similar to that of sodium described in publication 28, with some further precautions contributing still more to accuracy. It was shown that Stas had made the same errors in the case of potassium as in that of sodium and that the real atomic weight of this element is to be taken as 39.114, if silver is 107.93. The second paper describes a precise study of potassium bromide. This yielded identically the same value for potassium as the chloride, leaving no doubt as to the true value of the atomic weight of this element. If silver is taken as 107.88, potassium becomes 39.096. The third paper deals with the synthesis of silver nitrate from pure silver and pure nitric acid. In the course of the work a new and convenient apparatus for quantitative evaporation involving quartz flasks was devised. The silver nitrate was fused until constant in weight; it was carefully tested for dissolved air, re- tained water, and ammonia, and nitric and nitrous acids. Only the second and third of these impurities could be detected by tests proved to be adequate, and these only in mere traces, less than 0.002 per cent in all. The outcome was that if nitrogen is taken as 14.008, silver must be taken as 107.880. The fourth paper concerns the atomic weights of silver and sulphur, which were evaluated by converting pure silver sulphate into silver chloride. The results showed that if sulphur is taken as 32.07, silver must be 107.88. No. 76. RICHARDS, T. W., and W. N. STULL, F. N. BRINK, and F. BONNET, JR. The Compressibilities of the Elements and their Periodic Relations. Oc- tavo, 67 pages, 8 text figures. Published 1907. Price $0.50. Until this investigation was undertaken almost nothing was known about the compressibility of the elements. The monograph describes experiments carried out by the new method detailed in Publication No. 7. Thirty-five of the solid and liquid elements were investigated enough to show that the compressibilities of the elements are distinctly related periodically with one another as well as with other properties such as volatility and atomic volume. Among the elements investi- gated, silicon was least affected by pressure, having a compressibility less than one-twentieth of that of mercury, and caesium was found to be the most compres- sible among the solid elements, having a compressibility about fifteen times that of mercury. Liquid chlorine was found to be about half again as compressible as this; and other solid and liquid elements have values ranging between these extremes. No. 118. RICHARDS, T. W., with the collaboration of J. H, WILSON and R. N. GARROD-THOMAS. Electrochemical Investigation of Liquid Amalgams of Thallium, Indium, Tin, Zinc, Cadmium, Lead, Copper, and Lithium. Octavo, iv+72 pages, 12 text figures. Published 1909. Price $0.50. The connected investigations described in the two papers comprised in this mono- graph are a continuation of the research described in Publication No. 56. The Chemistry and Physics 37 object was to extend the study to elements possessing other valences and to study more accurately the phenomena investigated. The electromotive forces (and their temperature coefficients) of various cells containing amalgams of the eight metals named in the title were measured, with many precautions against experimental errors. Thallium and indium were found to behave in the same manner as cadmium, but in a much more exaggerated degree. Tin and lead were found to behave in the same manner as zinc, but likewise in a more exaggerated degree. It was shown that the greater part of these deviations from the concentration law may be explained by the heat of dilution of the amalgam, according to the equation of Cady. The temperature-coefficient of a cell of this type was shown to correspond closely with the requirement of this equation. The difficulties of the actual measurement of thermochemical data involving amalgams were emphasized, and many errors in the work of previous investigators were discovered. It was shown that the deviations from the simple concentration law in every case decreased as the dilution increased, so that upon reaching a concentration of 0.01 gram-atom per liter all the amalgams investigated behaved practically as ideal solutions. No. 125. RICHARDS, THEODORE W., and H. H. WILLARD. Determination of Atomic Weights. Octavo, iv+113 pages, 4 figs. Published 1910. Price $0.75. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: RICHARDS, T. W., and H. H. WILLARD. Further Investigation Concerning the Atomic Weights of Silver, Lithium, and Chlorine. RICHARDS, T. W. Harvard Determinations of Atomic Weights between 1870 and 1910. RICHARDS, T. W. Methods Used in Precise Chemical Investigation. The first paper describes a new method for determining the atomic weight of silver through the ratio of lithium perchlorate to the chloride on the one hand and the ratio of the chloride to silver on the other. A new method of purifying lithium salts is described, as well as new apparatus for effecting the change of the chloride into the perchlorate. Incidentally the atomic weight of lithium was determined anew and found to be nearly 1 per cent lower than Stas's value. If oxygen is taken as 16, the investigation yielded as its result Ag = 107.871 and Li = 6.939. The second paper contains a brief description of all the investigations concerning atomic weights which have been conducted in Harvard University, with a detailed chronological bibliography and a table comparing the results with the accepted inter- national values. The third paper combines the most important parts of two addresses delivered before the German Chemical Society and the American Chemical Society. It emphasizes some of the more important details necessary in exact chemical ex- perimentation of any kind. No. 63. The Electrical Conductivity of Aqueous Solutions. A Report presented by ARTHUR A. NOYES upon a Series of Experimental Investigations executed by A. A. NOYES, W. D. COOLJDGE, A. C. MELCHER, H. C. COOPER, YOGORO KATO, R. B. SOSMAN, G. W. EASTMAN, C. W. KANOLT, and W. BOTTGER. Octavo, vi+352 pages, 20 text figures. Published 1907. Price $2.50. This publication describes an extended series of researches on the electrical con- ductivity of aqueous solutions through a wide range of temperature (18" to 306*). The special apparatus which had to be constructed for the purpose is fully described. The conductivity results obtained with seventeen different salts, acids, and bases at various concentrations are presented in detail ; and these results are discussed with reference to the migration-velocities of the constituent ions and the degree of ionization and hydrolysis of the substances themselves. From the hydrolysis meas- urements the ionization constant of water is derived for temperatures between and 306. The general conclusions to which all these researches have led are presented in a comprehensive summary at the end of the work. No. 60. JONES, HARRY C., and F. H. GETMAN, H. P. BASSETT, L. MCMASTER, and H. S. UHLER. Hydrates in Aqueous Solution. Octavo, vm-j-264 pages, 35 plates, 76 text figures. Published 1907. Price $2.50. In this monograph are brought together the results of several years' work on the various lines of evidence bearing upon the "Hydrate Theory." One of the most 38 Chemistry and Physics important of these is the evidence furnished from the lowering of the freezing-point of water with which a salt crystallizes and its power to lower the freezing-point of water when dissolved in that solvent. This is shown to be a strong argument in favor of the theory of hydration in aqueous solutions. The freezing-point of be- tween 1,200 and 1,500 solutions of more than 100 compounds were measured, and the results are here recorded. Experimental evidence was also obtained which showed that salts dissolved in alcohol frequently combined with more or less of that solvent, forming alcoholates. The theory of hydration in aqueous solutions thus becomes the theory of solvation in solution in general. The second part of this monograph deals with the absorption spectra of solu- tions from the standpoint of the hydrate theory. The absorption spectra were obtained with a grating spectroscope, and solutions both in water and in the alcohols were studied, also solutions in mixtures of the alcohols with water. The effects of concentration of the solution and of the presence of a dehydrating agent were tested ; also the effect of adding varying amounts of water to the solutions in the alcohols. The results all fall in line with the hydrate theory, and can be interpreted in terms of no other conception thus far advanced. No. 80. JONES, HARRY C, and C. F. LINDSAY, C. G. CARROLL, H. P. BASSETT, E. C. BINGHAM, C. A. ROUILLER, L. McMASTER, and W. R. VEAZEY. Con- ductivity and Viscosity in Mixed Solvents. Octavo, v-f-235 pages, 103 text figures. Published 1907. Price $2.00. This publication deals with conductivity and viscosity in mixed solvents. The conductivities of a large number of salts in water, methyl and ethyl alcohols, and acetone were studied, and the relation between these conductivities and the vis- cosities of the several solvents, including especially the mixed solvents. A large number of relations were brought out, showing that the viscosity of the solvent, or solvent mixture, is a prime factor in conditioning the conductivity of dissolved electrolytes. It was shown that the effect of one associated solvent on the association of another associated solvent, with which it is mixed is to lessen its association. The minima in the conductivity curves obtained in mixed solvents were also explained. The bearing of the temperature coefficients of conductivity on the hydrate theory is discussed, and the meaning of negative temperature coefficients pointed out. The lowering of the viscosity of water produced by certain salts is considered, and the first satisfactory explanation of this important phenomenon given. No. 110. JONES, HARRY C., and JOHN A. ANDERSON. The Absorption Spectra of Solutions. Octavo, vi-j-1 10 pages, 81 plates. Published 1909. Price $3.50. This monograph deals entirely with the absorption spectra of solutions of cer- tain salts of cobalt, nickel, copper, iron, chromium, neodymium, praseodymium, and erbium in water, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, and acetone; and in mixtures of water with the other solvents. The work recorded takes up the subject of the absorption spectra of solutions in a fairly comprehensive manner. Among the problems studied are the effect on the absorption of light produced by changing the concentration of the solution but keeping the total amount of coloring matter in the path of the beam of light constant; the effect of dehydrating agents; the absorption spectra in methyl and ethyl alcohols, as well as in water and in acetone, is also brought within the scope of this work. Some surprising results were obtained, especially with the salts of neodymium in the alcohols. It was found that neodymium chloride showed one set of bands in aqueous solutions, but some entirely new bands made their appearance in the alcoholic solutions. In mixtures of water with the alcohols both sets of bands came out simultaneously. The nature of absorption of light by solutions in general is discussed at some length. Heliotype reproductions of 81 plates of spectrograms are given, including about 1,200 solutions. All these data are explained with perfect ease by means of the general theory of solvation in solution, but a large number of the facts brought to light in this work are not explicable in terms of any other suggestion thus far advanced. Chemistry and Physics 39 No. 130. JONES, HARRY C, and W. W. STRONG. A Study of the Absorption Spectra of Solutions of Certain Salts of Potassium, Cobalt, Nickel, Copper, Chromium, Erbium, Praseodymium, Neodymium, and Uranium as affected by Chemical Agents and by Temperature. Octavo, ix-j-159 pages, 98 plates. Published 1910. In cloth binding. Price $5.00. This is a continuation of the work described in Publications Nos. 60 and 110. The results obtained from the study of about 3,000 solutions are herein recorded. The effect of the addition of free acids and foreign salts on absorption spectra show that chemical reactions are probably much more complex than we usually suppose. It was found that solvents which do not absorb visible light may have a marked influence on the absorption of the dissolved substance. Definite solvent bands have been discovered for water, the alcohols, acetone, and glycerol. These bands are characteristic of each solvent, and the proof of their existence is regarded as strong evidence for the theory of solvation in solution. It is difficult, not to say impossible, to see how the solvent can produce such a marked effect upon the reso- nance of the vibrators in solutions unless it enters into some kind of combination with the dissolved substance. The evidence for the solvate theory having become so strong, a brief discussion of the significance of that theory is given. It is shown that when we supplement the theory of electrolytic dissociation by the theory of solvation we have a satisfactory theory of solution. A fairly large amount of work was done on the effect of temperature on the absorption spectra of solutions, and the results are recorded. A bibliography of the publications from this laboratory on the solvate theory of solution is appended. No. 160. JONES, HARRY C, and W. W. STRONG. The Absorption Spectra of So- lutions of Comparatively Rare Salts, including those of Gadolinium, Dysprosium, and Samarium; the Spectrophotography of Certain Chem- ical Reactions, and the Effect of High Temperature on the Absorption Spectra of Non-aqueous Solutions. Octavo, vm-|-112 pages, 67 plates. Published 1911. In cloth binding. Price $4.00. The results of the study of three problems are herein recorded, and the ab- sorption spectra of a number of rare substances are mapped. Salts of dysprosium and samarium have spectra that are almost as interesting as those of neodymium. The spectra of a number of salts in a large number of organic solvents were studied and "solvent bands" were found for a number of the solvents used. Isomeric solvents showed different bands for a given salt. The second problem was the change in the spectrum which takes place as one salt of a metal is transformed into another salt. The effect of oxidizing agents on uranous salts was especially investi- gated. Mild oxidizing agents oxidized the "hydrated" salt and left unaffected the "alcoholated" salt an example of selective oxidation. The effect of rise in temperature on the absorption spectra of solutions was also studied. By means of a closed cell, devised for the purpose, temperatures as high as 195 were used with alcoholic solutions. The absorption bands widen with rise in temperature, colored solutions in general becoming more opaque. It was also found that the ''water" bands of any given salt are more affected by rise in temperature than the "alcohol" bands ; showing that the hydrates are less stable with rise in temperature than the alcoholates. These are but a few of the many relations brought out by the work. No. 170. JONES, HARRY C., and A. M. CLOVER, H. H. HOSFORD, S. F. HOWARD, C. A. JACOBSON, H. R. KREIDER. E. J. SHAEFFER, L. D. SMITH, A. SPRINGER, JR., A. P. WEST, G. F. WHITE, E. P. WIGHTMAN, and L. G. WINSTON. The Electrical Conductivity, Dissociation, and Temperature Coefficients of Conductivity, from Zero to Sixty-five Degrees, of Aqueous Solu- tions of a Number of Sails and Organic Acids. Octavo, iv+148 pages, 5 text figures. Published 1912. Price $1.50. The work recorded in this monograph was undertaken especially because, when reference is made to the literature for the conductivity of any electrolyte at any 40 Chemistry and Physics given temperature, and for the temperature coefficients of conductivity, it is fre quently difficult to find what is desired ; or, if found, the data may be so discordant that it is impossible to decide as to the true conductivities and dissociations in question. Since ^he magnitude of the dissociation of any electrolyte is fundamental to its scientific use in chemistry, it is desirable that such data should be made avail- able over the range of temperature most frequently used in the laboratory. With this idea in mind, the work has now been continued until it represents more than twenty years' continuous labor for one man, about 40,000 conductivity measurements having been made. The conductivities and dissociations of about 110 of the more common salts have been worked out from zero to 65 degrees, and over a range in dilution extending from about the most concentrated solution that could be used to the dilution of complete dissociation. The temperature coefficients of conductivity have been calculated in both conductivity units and per cent. Similar data have been obtained for about 90 of the more common organic acids, and their constants have been calculated by means of the Ostwald dilution law. No. 180. JONES, HARRY C, assisted by C. M. STINE, J. N. PEARCE, H. R. KREIDER, E. G. MAHIN, M. R. SCHMIDT, J. SAM. GUY, and P. B. DAVIS. The Freesing-Point Lowering, Conductivity, and Viscosity of Solutions of Certain Electrolytes in Water, Methyl Alcohol, Ethyl Alcohol, Acetone, and Glycerol, and in Mixtures of these Solvents zvith one another. Octavo, vii+214 pages, 85 text figures. Published 1913. Price $2.00. The seven pieces of work incorporated in this monograph are a continuation of the investigations recorded in monograph No. 80. The effect of one hydrated salt on the hydration of another hydrated salt was worked out with a number of pairs of salts. The dissociation of a number of salts was determined by the freezing- point and conductivity methods. It was shown that the atoms or ions with the smallest volumes have the greatest hydrating power. The relation between hydrat- ing power and electrical density is discussed. The dissociation in the alcohols was determined by the improved conductivity method. Three investigations had to do with the physical chemistry of glycerol as a solvent The conductivity and viscosity of solutions in glycerol as a solvent were studied at different temperatures, glycerol being a liquid solvent with enormous vis- cosity. The temperature coefficients of both conductivity and viscosity in glycerol were very great. The salts of ammonium and rubidium were found to lower the viscosity of glycerol. No. 190. JONES, HARRY C, and J. S. GUY. The Absorption Spectra of Solutions as Affected by Temperature and by Dilution: A Quantitative Study of Absorption Spectra by Means of the Radiomicrometer. Octavo, vii+93 pages, 22 plates, 44 text figures. Published 1913. Price $2.00. A form of closed apparatus was devised and used for studying the absorption spectra of aqueous solutions up to 200. It was found that the absorption bands widen with rise in temperature. The effect of dilution on the absorption spectra of solutions was also investigated over a range of dilution varying from 1 to 500. The absorption increased with the concentration, especially towards the red end of the spectrum. A radiomicrometer was built and used for studying absorption spec- tra quantitatively. This permitted work at much greater wave-lengths than was pos- sible by means of the grating spectroscope and photographic plate. The former was limited to X 7,600, while the latter can be used as far as X 30,000, and even farther. The effect of dilution was also studied quantitatively by means of the radiomicrom- eter, and interesting and important results were obtained in reference to the effect of dilution on the nature and position of the transmission bands. It was found that "free" water had a different absorption from "combined," and this was regarded as further evidence for the solvate theory of solution. The absorption spectra of a fairly large number of salts were mapped by means of the radiomicrometer. Chemistry and Physics 41 No. 210. JONES, HARRY C, with E. J. SHAEFFER, E. P. WIGHTMAN, P. B. DAVIS, L. D. SMITH, M. G. PAULUS, J. B. WIESEL, A. HOLMES, H. HUGHES, and W. S. PUTNAM as collaborators. The Absorption Spectra of Solu- tions as Studied by means of the Radio-micrometer. The Conductivi- ties, Dissociations, and Viscosities of Solutions of Electrolytes in Aque- ous, Non-aqueous, and Mixed Solvents. Octavo, 202 pages, 1 plate, 58 text figures. Published 1915. Price $1.75. In the investigations recorded in the above-named publication it was found that solutions of non-hydrated salts are equally absorbent with pure water, except at the bottoms of the bands where the solutions are more opaque. Solutions of hy- drated salts are more transparent than pure water, showing that combined water has less absorption than free water. This is regarded as strong evidence in favor of the solvate theory of solution. The work in mixed solvents, the earlier results of which have already been published in Nos. 80 and 180 of this series, has been extended. An elaborate study has been made of a few salts in binary mixtures of ethyl alcohol and water, of acetone and water and in ternary mixtures of acetone, glycerol, and water, and the results are recorded in this monograph. No. 230. JONES, HARRY C., with P. B. DAVIS, W. S. PUTNAM, E. J. SHAEFFER, M. G. PAULUS, J. F. HUTCHINSON, J. E. L. HOLMES, G. C. CONNOLLY, H. H. LLOYD, J. B. WIESEL, C. WATKINS, G. F. ORDEMAN, A. G. McCALL, F. M. HILDEBRANDT, F. S. HOLMES, E. S. JOHNSTON, and S. F. TRELEASE as collaborators. Conductivities and Viscosities in Pure and in Mixed Solvents: Radiometric Measurements of the lonization Constants of Indicators. Octavo, vii-f-175 pages, 3 plates, 21 text figures. Published 1915. Price $2.00. The viscosities of solutions of caesium salts in mixed solvents and in mixtures of the associated liquids, water, formic acid, and acetic acid were studied in their bearing on the theory of viscosity proposed by the principal author some years ago. The dissociation of salts in formamid was measured in connection with the relation between the dissociating power of solvents and their dielectric constants. The relative chemical activity of free and of combined water was investigated in connection with the velocities with which they saponified an ester and hydrated acetic anhydride. The conductivities of a number of the more common organic aci !s in ethyl alcohol and in several of the less common salts in water were measured. It was found that combined water probably had less dissociating power than free water. The absorption and adsorption of potassium chloride by soils are of both scientific and technical importance. Potassium chloride is partly absorbed or combined chemically with the soil particles and partly adsorbed or in a state of physical union with the particles of the soil. No. 260. DAVIS, PAUL B. Studies on Solution in its Relation to Light Absorption, Conductivity, Viscosity, and Hydrolysis: A report upon a number of experimental investigations carried out in the laboratory of the late Prof. Harry C. Jones by G. C. Connolly, P. B. Davis, E. O. Hulbert, J. F. Hutchinson, H. I. Johnson, H. H. Lloyd, B. F. Ordeman, and A. M. Pardee. Octavo, 144 pages, 26 figures. Published 1918. Price $2.00. The absorption coefficient for monochromatic radiation of a number of inor- ganic salts in water and in several of the alcohols was determined by measure- ments on a series of solutions varying in concentration from saturation to ex- treme dilution. From this data the absorption curves for each concentration were drawn and the molecular absorption coefficient was calculated for each salt in the various solvents. It was found that in general this coefficient is not a constant, but varies with the concentration. The bearing of this deviation from a constant on the question of solvation is discussed. Measurements of the viscosities of caesium salts have been extended to so- lutions in mixed solvents containing glycerol. The work on the conductivity and viscosity of salts in formamid as a solvent has been completed with the study of a series of (1) salts with a common anion and (2) salts with a common cation. 42 Chemistry and Physics A number of representative salts have also been studied in mixed solvents con- taining formamid. A comparative study was made of the results obtained in this and in earlier investigations on aqueous solutions. The limiting conductivities of the sodium salts of the organic acids in abso- lute ethyl alcohol have been studied and a method applied to the calculation of the dissociation both of the acids and their salts in this solvent. The relative dis- sociating power and chemical activity of free and combined water have been more extensively investigated and the tentative conclusions drawn in a previous report (see Publication No. 230) have been confirmed. No. 71. UHLER, H. S., and R. W. WOOD. Atlas of Absorption Spectra. Quarto, 59 pages, 26 plates, 7 figures. Published 1907. Price $1.50. The selective absorptions for light of about 180 aqueous solutions of the aniline dyes are described in the text as well as presented graphically by the photographic reproductions of the plates. The dispersion used was practically normal, and the region of the spectrum investigated extended from 0.20^- to about 0.65 /A. A few inorganic substances possessing absorption bands of especial interest were also studied and the results incorporated in the text and plates. Complete data are given, so that the absorption bands can be readily reproduced quantitatively whenever absorbing screens are needed for photographic or other purposes. No. 35. COBLENTZ, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. Part I. Infra-red Absorption Spectra. Part II. Infra-red Emission Spectra. Octavo, 331 pages, 152 text figures. Published 1905. Price $1.75. A spectroradiometric investigation of the most important groups of chemically related compounds to determine what effect certain groups of atoms have upon the transmission of radiant energy. Part I describes the absorption spectra of 135 substances, including solids, liquids, and gases, many being organic compounds. The observations extend from the visible spectrum to wave-length 0.015 mm. in the infra-red. Many absorption bands were identified with certain groups of atoms, e. g., with CHs, NH4, NO2. OH, NCS, etc. Five appendices are added, which deal with subsidiary problems, such as radiometers, absorption of solids in solution, etc. Part II gives the results of a radiometric investigation of the emission spectra of various metals in the carbon arc and of gases in a vacuum tube. No. 65. COBLENTZ, W. W. Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. Part III. Infra-red Transmission Spectra. Part IV. Infra-red Reflection Spectra. Octavo, 128 pages, 93 text figures. Published 1906. Price $1.00. A continuation of the investigation described in No. 35. In Part III the results obtained in Part I are applied to gain information with regard to the molecular struc- ture of minerals containing oxygen and hydrogen in the form of "water of crystal- lization" and of "water of constitution." It is shown that the spectra of minerals containing "water of crystallization" have absorption bands identical with those of water, while "water of constitution" shows no such bands. In Part IV are described the reflection spectra of various minerals, such as, for example, sulphides, sulphates, silicates; also solutions of these substances and metals not heretofore examined. Five appendices are added, in which are described the emission spectrum of carbon disulphide, a new radiomicrometer, methods of blowing quartz fibers, and a discussion of the possibility of the observed radiation from the moon being due, in part, to selectively reflected solar energy. No. 97. COBLENTZ, W. W. Supplementary Investigations of Infra-red Spectra. Part V . Infra-red Reflection Spectra. Part VI. Infra-red Transmission Spectra. Part VII. Infra-red Emission Spectra. Octavo, 183 pages, 107 text figures. Published 1908. Price $1.25. This is an extension of the investigations which are described in Nos. 35 and 65. Part V gives the reflection spectra of various substances, including sulphides, oxides, carbonates, and silicates not previously obtainable. In the sulphides and carbonates the long-sought-for shift of the maximum of the reflection or absorption band with change in atomic weight of the basic element (which is joined to the CO2 or Chemistry and Physics 43 radical), which was described in No. 65, was definitely established. A minute ex- amination of the reflection bands of quartz (crystalline and amorphous glass) and of carbonates was made; and by means of residual rays the reflection spectra are extended to the remote parts of the infra-red to wave-lengths 0.03 to 0.04 mm. In Part VI the transmission spectra of various solutions, of colloidal metals, and of colored glasses are described, and the effect of special groups of atoms on radiant energy is considered in detail. Part VII is an extension of Part II and describes the arc and spark spectra of metals in hydrogen, to verify the previous work, which showed that no strong emission lines exist in the deep infra-red. New and impor- tant results were obtained on the vapors of the carbon arc. The radiation of the Rubens thermopile to a vessel of liquid air was investigated, showing that the pile is a very complete radiator and absorber of radiant energy. The Nernst glower is shown to have a discontinuous spectrum at low temperatures, which becomes con- tinuous at high temperatures. Various solids (many heated electrically, like the Nernst glower) are shown to have discontinuous spectra with emission bands which are as sharp as those of gases. The emission of the new metals (used in incandescent lamps) was investigated, and it was found that the so-called "constants" of radiation are really functions of the temperature and the wave-length. From a consideration of the reflecting power it is shown that metals must emit selectively in the visible spectrum. The radiation from selectively reflecting bodies, with special reference to lunar radiation, is discussed. Three appendices are added, the most important one being on instruments and methods used in radiometry, in which the radiometer, thermopile, radiomicrometer, and bolometer are compared, both historically and by means of experimental data. In each volume the author indicates problems requiring further investigation as well as new fields of research. No. 164. COBLENTZ, W. W. A Physical Study of the Firefly. Octavo, 47 pages, 1 plate, 14 text figures. Published .1912. Price $0.50. In this paper are discussed the production, the composition, and the functions of the light emitted by fireflies. Luminous efficiency, candle-power, radiation, and temperature measurements are given ; also data on the fluorescent substance found in fireflies. The lights of various species of fireflies and of a standard lamp were photographed, and the densities compared by means of spectrophotographic photom- etry. In this manner the spectral energy curve of the light of the firefly was deduced from a knowledge of the spectral energy curve of the standard lamp. It is shown that the color of the light of the firefly is not a subjective phenomenon, the maxi- mum emission of the Pyrophorus noctilucus being at 0.538/x, Phoiuris Pennsylvania being at 0.522^,, Photinus pyralis being at 0.567/tt, Photinus consanguineus being at 0.578/*. No. 31. DAY, ARTHUR L., E. T. ALLEN, J. P. IDDINGS, and G. F. BECKER. The Isomorphism and Thermal Properties of the Feldspars. Part I, Ther- mal Study; by A. L. Day and E. T. Allen. Part II, Optical Study; by J. P. Iddings, with an Introduction by G. F. Becker. Octavo, 95 pages, 26 plates, 25 text figures. Published 1905. Price $1.75. An investigation of the relation between the feldspars of the lime-soda series undertaken partly in an endeavor to settle an old question of great petrological interest and partly to establish the fact that minerals in solution with one another differ in no essential particular from other solutions and obey the same funda- mental laws. The materials are chemically pure feldspar types prepared in the laboratory; the methods are those of quantitative chemistry, physics, and physical chemistry, and the field covers the entire temperature range of teldspar formation up to 1540* C. Many of the phenomena occurring at these extreme temperatures differ widely from those commonly observed at ordinary temperatures and are thus broadly interesting from the viewpoint of the properties of matter. In particular, it was discovered that among the minerals it is not uncommon for the solid state to persist for hours or even days at a temperature considerably above the melting-point, a phenomenon which has never been observed before. 44 Chemistry and Physics No. 157. DAY, ARTHUR L., and ROBERT B. SOSMAN. High Temperature Gas Ther- mometry. With an Investigation of the Metals, by E. T. Allen. Oc- tavo, vi+129 pages, 1 plate, 18 figures. Published 1911. Price $1.25. An account of a new determination, with the nitrogen thermometer, of the funda- mental scale of temperatures, beginning with 400 C. and extending to 1550* C. Its purpose was partly to increase the accuracy of the existing (Reichsanstalt) scale, which reaches only to 1100, but more particularly to -extend the scale beyond this temperature as far as it should prove practicable to go without serious sacrifice of accuracy. It proved possible to establish the melting-point of pure palladium (1549.5) with a probable uncertainty of no more than 2. Two bulbs were used, one of platinum containing 10 per cent of iridium, the other of platinum containing 20 per cent of rhodium. The latter material proved to be better suited to the purpose than any which has hitherto been tried. In the experi- mental development of the problem, the errors of the older (Reichsanstalt) instru- ment, so far as known were reduced to about one-fourth of their former magnitude. No. 158. WRIGHT, FRED. EUGENE. The Methods of Petrographic-Microscopic Research: Their Relative Accuracy and Range of Application. Octavo, 204 pages, 11 plates, 118 figs. Published 1911. (Out of print.) Price $2.50. In this paper the petrographic microscope is treated as a measuring device for the exact determination of the optical properties of crystal plates, especially of minute crystal fragments and crystallites. The methods now available for the purpose are considered with special reference to their accuracy and applicability to the investiga- tion of fine-grained silicate preparations. The factors underlying the determination of any given optical property are discussed in detail, and the attempt is made in each case to ascertain the absolute accuracy attainable. No. 40. BARUS, CARL. Nucleation of the Uncontaminated Atmosphere. Octavo, xii+152 pages, 104 text figures. Published 1906. Price $1.00. This book contains as its chief feature a record of the dust content of the air at Block Island, Rhode Island, in comparison with identical observations made at the same time in Providence, Rhode Island, throughout the winter of 1904-1905. In winter the former locality is relatively uninhabited and is surrounded by water on all sides. It is shown that the time distribution of nuclei in both places is qualitatively the same, although in Providence it is four to ten times larger quantitatively. In the introductory chapters a number of independent correlative experiments are in- cluded, referring to condensation on ions and on the vapor nuclei (colloidal nuclei) of dust-free wet air, to the production and distribution of persistent nuclei pro- ducible by the X-rays, to the penetration of radium radiation through different media and different distances, etc., all interpreted by measuring the apertures of the coronas of cloudy condensation. No. 62. BARUS, CARL. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and by Ions. Octavo, x-j-164 pages, 66 text figures. Published 1907. Price $1.50. The purpose of this book is the development of a capacious fog-chamber, effi- cient enough to capture the ions and the vapor nuclei of dust-free wet air by con- densation, to the extent in which their number per cubic centimeter may be measur- able by aid of the coronas of cloud particles. As the apertures of the coronas eventually become very large, approaching 60, and a reasonable exhibit of coronal colors is essential for identification, the need of a large apparatus is apparent. Equa- tions are deduced for the practical treatment of the variables involved. Experiments made with water and alcoholic vapors in different gases establish the nature of the vapor nuclei of dust-free media. In continuation of the atmospheric work of the preceding report, a comparison is made of the ionization and the dust contents of the atmosphere in a series of observations extending over several months. No. 96. BARUS, CARL. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and Ions. Report III. Octavo, vi+139 pages, 48 figs. Published 1908. Price $1.25. After summarizing the thermodynamic equations which determine the efficiency of the plug-cock fog-chamber, the author continues his work on the changes of the Chemistry and Physics 45 incipient nucleation (ionization) of dust-free wet air in the lapse of time. No periodic variations are detected, but the vapor nucleation changes about 2 per cent per degree centigrade. A new series of experiments is then undertaken to standard- ize the coronas of cloudy condensation in dust-free air in terms of the nucleation represented. This is done both by the old method of diffraction from a single point of light and by a new method in which the coronas from two sources are brought into contact. The results obtained are next applied for exhibiting the distribution of ions and vapor nuclei in dust-free wet air in relation to size. Finally, a systematic study is made of the behavior of residual water nuclei, i. e., nuclei of pure water obtained from the evaporation of fog-particles precipitated on vapor nuclei or on ions in dust-free wet air. No. 96. (Part II.) BARUS, CARL. Condensation of Vapor as induced by Nuclei and by Ions. Report IV. Octavo, vni+84 pages, 21 text figures. Pub- lished 1910. Price $0.75. In the first part of this report the author treats the properties of the nuclei of water vapor, showing among other things that they persist longer in proportion as the evaporation of the parent fog-particles is more rapid. The standardization and efficiency of fog-chambers are then taken up, the results being tested by the coronas of monochromatic light (mercury vapor). These results have a direct bearing on the theory of coronas. Some space is given to the displacement of ions by exhaus- tion, as evidenced by the occurrence of maxima of ionization in the fog-chamber. Finally, the attempt is made to standardize the coronas by the aid of Thomson's elec- tron, the charge of which is known. Independent methods, using either the velocity of the ions or the decay constants, are tested for this purpose. The voltaic poten- tial difference between conductors separated by an ionized medium is investigated. No. 149. BARUS, CARL. Production of Elliptic Interferences in Relation to Inter- ferometry. Octavo, vi+77 pages, 33 figs. Published 1911. Price $1.25. Part II. Octavo, pages vi+79-168 figs., 34-64. Pub. 1912. Price $1.00. Part III. Octavo, pages vi+169-273, figs. 65-119. Pub. 1914. Price $1.00. In the cases of coronas there is a marked interference phenomenon superposed on the diffractions. This suggested the present investigation, which aims at a sim- plification of the effect in question by bringing two complete component diffraction spectra, from the same source of light, to interfere. Many ways are shown to be available, the methods being either direct (as discussed in Chapters II and III, where a plane mirror immediately behind the grating returns reflected-diffracted and dif- fracted-reflected rays) or indirect, using the devices of Jamin, Michelson, and others (Chapters IV and V). In Chapter I a modification of Rowland's apparatus, suitable for plate gratings, is described. The direct method gives equidistant fringes, duplex in character, but rigorously straight throughout the spectrum, their distances apart and inclination being measurable by ocular micrometry. Lengths and small angles are thus subject to micrometric measurement. In case of the indirect method, the half-silvered plate is replaced by the grating; the fringes are, as a rule, approxi- mately elliptic (confocal) throughout the spectrum, and the fringes again partake of both a drift and a radial motion when the interferometer adjustment is altered. Drift and radial motion may be regulated in any ratio. The theory of the subject is worked out, in so far as it bears on the practical results obtained. Part II is in the main a direct continuation of the preceding and refers chiefly to applications of the displacement interferometer. The first section describes cer- tain interferences obtained when two originally coplanar halves of a reflecting grating move normally to the ruled surface, the line of separation being parallel to the rulings. It suggests the occurrence of interference rings when the source of light in the case of coronas is not simple but a doublet of two interfering beams, and that, for layers of fog-particles whose distance apart is commensurate with wave-length, interferences should be superimposed on the coronal diffractions as actually observed. Certain subsidiary investigations follow: The effect of the thickness of the cloud layer on the type of corona obtained; on the efficiency, cat. par., of different sizes of fog-chambers; on the rate of decay of different sizes of nuclei, etc. The dis- placement equation adduced in the first report is rigorously tested, a method for 46 Chemistry and Physics measuring the dispersion of a fragment of plate glass being devised for the purpose. Finally, a type of interferometer specially suited for displacement work is constructed. Part III records a variety of investigations made at widely different times, but in all of which the displacement interferometer was used as a basis of measurement. No. 186. BARUS, CARL. Diffusion of Gases through Liquids, and Allied Experi- ments. Octavo, vi+88 pages, 38 figs. Published 1913. Price $1.00. In 1900 the author began a series of experiments to determine the rate at which gases diffuse out of a submerged Cartesian diver through water. The method proved to be remarkably sensitive and the results striking. In the present volume the method is perfected, with a view to completing the measurements within a reasonably short interval of time. Diffusions of air, hydrogen, and oxygen into each other, through water and a variety of solutions, are investigated in detail and the diffusion constants determined. It is shown that a method of exploring the internal channels or physical pores of liquids is probably in question. In the course of the work a number of other applications are included ; for instance, the disk of an absolute electrometer is floated on a Cartesian diver submerged in hydrocarbon oil, and the potential is measured absolutely by the pressure needed to just suspend the diver in the liquid. No. 229. BARUS, CARL. Experiments with the Displacement Interferometer. Octavo, vi+113 pages, 66 figs. Published 1915. Price $1.00 This volume contains applications of the displacement interferometer to subjects largely depending on minute angular measurements. Although a location free from tremor and irregular temperature variations could not be found, the development of methods of the kind in question was quite feasible ; and without attempting to push them to a limit, their ranges of application could be fully investigated. Among the subjects selected for treatment was the horizontal pendulum. In Chapter I certain available forms of the pendulum, with and without a float, are considered and tested as to their discrepancies, through long lapses of time, by a reflection method. Thereafter the interferometer itself is used, .a method of ap- plication worked out, and the range of application studied through many months. In Chapter II an attempt is made to use this interferential horizontal pendulum, for the measurement of the gravitational attraction of two parallel disks. What was obtained, however, was a definite repulsion of the disks, decreasing with their distance apart and appreciable even within 1.5 mm. of this distance. Chapter III is introduced as a severe test on the interference equation employed, for the case of path differences resulting when glass columns as much as 10 inches long are inserted in one of the component beams of the displacement interferometer. In Chapter IV a number of incidental experiments, on allied subjects, have been grouped together. The possible bearing of certain disk colors of circular gratings, on the somewhat similar phenomenon in coronas, is discussed, as well as the per- formance of the easily available film grating to replace the ruled glass grating, for purposes of displacement interferometry, from a practical standpoint. In Chapter V, finally, following the suggestive experiments made in an earlier report, the displacement interferometer is directly applied to the quadrant elec- trometer. The sensitiveness obtained in this way should be of the order of a millionth of a volt per vanishing interference ring. No. 249. BARUS, CARL. The Interferometry of Reversed and Non-reversed Spec- tra. Octavo, 158 pages, 99 figures. Published 1916. Price $1.50. In this volume the author has endeavored to generalize the classic experiments in the diffraction of light, by bringing two spectra from the same source to inter- fere under a great variety of conditions. The spectra may be identical and super- posed throughout their extent, or one may be expanded longitudinally, or reversed on a transverse axis, or inverted on a longitudinal axis, relatively to the other. An abundance of new phenomena are thus obtained, some of them useful. The interfering pencils may have any relation to each other, either running in parallel at any distance apart or crossing each other at any angle. Though spectrum inter- ferences are usually obtained, some of them are achromatic. Experiments of this Chemistry and Physics 47 character make up the first eleven chapters of the book. The remaining six chapters are devoted to new investigations with the displacement interferometer, such as the use of curvilinear compensators, the dispersion of air, etc. No. 249. (Part II.) The Interferometry of Reversed and Non-reversed Spectra. Octavo, 146 pages, 97 figs. "Published 1917. Price $1.50. The author pursues the work on the interferences of reversed and non- reversed spectra, begun in the last report (Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. No. 249, 1916), in a variety of promising directions, such as the original investigation suggested. The apparatus has been extensively modified, so as to admit of measurements relating to individual fringes. A large part of Chapter I is devoted to the treat- ment of prismatic methods, developed with the additional purpose of securing a greater intensity of light and of showing interference of spectra from the same source, but of different lengths (dispersion) between red and violet. A type of fringes is detected which depends merely on the grating space and is indepen- dent of wave-length. The limits of micrometer displacement within which fringes of any kind are discernible is shown to be a necessary result of disper- sion. The direct interference of divergent rays obtained from polarizing media is exhibited. In Chapter II the interferences of inverted spectra are given greater prominence. Spectra half reversed and spectra both reversed and inverted are treated successfully. The third and fourth chapters are incidental applica- tions of the displacement interferometer and contain experiments on the expan- sion of metal tubes by internal pressure and on a promising method of measuring the refraction of glass, irrespective of form. Chapter V begins the development of displacement interferometry in connection with the older Jamin-Mach inter- ferometer, an instrument which has certain peculiar advantages and is in a mea- sure complementary to the Michelson interferometer. The chief result of Chapter V is the detection of the achromatic interferences, as they are called for con- venience interferences which are ultimately colors of thin plates seen at oblique incidence ; but with the new interferometer, and obtained with white light, they are peculiarly straight and vivid and resemble a narrow group of sharp Fres- nellian fringes with the central member in black and white. They are capable of indefinite magnification and their displacement equivalent is a fraction of a mean wave-length per fringe. Notwithstanding their strength and clearness, they are strikingly mobile in connection with micrometric displacement. The peculiar adaptability of the new interferometer to the measurement of small angles, either in a horizontal or a vertical plane, is developed in the final chapter. The paper shows cases in which, with strong luminous fringes, the angle to be measured is magnified 500 times and this is by no means a limiting performance. No. 249. (Part III.) Displacement Interferometry by the aid of the Achromatic Fringes. Octavo, 100 pages, 71 figs. Published 1919. Price $1.50. Part III is chiefly devoted to the investigation of methods of research in which displacement interferometry conducted by the aid of the achromatic fringes dis- cussed in the preceding report, gives promise of fruitful applications. In Chapter I the method of measuring small angles is put to a practical test. The general theory of the subject is developed at some length and a variety of interferometer devices, with mirror, ocular, and collimator micrometers are instanced. Chapter II is devoted to spectrum fringes differing in their manner of production, the endeavor being made to obtain interferences from distant slender luminous objects without the aid of a slit. Chapter III treats of the endeavor to obtain the elastic constants of small bodies. Chapter IV contains applications of the rectangular interferometer using achromatic fringes to geophysical problems. A method for the determination of the Newtonian constant is worked out; the same inter- ferometer is associated with the horizontal pendulum for the detection of small changes in the inclination of the earth's surface. The final chapter details cor- responding methods for the interferometry of vibrating systems. 48 Chemistry and Physics No. 249. (Part IV.) Displacement Interferometry by the aid of the Achromatic Fringes. Octavo, 172 pages, 117 figs. Published 1919. Price $2.00. Anomalies observed in the last report, in treating the elastic deformations of small bodies on the interferometer, led to the construction of the contact lever, using achromatic fringes as described in the first chapter. The contact lever is modified (Chapter II) for the interpretation of the elastic discrepancy specified. A different application of the contact lever is described in Chapter III, and particular attention is given to the occurrences in strong magnetic fields. An instrument which lends itself with equal facility to the measurement of thermal expansion and to the determination of elastic moduli is in a measure self-contained for the solution of many thermodynamic problems. Projects of this kind are discussed in Chapter IV. Chapters V and VI contain contributions to the electro-dynomometry of very weak (telephonic) alternating currents. The measurement is first made by means of the vibrating telescope, the vibrator of the telephonic system carrying the objective. The sensitiveness is increased upwards a hundred-fold by placing the instrument on the displacement interferometer adjusted for achromatic fringes. The reading is made with a vibration telescope, synchronized with the alternating current in the primary and with the objective vibrating normally to the displace- ment of fringes. Both the amplitude and the phase of the induced current are given by the form of the vibration ellipses obtained, whether modified by re- sistance, inductance, or capacity. Quivering stray magnetic fields in the room may be compensated by the primary solenoid (for instance) almost as easily as the needle of an astatic galvanometer. Chapter VII shows that a slight but essential modification of a form of interferometer used by Michelson and Morley makes this apparatus virtually self- adjusting, while satisfying many of the requirements of displacement inter- ferometry. A possible design of this kind for measuring the Fresnel coefficient is tested with a promising outcome in Chapter VIII. An interesting class of interferences obtained by superposing the dispersion fringes on identical inclination fringes is discussed in Chapter IX. A number of results incidental to the preceding work are collected in Chapter X, which treats of evidences of continuous micrometric convection currents within liquids, the satellites of the achromatic fringes, and peculiarly brilliant phenomena obtainable in connection with Herschel's fringes. Chapters XI and XII return to certain gravitational experiments begun in the last report. In Chapter XI the deviations of the horizontal pendulum are read off by the displacement of achromatic fringes. Chapter XII is a continua- tion of the endeavor to follow the actual motion of a gravitation needle, under periodic gravitational attraction. No. 153. KING, ARTHUR S. The Influence of a Magnetic Field upon the Spark Spectra of Iron and Titanium. Quarto, in-}-66 pages, 6 plates, 3 text figures. Published 1912. Price $1.50. The investigation covers the effect of a magnetic field upon 1,120 lines in the iron and titanium spectra between the limits X 3660 and A. 6743, with discussion of experimental methods, brief historical treatment, and full discussion of the results with reference both to existing theories of the Zeeman effect and the effect of other physical conditions upon spectra. A large portion of the range of wave-length examined has not been covered in previous work with the magnetic field, while the high dispersion employed and the attention to the weaker lines give much new data for those parts of the spectrum already treated to some extent. The large range of wave-length has made it possible to study the change of the average separation of Zeeman components with increase of wave-length, bringing out the important result that for both spectra the average separation increases with the square of the wave- kngth. The material shows clearly how generally the separations, both simple and complex, are related to a fundamental interval involving the accepted value of e/m. Fifty-seven lines having five or more clearly resolved components are examined with Chemistry and Physics 49 respect to the commensurability of their separation. Among these complex lines many cases of magnetic duplicates are pointed out. This indicates a similarity of the vibrations producing such lines which will aid in the consideration of their behavior under other physical conditions. An extended comparison is made of magnetic separation and pressure displacement for the lines of iron and titanium, showing to what degree a correspondence exists. No 152 NICHOLS, EDWARD L., and ERNEST MERRITT. Studies in Luminescence. Octavo, 226 pages, 190 text figures. Published 1912. Price $2.00. This volume contains an account of researches carried on in the Physical Labo- ratory of Cornell University (1903-1910) with the aid of grants from the Carnegie Institution of Washington. It is a report of progress, giving results obtained by the application of quantitative methods and particularly by the use of the spectrophoto- meter in the study of the spectra of fluorescent and phosphorescent substances. Im- portant portions of the work were done, at the suggestion of the authors, by Drs. Frances G. Wick, C. A. Pierce, Percy Hodge, and C. W. Waggoner, and by Messrs. H. E. Howe and Carl Zeller. The list of topics includes : Spectra-photometric studies of fluorescent solu- The luminescence of Sidot blende when ex- tions belonging to Lomrnel's first class and cited by Roentgen rays, its photo-lumines- of rhodamin, resorcin-blau, chlorophyl, cence during excitation, and its phosphor- uranium glass, fluorite, and ssculin. escence spectrum. Determinations of the absorbing power and Thg rf of phos p horescence in Sidot blende fluorescence of resorufin. and Qther substances . The influence of red and infra-red rays on photo-luminescence, including the effects Kathode-luminescence of willemite and Sidot before, during, and after excitation and blende and its dependence on current dis- the variation in the effect with the wave- charge and potential. length of the active rays. Studies of thermo-luminescence: variations in The electrical properties of fluorescent solu- the rate of decay of Sidot blende and Hons and vapors. calcium sulphide as the result of heating. , . Fluorescence absorption. Phosphorescence of short duration. Photographic determinations of the distribu- The energy curves of fluorescence spectra. Sidot blende. cases of eosin and resorufin . Photographic studies of phosphorescence at room temperature, of the decay of phos- The theory of Wiedemann and Schmidt. phorescence, of the effect of infra-red rays, and of the influence of temperature Phosphorescence from the standpoint of the on certain fluorescence spectra. dissociation theory. No. 298. NICHOLS, EDWARD L., and H. L. HOWES, in collaboration with ERNEST MERRITT, D. T. WILBUR, and FRANCES G. W r iCK. Fluorescence of the Uranyl Salts. Octavo. In press. This book contains an account of the investigations made in the Physical Labo- ratory of Cornell University between 1910 and 1918 with the aid of grants from the Carnegie Institution of Washington. The pioneer work of Becquerel on the spectra of the uranyl salts has been considerably extended. The fluorescence spectra of these salts consist of rather narrow bands, which are arranged in groups exhibiting beautiful symmetry. At the temperature of liquid air these bands are resolved into components which are so narrow that they resemble lines, permitting precise measurements of wave-length. The bands of the fluorescence spectrum always occur in series of constant frequency interval, while the bands of the absorption spectrum occur in series of shorter, but constant, frequency interval. The range of wave-lengths studied includes the entire visible spectrum. Excitation by the undispersed carbon arc, or by the mercury arc, or by the X-rays, or by the cathode rays produces the same spectrum ; hence the bands are con- sidered to form a homogeneous complex. To complete certain families of salts new specimens were produced, and where possible their crystallographic axes were measured. The polarized spectra of the double chlorides were measured and studied, and were also found to occur in series of constant intervals. In the case of four of the double chlorides the absorption spectrum was discovered extending well into the fluorescence region. This overlapping of the absorption 50 Chemistry and Physics and fluorescence gives rise to several "reversals" or coincidences in position of the narrowest fluorescence and absorption bands, whose significance is still open to explanation. These "reversals" form a beautiful field for further investigation. The distribution of energy in one group of bands and in the entire spectrum has been measured with the aid of a specially adapted spectro-photometer. The distribution resembles closely that of the energy distribution of a black body at a much higher temperature. The luminescence of the fro/en solutions yields spectra of the same type as the solid salt at room temperature. The nitrate afforded the only striking exception, being resolved well at -185. The phosphorescence of the uranyl salts after photo-excitation was found to be very rapid and of the so-called "vanishing" type, while the phosphorescence after cathodo-excitation was of the "persistent" type. Studies of the two distinct types led to the production of two new phosphoroscopes of precision, the synchronous phosphoroscope and the vacuum phosphoroscope. Finally, the dependence of wave-length and grouping of bands on the water of crystallization and crystal system were found to be very critical; in fact, this dependence opens a new field with great possibilities. No. 198. MORSE, H. N. The Osmotic Pressure of Aqueous Solutions: Report on Investigations made in the Chemical Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University during the years /5po-/9/j. Octavo, 222 pages, 5 plates, 49 text figures. Published 1914. Price $2.00. This work gives an account of the investigations in osmotic pressure of Pro- fessor Morse and his collaborators, Doctors Frazer and Holland. They extend over the period 1899-1913, and were carried out in the chemical laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University with the aid of grants from the Carnegie Institution. Particular attention has been given to the development of the apparatus and the methods by means of which, after eight years of experimentation, it was finally made possible to measure osmotic pressure with a high degree of precision. The following list of the headings of chapters will give an idea of the field covered: I. Cells and their Manometer Attachments. VIII. Cane Sugar. Final Determinations of II. Manometers. Osmotic Pressure. III. Regulation of Temperature. IX. Glucose. Final Determinations of Os- IV. Membranes. motic Pressure. V. Weight-Normal System for Solutions. X. Mannite. Determinations of Osmotic VI. Cane Sugar. Preliminary Determinations Pressure, of Osmotic Pressure. XI. Electrolytes. VII. Glucose. Preliminary Determinations of XII. Conclusion. Osmotic Pressure. No. 29. BAIRD, J. W. The Color Sensitivity of the Peripheral Retina. Octavo, 80 pages. Published 1905. Price $0.50. This paper is the result of a physical investigation made by the author during 1903-4 in the Psychological Laboratory of Cornell University and is a contribution to the knowledge of phenomena of indirect vision. The author presents data ob- tained by him in a series of experiments upon the peripheral retina, and correlates these data with the phenomena previously established and with the theoretical prin- ciples advanced from time to time by other investigators. No. 57. WASHINGTON, H. S. The Roman Comagmatic Region. Octavo. For de- scription see page 56. No. 88. BJERKNES, V., and Collaborators. Dynamic Meteorology and Hydrog- raphy. Quarto. This work will constitute an advanced mathematico-physical treatise on the dy- namics and thermodynamics of the atmosphere and the ocean, the main aim being to develop rational methods, based on the principles of dynamics and thermody- namics, for the investigations in meteorology and oceanography. PART I, STATICS by V. BJERKNES and J. W. SANDSTROM. Pages 146+la-36a, 1&-30& and \c-22c. Published 1910. Price $5.50. (Out of print.) This part deals with the conditions of equilibrium in atmosphere and hydro- sphere, and contains a full development of the use which can be made of the equation of hydrostatics for working out the results of observations obtained by Chemistry and Physics 51 the meteorological ascents in the air or by hydrographical soundings. It is shown how complete representations of the fields of pressure and of mass in atmosphere and in hydrosphere can be derived from the observations obtained in this way, and the book contains a complete set of numerical tables for use in performing this work. The uses of the developed methods are illustrated by several extensive examples. PART II, KINEMATICS, by V. BJERKNES, TH. HESSELBERG, and O. DEVIK. ix-f- 175 pages, 113 text figures. (With Atlas of 60 charts.) Published 1911. Price $6.00. (Out of print.) This part of the work deals with the principles for drawing charts representing the fields of motion in atmosphere and hydrosphere, and develops the practical methods required for passing from the single observations to these continuous rep- resentations of the motion. From the observation, charts representing the horizon- tal component of the motion are first derived. These charts being found, it is shown how other charts, representing the vertical component of the motion, can be derived by making a proper use of the hydrodynamic surface condition and of the equation of continuity. The methods are also developed for deriving charts of acceleration from two charts representing the velocities observed at two successive epochs. The methods used in drawing these different kinds of charts may be con- sidered as examples of a special "graphical algebra" and "graphical differential and integral calculus," of which the fundamental principles are developed in two special chapters. This part is accompanied by 60 plates, 24 of which give a bathymetrical and hyp- sometrical map of the world on the scale 1 : 20,000,000, destined for use in meteoro- logical and hydrographical investigations. The others give examples of atmospheric fields of motion. PART III, DYNAMICS (in preparation). No. 44. SCRIPTURE, E. W. Researches in Experimental Phonetics. The Study of Speech Curves. Quarto, 204 pages, 13 plates, 138 text figures. Pub- lished 1906. Price $2.00. These investigations had their origin in an attempt to apply physical methods in studying the nature of verse. The work was begun at Yale University, and was continued at Munich, where a laboratory was installed and valuable assistance re- ceived from the Psychological Laboratory of the University of Munich. The work was later continued at the Psychological Laboratory of the University of Berlin. The volume gives an account of the apparatus used in recording sounds and of the methods applied in obtaining speech curves. A chapter on qualitative analysis indi- cates how phonetic facts may be read directly from the speech curves without meas- urement. It is also explained how such fundamental factors of speech as melody, duration, and amplitude can be obtained from the curves by simple methods of measurement. The method of harmonic analysis is carefully considered, the theories of vowel productions are discussed, and detailed examples of vowel analysis are given. No. 135. BAXTER, G. P., in collaboration with M. A. HINES, H. L. FREVERT, J. HUNT WILSON, F. B. COFFIN, G. S. TILLEY, EDWARD MUELLER, R. H. JESSE, JR., and GRINNELL JONES. Researches upon the Atomic Weights of Cadtnium, Manganese, Bromine, Lead, Arsenic, Iodine, Silver, etc. Octavo, vn+185 pages, 5 text figures. Published 1910. Price $2.00. This book consists of a collection of papers upon the atomic weights of certain common elements, and embodies the results of researches of which the experimental work has been carried on in the Chemical Laboratory of Harvard College during the years 1904-1909. The following are the subjects of the individual investigations: The analysis of cadmium chloride, the analysis of cadmium bromide, the analysis of manganous bromide and chloride, the synthesis of silver bromide and the ratio of silver bromide to silver chloride, the analysis of lead chloride, the analysis of silver arsenate, the synthesis of silver iodide and the ratio of silver iodide to silver bro- mide and silver chloride, the analysis of iodine pentoxide, the analysis of silver chromate, the analysis of silver dichromate, and the analysis of silver phosphate. 52 Chemistry and Physics No. 267. SMITH, EDGAR R, and W. K. VAN HAAGEN. The Atomic Weights of Boron and Fluorine. Octavo, in+65 pages. Published 1918. Price $1.00. This paper describes means for the complete dehydration of borax and its use in the determination of the atomic weight of boron. The details are numerous and have been worked out with extreme care and patience. The ratios are estab- lished between B:C1, B:S, B:C, B:N and C. Incidentally, the ratio between B :F is found and the atomic weight of fluorine deduced, and discovered to be in accord with the value deduced from the ratio C1:F. There appears also a review of the earlier experimental work upon the atomic weight of boron in which it is plainly shown why the usually accepted value (B = ll) is probably too high. TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. No. 175. BAUER, L. A. Land Magnetic Observations, 1905-1910. (Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, iv-)-185 pages, 10 plates. Published 1912. Price $3.00. No. ITS. Vol. II. BAUER, L. A., and J. A. FLEMING. Land Magnetic Observations, 1911-1913, and Reports on Special Researches. (Researches of the De- partment of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, v+278 pages, 13 plates. 9 figs. Published 1915. Price $5.00. These volumes contain the results of all magnetic observations made on land by the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism from the beginning of its observational work in February 1905 to the end of 1913. Descriptions of the types of instruments used are given. The discussions of the general methods of the magnetic and astronomical field work include, besides the general detail of selection and occupa- tion of stations, specimens of field records, computations, and determinations of constants and corrections. However carefully constructed, various instruments give results differing by small, more or less constant, amounts, and in order to secure a standard of reference, extensive intercomparisons of instruments have been made at Washington, in the field, and at many magnetic observatories through- out the world; with these data it has been possible to reduce the magnetic results for the region covered in the publication to magnetic standards within an error in general on the order of the error of observation. In Volume I intercomparisons of the provisional magnetic standards adopted with standards of 12 observatories in the northern hemisphere and 4 in the southern hemisphere, are given, as also the indirect results of observations by other organizations at seven additional magnetic observatories in the northern hemisphere ; these show that the provisional standards adopted are very close to international standards, at least so far as all practical requirements of general magnetic survey of the Earth are concerned. The corrections to these standards for the various instruments used are given in detail. The results are summarized as follows: Africa, 386 stations; Asia, 308 stations; Australasia, 10 stations; Europe, 36 stations; North America, 328 stations; South America, 111 stations; Islands of the Atlantic Ocean, 68 stations; Islands of the Pacific Ocean, 51 stations. The table of results contains for each station the geographical latitude, longitude, date of observation, observed values of magnetic declination, inclination, and horizontal intensity, the local mean times to the nearest one-tenth hour for each element, the instruments used, and the observer. The volume also contains descriptions of stations ar- ranged under the same geographical divisions adopted in the table of results. Volume II presents the results of all magnetic observations made on land by the Department from January 1911 to the end of 1913, and reports on some of the special researches and equipment. It describes new magnetic instruments of light and portable types, designed, constructed, and used for the field operations of the Department subsequent to the work reported in the first volume, including a combined magnetometer and dip circle and a combined magnetometer and earth inductor. The results of the extensive intercomparisons of instruments at Wash- ington and in all parts of the world are given in detail for each instrument. The stations at which the magnetic observations were made between 1911-1913 may be summarized as follows. Africa, 202; Asia, 83; Australasia, 284; Europe, 38; North America, 48; South America, 247; Islands of the Atlantic Ocean, 16; Islands of the Indian Ocean, 14; Islands of the Pacific Ocean, 16; Antarctic Regions, 30. A table of results gives data corresponding to the table described for the first volume. Extended extracts from the Observer's reports are given, and descriptions of stations. The newly-erected research building of the Department at Washington, viz., a main fireproof building containing the headquarters, laboratory, and instru- ment shop; a one-story non-magnetic building to serve as a standardizing mag- netic observatory; and smaller accessory structures. One section of the report is devoted to the director's inspection trip in 1911 and to the observations secured at Manua, Samoa, during the total solar eclipse on April 28, 1911. S3 54 Terrestrial Magnetism No. 175. Vol. III. BAUER, L. A., W. J. PETERS, J. A. FLEMING, J. P. AULT, and W. F. G. SWAN. Ocean Magnetic Observations, 1905-1916, and Reports on Special Researches. (Researches of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism.) Quarto, vn+447 pp., 24 plates, 35 figures. Published 1917. Price $10.00. This volume presents the final results of all magnetic observations made at sea, on the chartered vessel, the Galilee, 1905-08, and on the specially constructed vessel, the Carnegie, 1909-14; also the results of the shore magnetic observations made in connection with the work of the two vessels; the preliminary results of the mag- netic observations made on the Carnegie, 1915-16 (October), are also given. The "Tables of Results" contain the values of the magnetic declination, the inclination, and the horizontal intensity of the earth's magnetic field. For the Galilee ocean work there are 443 tabular entries and for the Carnegie about 2,750, a total for the two vessels of about 3,200. After a general introduction and a brief account of previous ocean magnetic surveys, the magnetic work of each vessel is treated separately. The construction of the Carnegie in 1909 is described and illustrated. A special feature of the Carnegie work is the full account of the instruments devised by various members of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, and constructed in the Department's instrument shop, including descriptions and illus- trations of the marine collimating compass for magnetic declination ; the sea deflector for horizontal intensity and declination ; the sea dip-circle for inclination and total intensity; the marine earth-inductor for inclination, and a reversible gimbal stand. The descriptions also give the scheme or method of observation with each instrument. The section on geographic position at sea is given special treatment under the Carnegie work, and specimens of observations and computations are added. A brief account is given also of special investigations. A general statement, accom- panied by diagrams, is made regarding the extent and character of the corrections which the existing magnetic charts require in order to make them conform to the observations on the Galilee and the Carnegie. Under extracts from the com- mander's field reports are found, among other matters, notes on the occurrence of thunder at sea observed on the Carnegie's cruise, 1915-16, and an account of the Carnegie's sub-Antarctic voyage of 1915-16. . The special report by L. A. Bauer and W. F. G. Swann deals with the "Results of the atmospheric-electric observations made aboard the Galilee (1907-08) and the Carnegie (1909-16)." The introduction, by L. A. Bauer, summarizes the con- siderations determining the extent of the program of scientific work possible aboard such vessels as the Carnegie and Galilee. Next is given a compilation of the main atmospheric-electric results obtained at sea by the Department since 1907, as based on the field reports. A greatly increased program of atmospheric-electric work was undertaken on the Carnegie's fourth cruise (1915-16), and the paper contains a full account and discussion of W. F. G. Swann of the results obtained on this cruise. GEOLOGY. No. 106. CHAMBERLIN, R. T. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fundamental Problems of Geology, Gases in Rocks. Octavo, 80 pages. Published 1908. Price $0.50. A study of gases in rocks to determine their range and distribution, the states in which gases or gas-producing substances exist in rock, with deduction as to the general relations of the gases relative to the hypothesis of a molten earth, also relative to the planetesimal hypothesis and to atmospheric supply. No. 107. CHAMBERLIN, T. C., et al. Contributions to Cosmogony and the Fun- damental Problems of Geology. The Tidal and Other Problems. Octavo, iv+264 pages, 19 cext figures. Published 1909. Price $1.50. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: 1. The Tidal Problem: CHAMBERLIN, T. C. The Former Rates of the Earth's Rotation and their Bearings on its Deformation. SLIGHTER, CHARLES S. The Rotation Period of a Heterogeneous Spheroid. MACMILLAN, WILLIAM D. On the Loss of Energy by Friction of the Tides. MOULTON, F. R. On Certain Relations among the Possible Changes in the Motions of Mutually Attracting Spheres when disturbed by Tidal Interactions. MOULTON, F. R. On the Possibility of Fission of a Contracting Rotating Fluid Mass. CHAMBERLIN, T. C. The Bearing of Molecular Activity on Spontaneous Fission in Gaseous Spheroids. II. LUNN, ARTHUR C. Geophysical Theory under the Planetesimal Hypothesis. III. STIEGLITZ, JULIUS. Relations of Equilibrium between the Carbon Dioxide of the Atmosphere and the Calcium Sulphate, Calcium Carbonate, and Calcium Bicar- bonate of Water Solutions in Contact with it. Professor Chamberlin's paper contains a treatment of the effects of the earth's tides based upon (a) hypotheses as to the origin of the earth; (&) deductions from the tides themselves; and (c) geological evidences of tidal friction. The conclu- sions reached are that the tides of the lithosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere at present are not sensibly changing the rate of the earth's rotation, and that the geological evidences indicate that during geological history the rate of rotation of the earth and its shape have been approximately as they are at present. Professor Slichter gives, in tabular form, the polar and equatorial radii, the ellip- ticity, the polar and equatorial attractions, the latitude of mean radius, the equa- torial contraction, and the meridional elongation for various rates of rotation. The rate of change of rotation of the earth from the rate of degradation of energy in the ocean tides is computed by Professor MacMillan. The result reached, after making liberal assumptions as to the magnitudes of the tides, is that they lengthen the day one second in 500,000 years. The first paper of Professor Moulton starts with the present earth-moon system and, by considering particularly the relations of energy and moment of momentum, traces the members of the system back to their closest possible proximity. It is found that at their closest possible approach their surfaces were more than 4,000 miles apart, and it is inferred that the moon did not originate by fission from the earth. From a consideration of the secular acceleration of the moon's motion it is found that the day is now changing at the rate of one second in 13,000,000 years. Professor Moulton's second paper starts with the original united hypothetical earth-moon mass and considers the question of its fission. It is found that the mass could not suffer fission under contraction until its density became many times that at present. This paper, together with his preceding paper, leads to the conclu- sion that the moon has not originated by fission from the earth. Professor Chamberlin, in his second paper, considers the bearing of molecular activity on mass fission, and concludes that it keeps the equilibrium from becoming disturbed to such an extent that the separation of large masses is possible. Professor Lunn's work is mainly a quantitative study of that portion of the earth's internal energy which may have been derived from the mechanical energy 55 56 Geology of a system of planetesimals. The computations are made from the Laplacian law of density, and then the influences of certain secondary hypotheses are considered. Professor Stieglitz makes a study of the conditions for precipitation and depo- sition of calcium sulphate, calcium carbonate, and calcium bicarbonate in the presence of atmospheric carbon dioxide. No. 87. The California Earthquake of April 18, 1906. Report of the State Earth- quake Investigation Commission, ANDREW C. LAWSON, Chairman. Quarto, two volumes and atlas. Vol. i (in 2 parts). Report of the Commission. Published 1908. Part I, pages xvm+254, plates 1-98, text figures 1-54. Part II, pages 255-451, plates 99-146, text figures 55-69. " $17.00 Atlas contains 25 maps, relating to volume i and 15 sheets of seismograms re- lating to volume 2. J Vol. 2. Mechanics of the Earthquake. By H. F. REID. 200 pages, 2 plates, 62 text figures. Published 1910. Price $2.00. This is the report of the State Earthquake Investigation Commission appointed by the Governor of California to study the earthquake of April 18, 1906. The fault where the earthquake originated is a part of a larger physiographic feature known as the San Andreas rift. This rift and the geology of the coast system of mountains are carefully described in the first volume, which is mainly descriptive. Then follow detailed accounts of the displacements along all parts of the fault and descriptions of the effect and intensity of the shock in all parts of California and the neighboring States, where it was felt. All the phenomena observed are de- scribed, including the visible undulations of the ground, the formation of cracks, fissures, landslides, etc. The permanent displacements of the ground, as determined by geodetic measurements, are given, and the positions of certain monuments erected for the purpose of determining future slips on the fault are recorded. The second volume, on the mechanics of the earthquake, contains a theoretical discussion of the phenomena described in the first volume. It traces the forces required to cause the rupture at the fault to drags applied from below, and points out that the rupture was necessarily preceded by a relative displacement of regions on opposite sides of the fault, which suggests a method of anticipating certain earthquakes. The records obtained by seismographs in all parts of the world are given and discussed. A very complete mathematical theory of seismographs is given. No. 57. WASHINGTON, H. S. The Roman Comagmatic Region. Octavo, vi-J-199 pages, 3 text figures. Published 1906. Price $1.00. A petrological discussion of the main line of Italian volcanoes, from Lake Bolsena to Vesuvius. Complete and detailed, largely quantitative, descriptions, and numerous new chemical analyses of the various rock types are given, and their mutual relations and the general petrological characters of the petrographic province are discussed at length, the basis of the discussion being largely chemical. The descriptions and treatment are in accordance with the Quantitative Classifica- tion of Igneous Rocks, of the methods and terminology of which this work serve* as an example, though the ordinary rock names are also used. No. 46 ADAMS, F. D., and E. J. COKER. An Investigation into the Elastic Constants of Rocks, more especially with reference to Cubic Compressibility. Oc- tavo, 69 pages, 16 plates, 26 figures. Published 1906. Price $1.75. In the report on this investigation the amount of cubic compressibility which rocks undergo when submitted to pressure before they begin to flow, or under conditions when they are unable to flow, is determined. In arriving at these results the elastic constants of the rocks were investigated. Fifteen typical rocks, repre- senting the chief types of acid and basic plutonic rocks forming the deeper portions of the earth's crust, were studied, together with certain sedimentary and meta- morphic rocks. A comparative study was also made of the cubic compressibility and elastic constants of plate glass. Geology 57 No. 26. PUMPELLY, RAPHAEL, W. M. DAVIS, R. W. PUMPELLY, and ELLSWORTH HUNTINGTON. Explorations in Turkestan, rrith an Account of the Basin of Eastern Persia and Sistan. Expedition of 1903. Quarto, xn-f-324 pages, 6 plates, 174 text figures. Published 1905. Price $4.00. Besides the archeological and physico-geographical report by Professor Pumpelly, on his reconnaissance in Turkestan, Publication No. 26 contains a report of nearly 100 quarto pages by Prof. William M. Davis, of Harvard University, mainly consisting of a geological study of Turkestan. Mr. R. W. Pumpelly con- tributes physiographic observations between the Syr Darya and Kara Kul, on the Pamir, and Mr. Ellsworth Huntington, of Yale University, contributes two paper?, entitled, "A Geological and Physiographic Reconnaissance in Central Turkestan" and "The Basin of Eastern Persia and Sistan." No. 54. WILLIS, BAILEY, CHARLES D. WALCOTT, and others. Research in China. In three volumes and atlas. Vol. I in two parts. Published 1907. Price $8.00. Part I. Descriptive Topography and Geology; by BAILEY WILLIS, ELIOT BLACK- WELDER, and R. H. SARGENT. Quarto, pages xiv-f-353 + xvi, plates I-LI, 65 text figures. Part II. Petrography and Zoology; by ELIOT BLACKWELDER. Syllabary for the Transcription of Chinese Sounds: by FRIEDRICH HIRTH. Quarto, pages VT + 355- 528-l-xvii-xxiv, plates LII-LXIII (including 6 plates of birds colored to life.) Atlas. By BAILEY WILLIS, ELIOT BLACKWELDER, and R. H. SARGENT. Folio, 42 maps and 21 other illustrations. Published 1906. Price $7.00. Vol. II. Systematic Geology. By BAILEY WILLIS. Quarto, v+133+v pages, 8 plates. Published 1907. Price $2.00. Vol. III. Paleontology. Quarto, 375 pages. Published 1913. Price $;.oo. The Cambrian Faunas of China, 24 plates, 9 figures; by CHARLES D. WALCOTT. A Report on the Ordovician Fossils collected by the Carnegie Institution Expedition to Eastern Asia, 2 plates; by STUART WELLER. Report upon Upper Paleozoic Fossils from China collected by the Carnegie Institu- tion Expedition, 3 plates; by GEORGE H. GIRTY. Volume I, Part I, contains observations relating to the geology of northeastern, northern, and central China (Shan-tung, Chi-li, Shan-si, and Shen-si). The treat- ment is primarily by districts, and under each district the terranes observed are described in order from older to younger. The nature and succession of strata, the fossils, and the structure of each terrane are discussed. The terranes observed may be enumerated as follows : Pre-Cambrian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Devono-Silurian (in Central China only), Carboniferous, Permian (?), Jurassic, and Quaternary. The principal contributions to knowledge relate to the Pre-Cambrian, the strati- graphy and fossils of the Cambrian and the history of the Quartenary. The last named comprises an analysis of the mountain forms in terms of uplift and erosion and a discussion of the loess. A unique feature is the account of an early Cambrian tillite or glacial till, which underlies the Cambrian limestone of the Yang-tzi valley. The volume is profusely illustrated with photographs of the scenery of the mountain districts of Chi-li, Shan-si (the land of the loess), and Shen-si. The atlas contains 2 route maps, 20 topographic maps, and 20 identical geologic maps. The topographic maps represent the features along and adjacent to the route on a scale of 1 : 125000, with 100-foot contours. They are based on plane-table sur- veys and the forms of the land were sketched expressively in contours on the spot. Vol. I, Part II, includes three special reports which are subsidiary to the general treatment of the geological observations in Part I of the same volume. The first and largest section contains a description of the varieties of igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks collected by the expedition in China. All of these specimens come from northern China, the majority of them being from Shan- tung, western Chi-li, eastern Shan-si, and southern Shen-si. The collection com- prises typical representatives of the .geological systems from Archean to Mesozoic, Of special importance are the description and interpretation of the varied oolitic and conglomeratic limestones found in the Cambrian terrane. The second section, dealing with zoological observations, includes an annotated list of the amphibians, reptiles, and birds observed. About 130 species of birds are noted and of these 6 of the least known are illustrated by beautiful colored plates. The last section contains a syllabary of Chinese sounds, prepared by Professor Hirth, of Columbia University. The orthography recommended by the author it 58 Geology compared in tabular arrangement with that of Williams and Wade, and all are referred to the corresponding Chinese ideographs. Volume II treats of the same material as Volume I, but from the standpoint of systematic continental history. Repetition has been avoided so far as is consistent with the general subject. The subject-matter of this volume is classified primarily according to geologic eras of periods, and secondarily by broad areas, of which China proper is the central region. Each chapter treats of the geographic condition of southeastern Asia during a particular age, and the successive chapters trace the sequence of changes from age to age. Only the great events of continental history are distinguishable on the basis of existing knowledge, but they suffice to show that the present continent is an aggregation of land masses which, from time to time, have been forced into union with one another. This study of Asia has been carried on with comparative studies of North America and Europe, and has led to theoretical views regarding continental structure and development which have a broad application. They are briefly stated in a closing chapter. Volume III contains the description and illustration of the Paleozoic fossils collected by the expedition, of which the greater portion are Cambrian in age. The section devoted to the Cambrian, written by Dr. Walcott, includes the descrip- tion and correlation of fossils collected by Prof. J. P. Iddings on Tschang-hsing- tau Island, Manchuria, and treats of the development of our knowledge concern- ing the geology and paleontology of the Cambrian formations of China. Each of the localities is described in detail, with lists of included species and notes indicat- ing their position in the general lists of species accompanying the discussion of the stratigraphy in Volume I ; the vertical and cross sections given in that volume are redrawn, showing the locality numbers in their proper positions ; and the f aunal horizons are correlated with each other and, so far as possible, with those of other countries. The volume also contains an important report by Prof. Stuart Weller on the Ordovician fossils collected in eastern Asia in 1903-4, accompanied by two plates. These fossils include two collections, one from the province of Shan-tung and the other from the extreme eastern portion of the province of Ssi-ch'uan. Dr. George H. Girty has contributed to the volume a report on Upper Paleozoic fossils collected in China 1903-4, together with three plates. The specimens were obtained from localities quite widely separated, and Dr. Girty's discussion of the collections is a valuable contribution to the geologic history of the region. No. 192. HUNTINGTON, ELLSWORTH, with contributions by CHARLES SCHUCHERT, A. E. DOUGLASS, and CHARLES J. KULLMER. The Climatic Factor, as Illustrated in Arid America. Quarto. (For full description, see page 131.) Other papers relating to geology are the publications of the Geophysical Labo- ratory, Nos. 31, 157, and 158; see under Chemistry and Physics, pages 43 and 44. Also Nos. 182, 213, and 291 under Zoology, pages 133 to 150 contain papers of a geological character. PALEONTOLOGY. No. 55. CASE, E. C. A Revision of the Pelycosauria of North America. Quarto, 176 pages, 35 plates, 73 text figures. Published 1907. Price $3.00. This monograph gives a revision and morphological description of the North American reptiles of the Permian and Upper Carboniferous, especially those from the Red Beds of northern Texas, together with the history of the group. The taxonomy and synonymy are considered with some detail; the location of all types and the original descriptions are given. This is followed by a revised description of all types, by the descriptions of new forms, and a discussion of the biological and geological relations of the group. A bibliography of all important papers is given which, in connection with Hay's Catalogue of the Vertebrata of North America, furnishes a complete bibliography of the group up to the date of publication. Nb. 145. CASE, E. C. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North America. Quarto, 122 pages, 14 plates, 52 text figures. Published 1911. Price $3.00. This monograph, which is the second in the series dealing with the vertebrate fauna of the Permian or Permo-Carboniferous period in North America, gives a revision and morphological description of the group of primitive reptiles called Co- tylosauria. The same general plan is followed in this work as in the previous vol- ume on the Pelycosauria. The types are redescribed and the original descriptions quoted. Much new material is also described and a scheme of classification is pro- posed which reconciles all the facts now available. Several types which have been found to be indeterminable are so listed. The location and museum number of each type and characteristic specimen are given. A morphological description of each form follows the systematic portion with a discussion of probable relationships and habits. The bibliography includes all papers referred to in the text and all which have been published since the appearance of Hay's Bibliography and Catalogue. No. 146. CASE, E. C. A Revision of the Amphibia and Pisces of the Permian of North America. Quarto, 184 pages, 32 plates, 56 text figures. Pub- lished 1911. Price $4.00. This is the third monograph of the series on the vertebrate life of the Permian or Permo-Carboniferous period in North America. The method of treatment is the same as in the two previous monographs. A full systematic revision is given for both the amphibians and fishes, followed by a morphological description of each form. The location and museum number of each type and characteristic specimen are recorded. The bibliography is complete, in connection with Hay's "Catalogue and Bibliography of the Vertebrata of North America." The portion upon the fishes is the independent work of Dr. Hussakof, except the part included in the history of work upon the amphibians and fishes. A short article by Dr. E. H. Sellards describes two new cockroaches from the beds in Texas. No. 181. CASE, E. C., S. W. WILLISTON and M. G. MEHL. The Permo-Carbonif- erous Vertebrates from New Mexico. Quarto, v-j-81 pages, 1 plate, 51 figures. Published 1913. Price $2.00. This is a supplementary volume to those published by E. C. Case on the Permo- Carboniferous vertebrates of North America. It contains an account of the ex- ploration of the Permo-Carboniferous beds of El Cobre Canyon near Abiquiu, and those on the Arroyo de Agua, both in Rio Arriba County, New Mexico. Fos- sils of this age were first discovered in New Mexico by James Baldwin over thirty years ago, and specimens found their way into the hands of both Cope and Marsh, who described imperfect material. The result of this exploration was the dis- covery of a large quantity of new material, including some exceptionally perfect specimens. The monograph contains descriptions of new material, corrections of synonymy and of errors of interpretation, and references to all material described elsewhere. The two senior authors collaborated in order to avoid all possible errors and future discussion and are jointly responsible for all statements made by them. Dr. Mehl's part consists in the description of a single specimen. 59 60 Paleontology No. 207. CASE, E. C. The Permo-Carboniferous Red Beds of North America and their Vertebrate Fauna. Quarto, 176 pages, 24 plates, 50 text figures. Published 1915. Price $4.00. This is the fifth monograph of the series dealing with the Permian Vertebrates of the Permo-Carboniferous of North America. The first four deal with the taxonomy and the morphology of the different groups of vertebrates. The present describes: (1) The stratigraphy of the different beds in which the fossils occur; the conditions under which the beds were deposited; the climatology of the time interpreted from the deposits ; all other recognized inorganic factors constituting the inorganic environment of the fauna. (2) The habits and inter-relations of the animals as interpreted from their structure ; the food habits as interpreted from the teeth and other parts ; the possible food supply as a check on the assumed food habits. (3) The appearance of the forms, so far as known, with restorations of the better-known species. (4) The origin, development, and extinction, or disap- pearance, of the fauna. (5) The surface of North America in Permo-Carbonif- erous time; the possible land connections of the continent with other continents in reference to the possible migrations of the fauna. A synoptic table gives the geographical and geological distribution of the various forms and the author's idea of the proper classification. The whole monograph is a summary of our knowl- edge of the fauna and an attempt to study the evolution of the group from its inception to its extinction or final disappearance from the continent, in the light of all recognized controlling factors, organic and inorganic. The relations of the fauna to that of other continents is not treated in detail, as it is planned to con- sider this phase of the matter in a continuation of the work. No. 283. CASE, E. C. The Environment of Vertebrate Life in the late Paleozoic in North America: A Paleogeographic Study. Quarto, vi+275 pages, 8 figures. Published 1919. Price $3.00. This work is an effort to give an account of the paleogeography of North America during the closing periods of the Paleozoic Era. In the author's opinion paleogeography is far wider than a statement of the relative position of land and water masses in any unit of geological time. Paleogeography, like modern geog- raphy, is the consideration of the response of the living organism to its environ- ment and in such a study all the factors, organic and inorganic, which have affected the organism must be taken into account. The first part of the work is a statement of the elements of a paleogeographic problem. The second part deals with the various factors of the environment in North America as interpreted from strata of the earth deposited in late Paleozoic time. Three easily distinguished provinces are recognized which are divisible into sub-provinces. For each of these is given a summary account of the stratigraphy, taken from the latest or more reliable sources, with a discussion of the physiog- raphy, hydrography, climatology, and organic environment. A special attempt is made to interpret the meaning of the sediments and sedimentary changes in terms of the causes which would affect the vertebrate life of the time. Although the first adequate collections of vertebrate fossils have been made from the rocks of the upper half of the Pennsylvanian period, the description and discussion of certain areas is begun from stages as early as the Allegheny in order to trace the sequence of significant events. The conclusion is reached that the "red-bed conditions," under which the verte- brate life had its main development, were initiated by a slow uplift of the conti- nent, beginning on the eastern side (where it is evidenced in places by true glacial conditions) and progressing slowly toward the west. "Red-bed conditions" are thus found to occur at successively higher levels from east to west, largely inde- pendent of other depositional conditions. Correlation of the environmental con- ditions grouped under the caption "red-bed conditions" is accomplished by the recognition of distinct characters which are the direct result of an advancing wave of climatic change and such conditions are recognized as a distinct environmental unit, independent of, and in many places distinct from, stratigraphic (time) units, which compelled the existence of a distinct and uniform type of life. Paleontology 61 No. 75. HAY, OLIVER P. The Fossil Turtles of North America. Quarto, iv-f-568 pages, 113 plates, 704 text figures. Published 1908. Price $9.00. This work has for its purpose the careful description of all the species of fossil turtles of North America that were known to exist at the time of publication. In all 266 species are described and, with few exceptions, figures are given of all of these. Of the 266 species 76 are regarded as hitherto undescribed. The classifica- tion of the order is discussed and the families and genera are carefully defined. Before entering on the consideration of the fossil forms the osteology of most of the living families is elucidated. The modifications undergone by the turtles since their earliest appearance are discussed, as well as the derivation of the order and its various families. There is a chapter on the geographical distribution of the living turtles, illustrated by 8 maps. Two tables present the geological distribution of the North American extinct species. This work is of interest to all students of these reptiles, as many of the genera here described still exist. No. 34. WIELAND, G. R. American Fossil Cycads. Quarto. Vol. I. Structure, vm+296 pp., 51 pis., 141 figs. Published 1906. Price $6.25. Vol. II. Taxonomy, vn+277 pp., 58 pis., 97 figs. Published 1916. Price $6.25. In volume I record is made of the discoveries and collections of silicified cycads. Some of the more important finds noted were made by the author. These include the most remarkable of the branched forms. The various conditions of fossilization and methods of treatment, including the cutting of large thin sections, are taken up. The foliage of the Cycadeoids is determined from the young crowns of partially emergent fronds and compared with that of the existing cycads, some new facts about the latter being brought out. The ovulate fructification is de- scribed in much detail, and the discovery of the bisporangiate flower buds is set forth on the basis of completely illustrated serial sections. The subject of young fructifications is dealt with in preliminary form. There is thus given a redintegra- tion of the long problematic Cycadeoid type. This part of the work affords a key to the study of many hitherto scantily known fossil casts and imprints of Cyca- daceous affinity. The closing chapters are devoted to a thoroughly illustrated com- parative study of the habitus and structure of the existing cycads and to a new theory of angiosperm descent from hypothetic types little remote from the early Mesozoic Cycadeoids. In volume II the structure of the Cycadeoids is taken up from the viewpoint of classification and nomenclature. Trunk structure is further considered on the basis of large polished transverse and longitudinal, and also thin sections. Notes are given on nearly all the more important American species, and the necessary comparisons with European forms are drawn. The aim is to give in clear and usable form the present status of Cycadeoid study. Incidentally many new details of both structural and general biologic interest are illustrated. In particular the remarkable monocarpic species Cycadeoidea dartoni is described. As in volume 1 extended comparison with existing cycads was made, so in volume II a well-illus- trated account of the related Mesozoic Cycadophytan stem, leaf, and fruit im- prints, and casts is appended. This in large part rests on the author's own dis- coveries in the Liassic of Mexico. A fuller account of the seeds is given, and new theories of seed and floral constitution are discussed. The descent of the angio- sperms is further considered. The two volumes therefore constitute a treatise on the Cycadeoids setting forth all the main features of the group thus far discovered. Both volumes are profusely illustrated and contain the necessary bibliographies. 62 Paleontology No. 238. MOODIE, ROY L. The Coal Measures Amphibia of North America. Quarto, x+222 pages, 26 plates, 43 figures. Published 1916. Price $5.50. A complete account of the anatomy, distribution, classification, and relation- ships of the oldest known land vertebrates of North America is given so far as may be determined from the material which has been discovered. It is accom- panied by a bibliography of 645 titles, which are citations to all the studies made to December 1915, on the fossil Amphibia of the world. Especial emphasis is laid on the anatomical facts. Plates and text figures show the osteology, the lateral-line system, the dermal covering, the alimentary canal, and such other features as are possible of ascertainment from the fragmentary material. The history of the classification of the fossil Amphibia is given, together with an ac- count of the discovery of the land vertebrates in the Coal Measures of North America. Discussions of the manner of occurrence and the geological and geo- graphical distribution are accompanied by maps and photographs. A large share of the volume is devoted to careful description and classification of the 90 species which are now known to occur in the Coal Measures of North America, with figures, reconstructions, location of type material, synonymy, and references to the original descriptions. ARCHEOLOGY, ANTHROPOLOGY, ETC. No. 26. PUMPELLY, RAPHAEL, W. M. DAVIS, R. W. PUMPELLY, and ELLSWORTH HUNTINGTON. Explorations In Turkestan, with an Account of the Basin of Eastern Persia and Sistan. Expedition of 1903. Quarto. (See page 57 for description.) No. 73. PUMPELLY, RAPHAEL, ct al. Explorations in Turkestan, Expedition of 1904. Prehistoric Civilizations of Anau. In two volumes. Quarto, xxxv 494 x pages, 97 plates, 548 figs. Published 1908. Price $10.00. Vol. i. Reports by RAPHAEL PUMPELLY and HUBERT SCHMIDT, with contributions by HOMER KIDDER, ELLSWORTH HUNTINGTON, and F. A. GOOCH. Pages xxxv+ i-240 + vi, plates 1-60, and text figures 1-430. Vol. 2. Reports of R. W. PUMPELLY and J. U. DUERST, with contributions by G. SERGI, TH. MOLLISON, H. C. SCHELLENBERG, and LANGDON WARNER. Pages x+24i-494+x, plates 61-97, figures 431-548. The object of the exploration was to search for evidence for or against the Central Asiatic origin of earl}' cultures, with especial reference to the hypothesis of a so-called Asiatic Aryan home. The volume of the Reconnaissance Expedition of 1903 contains the results of the separate expeditions of Prof. W. M. Davis, of Harvard University ; of Mr. Ellsworth Huntington and of Professor Pumpelly and Mr. R. W. Pumpelly. These results are chiefly : 1. The corroboration and extension of the evidence of an extensive Glacial and post-Glacial inland sea. 2. The independent determination of at least three Glacial and two inter-Glacial phases of the Glacial Period in the Tien Shan and on the Pamir. 3. The observation of a vast number cf ruined sites of all ages, some of which were evidently of a very remote age. The two volumes of 1904 treat of the archeological and physiographic results of the Second Expedition, with especial reference to the excavations at Anau and incidentally at Merv. The following reports are presented : Ancient Anau and the Oasis-World, and General Discussion of Results. By Raphael Pumpelly. xxxv+8o pages, 6 plates, 21 figures. Archeological Excavations in Anau and Old Merv. By Hubert Schmidt. 127 pages, 50 plates, 408 figures. Note on the Occurrence of Glazed Ware in Afrosiab, and of Large Jars at Ghiaur Kala. By Homer H. Kidder. 4 pages, 2 figures. Description of Kurgans of the Merv Oasis. By Ellsworth Huntington. 13 pp., 4 pi. Chemical Analyses of Metallic Implements from Anau. By F. A. Gooch. Physiography of Central-Asian Deserts and Oases. By R. Welles Pumpelly. 84 pages. Animal Remains from the Excavations in Anau, and the Horse of Anau in its Rela- tion to the Races of Domestic Horses. By J. Ulrich Duerst. 100 nages, 20 plates. Description of some Skulls from North Kurgan, Anau. By G. Sergi. 2 pp., 2 pi. Some Human Remains found in North Kurgan, Anau. By Th. Mollison. 22 pp., 3 pi. Wheat and Barley from the North Kurgan, Anau. By H. C. Schellenberg. 4 pp., i pi. Stone Implements and Skeletons excavated in Anau. By Langdon Warner. 18 pp. In the expedition of 1904 two sites on the Oasis of Anau were excavated, expos- ing four successive civilizations Anau I, II, III, IV, extending with breaks from 8000 B. C. to the beginning of our era, and aggregating over 130 feet of culture strata and a later city of the period of known history. The archeologist, Dr. Hubert Schmidt, of the Royal Museum fur Volkerkunde of Berlin, describes the excavations and gives a critical description of the successive potteries and other finds. Prof. J. Ulrich Dnerst, of the University of Berne, gives an extended com- parative anatomical study of the abundant animal remains, collected foot by foot from the lowest culture strata upward, of the two oldest civilizations. In these he finds the beginning of domestication and the differentiation of breeds and origin of some prehistoric European breeds. He also contributes a chapter on the desert horse of Anau in its relation to the varieties of domestic horses. In the opening chapters of Volume I (1904) Professor Pumpelly, after tracing the evolution of the environment that conditioned the prehistoric civilizations of Anau, reviews the characteristics of the civilization and analyzes the results of his own and his collaborators' investigations. By physiographic methods there were obtained, through shafts in the oasis formation, a determination of the rate of alluvial growth relatively to that of the accumulation of the debris of civilization and evidence of three climatic cycles, paralleling the cultures, as well as their rela- tion to the rise and fall of these. The rate of accumulation of debris of civilization 63 64 Archeology, Anthropology, etc. is found subject to a fixed law, and the stratigraphic rate is converted into a time scale which is confirmed by the author's study of datable Egyptian village mounds. Thus, and partly from internal evidence, is obtained the dating of the beginning of the cultures Anau I, II, III, IV (8000, 6000, 5000, 4000 B. C.) and 3000 to 4000 years as the duration of a climatic cycle. The civilizations Anau I, II, were wholly Central Asian ; the people isolated from Europe and Africa at least since an inter- Glacial period, by the inland sea of the Glacial epoch, were forced by increasing aridity on to the oases and to the evolution of agriculture. Toward the end of Anau III (5000 to 3000 B. C.) appears external (Chaldean) influence and culture. Anau I and II had slight knowledge of copper. Anau III covers the developed copper age but ends before the use of bronze. There was a long gap between copper culture (III) and iron (IV). The agricultural preceded the nomadic shepherd stage. The climatic reaction following the Glacial period began the evolution of organ- ized civilization. Domestic animals and elements of agriculture of dolichocephalic Anau-li were brought to Europe in the late stone age by brachycephalic Asiatic immigrants. The relation of Anau cultures I and II to early Babylonia and Susa are discussed. No. 53. MULLER, W. MAX. Egyptological Researches. Vol. i. Results of a Journey in 1904. Quarto, 62 pages, 106 plates. Published 1906. Price $2.75. Vol. 2. Results of a Journey in 1906. Quarto, v+i88 pages, 47 plates, 68 text figures. Published 1910. Price $9.00. Vol. 3. The Bilingual Decrees of Philae. Quarto. In press. Volume 1 records the results of an expedition by the author in 1904, having as its object a study of the monuments recording the relations of ancient Egypt to foreign countries, especially to Asia and Europe monuments which are mostly direct contributions to Biblical studies and in many ways elucidate the history of the whole world. Professor Miiller sought especially to secure final, or at least better, copies of the most important "known" texts rather than to obtain "new" material. Volume 2 is a continuation of the above, referring to researches in 1906. Its principal aim is the reproduction and explanation of pictures on which the Ancient Egyptians represented foreign nations coming into contact with them by wars, legations, etc. These remarkably faithful representations (e.g. those of ambassa- dors from prehellenic Greece) are of great interest especially for historians and anthropologists. Volume 3 gives the results of a visit to the island of Philae in 1910, when the author studied the epigraphic material left by the Berlin expedition. The hierogly- phic text is presented almost completely, a few remaining uncertainties being indi- cated. The demotic texts, owing to the difficult script, leave more uncertainty, but the author believes that the most important historic treasures have been preserved. The author discusses thoroughly the questions involved in these researches, and the book is illustrated by 40 plates. No. 100. WAFD, WILLIAM HAYES. The Seal Cylinders of Western Asia. Quarto, xxix+428 pages, 1,500 figs. Published 1910. (Out of print.) Price $7.50. A second edition, reproduced by photography, has been issued. Published 1919. Price $5.50. These seal cylinders were of the size of a large or small spool, purely cylindrical or with the surface concave and in the latest Persian period convex and barrel- shaped. In the earliest period they were made of the central hard core of a conch shell from the Persian Gulf ; afterwards of serpentine or lapis-lazuli ; then hard stones, quartz crystal, chalcedony, or carnelian. Every owner of property had to have one of the cylinders. The engravings on them were usually figures of the gods worshiped by the owners, or scenes of agriculture, war, or the chase. Later the owner's name would be added in cuneiform characters, with the name of his father and that of his favorite god. This work opens with an introduction describing the materials, the tools, the uses of the cylinders, and the principles of classification, Archeology, Anthropology, etc. 65 and it closes with a discussion of religions and sacrifices, lists with figures of the gods and their symbols, and a conclusion as to the source of the earliest culture, which seems to have been in Elam, just east of Babylonia, on the Persian Gulf. The main body of the work is devoted to the study of these seals as classified by nation- ality, period, and subject. Almost every page has several illustrations, so that the student of history, civilization, and art has here a body of material and conclu- sions not hitherto accessible to scholars. The present volume consists of about 450 quarto pages with over 1,500 drawings, and may be described as an investigation of the earliest art of Babylonia and its later ramifications, showing the sources of that stream of culture which finally overflowed in Greek art and civilization. From that period of perhaps 4000 B. C, long before the use of iron, if not before that of bronze, the course of art and culture and religion is followed as it spreads over Persia on the east and as far as the Mediterranean Sea and Cyprus on the west, including Assyria, the Hittite Empire of Asia Minor, Syria, and Phoenicia. Thus the investigation reaches down to about 600 B. C., when the seal cylinder gave way to seals of other sorts, owing to the growing disuse of clay tablets for writing and the substitution of the simpler cone seal and scaraboid in place of the cylinder. No. 108. VAN DEMAN, ESTHER B. The Atrium Vcstce. Octavo, xii-j-47 pages, 17 plates. Published 1909. Price $1.50. This is a careful study of one of the many interesting problems which arise in the study of Roman topography and Roman architecture. The magnificent House of the Vestals was not the work of one period, but was enlarged and beautified during successive epochs, the later builders doing their work in such a way as to fit it, as far as possible, into that of their predecessors, thus producing the impression of a uniform structure. In this monograph the House of the Vestals is considered not as an isolated problem, but in connection with a thorough study of Roman brickwork, and the author has reconstructed the history of the building for the first and second centuries, A. D. No. 200. W. H. R. RIVERS, A. E. JENKS, and S. G. MORLEY. Reports upon tht Present Condition and Future Needs of the Science of Anthropology. Quarto, 91 pages, 14 plates. Published 1913. Price $2.00. The above volume consists of three elaborate reports upon the present status of the science of Anthropology : one concerning Anthropological Research outside America, by Dr. \V. H. R. Rivers, of Cambridge University; one on the status of this science in the western hemisphere and the Pacific Islands, by Dr. Albert E. Jenks, of the University of Minnesota; and one on the possibilities of archcological research at the ruins of Chichen Itza, Yucatan, by Mr. Sylvanus G. Morley. No. 219. MORLEY, SYLVANUS GRISWOLD. The Maya Inscriptions. The Inscriptions of Copan, Honduras. Quarto, 34 plates. In press. This volume deals with the hieroglyphic inscriptions of the ancient Maya civili- zation of southern Mexico and northern Central America, and is especially de- voted to a consideration of the inscriptions of Copan, Honduras, one of the largest and oldest centers of the Old Empire. This city flourished during the first five centuries of the Christian Era and is particularly noteworthy for the large number of its hieroglyphic monuments. The texts are presented upon a variety of media: stelae, altars, door-jambs, facades, steps, and stairways. They vary in length from 2 glyphs to over 2,000. In fact the longest inscription in the Maya writing is found here the Hieroglyphic Stairway on the western slope of Mound 26, which contains upwards of 2,500 glyphs. Of the 81 texts under observation, which include all now known, 22 were found to belong to The Archaic Period (i. e., from the earliest times down to 9.10.0.0.0, approximately to 360 A. D.) ; 17 to The Middle Period (i. e., from 9.10.0.0.0 to 9.15.0.0.0, approximately 360 to 460 A. D.) ; and 42 to The Great Period (i. e., from 9.15.0.0.0 to 10.2.0.0.0, approximately 460 to 600 A. D.). There are many drawings and photographs of heretofore unknown or undescribed inscriptions, and these include a large amount of "new material" here made accessible to students of the Maya hieroglyphic writing for the first time. 66 Archeology, Anthropology, etc. The work closes with a number of appendices, including lists of the monu- ments upon which the investigation was based, arranged according to their chro- nological sequence ; lists of all known contemporaneous monuments from other sites; correlation tables; distribution maps and diagrams and a complete bibliog- raphy of the site. In short, this monograph presents an exhaustive study of the Copan inscriptions based upon a first-hand examination of the originals. No. 255. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM. Club Types of Nuclear Polynesia. Octavo, v+173 pages, 17 plates, 3 figs. Published 1917. Price $2.50. This monograph is based on the collection of South Sea ethnica in the museum of the University of Pennsylvania. In addition to the intensive study of all the specimens, dimensions, decorations, and form, the author has established in groups on the structural base the several types of war clubs which until the present era of enlightenment played so large a part in the life as well as in the death of the peoples of Nuclear Polynesia. In connection therewith he has presented a theory as to the evolution in wood of metamorphs of earlier stone weapons which will suggest other lines of investigation of the rearward track of the great migrations of the Polynesian race. The metrology of the clubwrights and the methods of design are likewise discussed at length. No. 268. HYDE, WALTER W. Olympic Victor Monuments. Octavo. For other works relating to Archeology, see No. 54, on page 57, and No. 192, ,on page 131. HISTORY, ECONOMICS, ETC. PAPERS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH. No. 13. ADAMS, E. D. Influence of Grenville on Pitt's Foreign Policy, 17871798. Octavo, 79 pages. Published 1904. Price $0.50. This paper endeavors by means of published correspondence, especially the Dropmore Papers, to answer the important question how far the foreign policy of England during the prime ministry of William Pitt the younger, and especially during the period when his cousin Lord Grenville was Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, was devised and controlled by Pitt, and how far his management of foreign affairs during that critical period was influenced by Grenville. No. 14. VAN TYNE, C. H., and W. G. LELAND. Guide to the Archives of the Gov- ernment of the United States in Washington. Octavo, xin+215 pp. Published 1904. (Out of print. See publication No. 92.) No. 92. VAN TYNE, C. H., and W. G. LELAND. Guide to the Archives of the Gov- ernment of the United States in Washington. Revised Edition. Oc- tavo, xm+327 pages. Published 1907. Price $1.25. The first historical enterprise of the Carnegie Institution was the making of an inventory, more largely from an historical than from an administrative point of view, of the governmental archives in Washington. The need of such an inventory was peculiarly pressing on account of the want of concentration of archive material in our national capital. Far from having effected such concentration as has been brought about by the English government in its Public Record Office, our practice has been, except in the case of the War Department, to leave the custody and ar- rangement of the papers of each subdivision of a department to its administrative chief, so that the archives of the government consist of at least a hundred separate deposits, classified and managed in different ways and in different places. No. 22. MCLAUGHLIN, A. C. Report on the Diplomatic Archives of the Depart- ment of State, 1789-1840. Octavo, 73 pages. Published 1904. (Out of print.) Price $0.25. No. 22. MCLAUGHLIN, A. C. Diplomatic Archives of Department of State, 1789- 1840. Revised Edition. Octavo, 73 pages. Published 1906. Price $0.25. This report is confined to the period from 1789 to 1840, and discusses the various materials in the archives named ; how largely this material has already been printed in the American State Papers, Foreign Affairs; the character of the various ma- terials, and their value to historical workers. Some specimen letters are printed No. 38. MCLAUGHLIN, A. C., W. A. SLADE, and E. D. LEWIS. Writings on Ameri- can History, 1003. Octavo, xiv+172 pages. Published 1905. Price $1.00. This is a bibliography of books, pamphlets, and articles on United States his- tory published during the year 1903. The endeavor is also made to include impor- tant publications relating to Canada and Latin America. The material is arranged in a methodical order and extends to 3,591 items. An elaborate alphabetical index is added. This publication was not continued by the Carnegie Institution. No. 137. ALLISON, W. H. Inventory of Unpublished Material for American Re- ligious History in Protestant Church Archives and Other Repositories. Octavo, vn+254 pages. Published 1911. Price $1.50. American religious history, if dealt with not in a denominational spirit but on broad lines, is quite as important a part of the historian's concern as any other aspect of the social history of the United States. Of the unprinted material for it, how- ever, a large part has escaped the knowledge of workers because of being kept in denominational or local repositories which have not had the same means of making their treasures widely known as are possessed by governmental establishments and public libraries. Therefore Mr. Allison was commissioned to make a personal ex- amination of the manuscript materials for American religious history in the acces- 67 68 History, Economics, etc. sible archives of Protestant denominations, of their missionary societies, and in the libraries of their theological seminaries, colleges, and historical societies. The book lists, in alphabetical order by States and cities, the voluminous but scattered ma- terials thus found. An elaborate index brings the material conveniently together. No. 148. PARKER, D. W. Calendar of Papers in Washington Archives relating to the Territories of the United States. Octavo, 476 pages. Published 1911. Price $3.00. Two-thirds of the States have been Territories. Therefore, the materials for their earlier history are in large degree to be found in one or another of the gov- ernmental archives in Washington. Much effort is expended by workers in these States in the endeavor to find materials of this class. The difficulties are made very great by the extraordinarily dispersed condition of the records of the government, which has not one archive, but at least a hundred ; and the distribution of papers among them is often casual or arbitrary, and in all cases it is hard to follow. The data are classified first by territories, and chronologically under each territory. A vast amount of material, most of which was hitherto entirely unknown to inves- tigators, is made available. The number of items in the Calendar is nearly ten thousand. No. 172. PARKER, D. W. Guide to the Materials for United States History in Canadian Archives. Octavo, 339 pages. Published 1913. Price $2.00. The archives of the Dominion of Canada in Ottawa are made up of two great masses of material. One is a great collection of transcripts from the English and French archives. Of these the Dominion Government published calendars, and Mr. Parker could therefore give them a summary treatment, the more so because the originals from which they are copied will be described in the Institution's books on the London and Paris archives. The other mass comprises what may be called indigenous Canadian materials, derived from the offices of the Governor-General, the Secretary of State, and the various ministries, and rich in materials for the history of the United States, especially in the period since 1791. Besides a careful descriptive list of these, Mr. Parker has included in the book similar accounts of the materials for United States history in the provincial archives of Nova Scotia at Halifax, in those of New Brunswick at Fredericton, and in those of the Province of Ontario at Toronto. Full accounts and lists of materials of similar bearing in the civil archives of the Province of Quebec and in the ecclesiastical archives of the archbishopric there, and briefer descriptions of the archives of Newfoundland, British Columbia, and other western provinces have been added by other hands. No. 90. ANDREWS, CHARLES M., and FRANCES G. DAVENPORT. Guide to the Manu- script Materials for the History of the United States to 1783, in the British Museum, in Minor London Archives, and in Libraries of Oxford and Cambridge. Octavo, xiv+499 pages. Published 1908. Price $2.00. The chief masses of material in London for the history of the United States are those in the Public Record Office. A volume relating to these, upon which Professor Andrews has expended a large amount of time and labor, would natu- rally have had precedence over this present work; but its publication has had to be deferred on account of the large amount of reclassification which the Public Record Office has resolved upon in respect to the Colonial Office papers and other portions of the whole. Accordingly the present volume, though naturally supple- mentary, has been brought out first in order. Professor Andrews has furnished an itemized list, with proper explanations and comments, of all those papers in the library of the British Museum which relate to the history before 1783 of the United States and all other British portions of North America. This he has followed with an account of the materials in the Privy Council Office, Miss Davenport has furnished detailed statements of the materials for American history preserved in the Archives of the House of Lords, in the library of the Archbishop of Canterbury at Lambeth, in that of the Bishop of London at Fulham, and in other archives, public and semi-public, civil and ecclesiastical, in London. Professor Andrews concludes the volume with an itemized list of the American papers in the Bodleian Library and in other libraries of Oxford and Cambridge. The volume is minutely indexed. History, Economics, etc. 69 No. 90A. ANDREWS, CHARLES M. Guide to the Materials for American History, to 1783, in the Public Record Office of Great Britain. Octavo, 2 vols. Vol. 1. The State Papers, xi+346 pages. Published 1912. Price $2.50. Vol. II. Departmental and Miscellaneous Papers, vm+427 pages. Pub. 1914. Price $3.00. Of all archives in Europe the Public Record Office in London contains by far the greatest quantity of material for the history of the United States, and par- ticularly for the period before 1783. For many subjects in the history of the colo- nial and revolutionary periods, indeed, there is much more unprinted manuscript in that one repository than in America itself. Volume I, in its introduction, gives a history and description of the Public Record Office, its rules and regulations, and statements respecting such of its pub- lications as are useful to American inquirers. The contents of the archive are classified in two grand divisions, the one that of State papers, the other that of Departmental and Miscellaneous Records. Of these, it is the State Papers which are treated in the present volume. After an historical introduction upon the Sec- retary of State and his duties and upon the State Papers Office, the various series of State Papers Foreign, State Papers Domestic, Home Office Papers, State Papers Miscellaneous, State Papers Colonial, and Colonial Office Papers are described, with full presentation of details. These are most abundant in the section devoted to the Colonial Office Papers. The reclassification of the Colonial Office Papers has so completely made obsolete all previous descriptions that Professor Andrews's minute description of them in their present order of arrangement must be of the greatest utility to all students of American colonial history. Volume II presents a detailed description, volume by volume, of the divisions of the Public Record Office known as Departmental Records and Miscellaneous. The Departmental Records comprise the papers of the Admiralty, the Audit Office (including the Declared Accounts), and the Lord Chamberlain's Department, the Commissariat, tKe Custom House, the Treasury, and the War Office. The Mis- cellaneous section embraces the records of the High Court of Admiralty, the Man- chester, Cornwallis, Shaftesbury, Rodney, and Chatham papers, and those of the modern Board of Trade. The divisions of the Public Record Office embraced in this volume have been much less used for purposes of American history than the "State Papers" described in Volume I. The largest sections of the book are those relating to the Treasury, the Admiralty, the War Office, and the High Court of Admiralty. Each of the two volumes has its own index. No. 90s. PAULLIN, C. O., and F. L. PAXSON. Guide to the Materials in London Archives for the History of the United States since 1783. Octavo, xi+642 pages. Published 1914. Price $4.00. This book is the result of several months of investigation in the Public Record Office, British Museum, and some other repositories in London, on the part of Dr. Paullin and Professor Paxson, supplemented by additional researches made by Prof. C. E. Fryer and Mr. David W. Parker. The volume furnishes a comple- ment to those of Professor Andrews, and of Professor Andrews and Miss Daven- port, by supplying similar guidance to materials for the later period. The official permissions for search originally extended to 1837 for most departments, but were later extended to 1860. Thus the book contains descriptive lists, for 1783 to 1860, of all the materials for the history of the United States which are to be found in the sections at the Public Record Office known as Foreign Office Papers, Home Office Papers, Colonial Office Papers, War Office Papers, Admiralty Papers, and many minor subdivisions. It likewise supplements the Andrews-Davenport volume by a mass of additional data respecting American materials in the British Museum. No. 91. SHEPHERD, W. R. Guide to the Materials for the History of the United States in Spanish Archives (Simancas, the Archive Historico National, and Seville). Octavo, 107 pages. Published 1907. Price $0.50. The three archives in Spain most abounding in materials for American history are those of Simancas, the Archivo Historico Nacional in Madrid, and the Archives of the Indies at Seville. Professor Shepherd, of Columbia University, after sev- 70 History, Economics, etc. eral months spent in the examination of these archives, provides in this volume a summary statement of all the leading classes in which the student of history of the United States may find material for his purposes. No 124. ROBERTSON, JAMES ALEXANDER. List of Documents in Spanish Archives Relating to the History of the United States, which have been printed or of which Transcripts are Preserved in American Libraries. Octavo, xv-f-368 pages. Published 1910. Price $2.25. This book aims to assist those using No. 91 as well as other investigators of the history of the United States in its relation to Spain, by indicating all those docu- ments useful to their purposes, in Spanish archives, which can be examined without going or sending to Spain. It consists of two lists. The first indicates, in chrono- logical order and with proper references, all those documents of this sort which are already in print. The second is a list, in similar order, of all those which may be found in American libraries in the form of transcripts. A full index exhibits names of writers, names of persons addressed, and subjects. No. 163. BOLTON, HERBERT E. Guide to Materials for the History of the United States in the Principal Archives of Mexico. Octavo, xv-j-553 pages. Published 1913. Price $3.50. While presenting descriptive accounts of all the archives in Mexico examined by Professor Bolton, this volume is mainly occupied with lists of documentary ma- terials bearing on the history of the United States. The largest part of it is devoted to such lists for archives in the city of Mexico; but a large number of provincial archives were searched, especially in the cities of northern Mexico upon which the regions now called Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California at one time de- pended, either in a civil or in an ecclesiastical sense. To a large extent these searches have been pioneer work, laying open treasures of material hitherto un- explored. Many of the documents bear upon the history of the relations between Mexico and the United States, especially about the time of the Mexican War; others illustrate in countless ways the progress of exploration, Spanish colonization, mission work, Indian hostilities, and American settlement in the present southwest. In the city of Mexico, to whose archives the major portion of the book is devoted, the repositories most largely reported upon are the national collections in the Archivo General y Publico and the archives of the executive departments, especially the Secretaria de Relaciones, the Secretaria de Gobernacion, and the War Department. No. 83. PEREZ, Luis MARINO. Guide to the Materials for American History in Cuban Archives. Octavo, x+142 pages. Published 1907. Price $0.75. The Cuban archives, in spite of the removal of large quantities of papers to Spain in 1888 and 1898, and of many losses due to political changes, embrace a large mass of valuable historical material. The fact that, under the old administrative system of Spain, Florida and Louisiana were under the jurisdiction of the captain-general of Cuba, brings it about that considerable masses of these papers have a direct relation to the history of the United States. Mr. Perez spent five months in the investigation of these papers. His book gives a general description of the Cuban archives, traces historically the development of the administrative system of Cuba, describes the principal archive material relating to the history of the United States, and furnishes an itemized list of the papers most important in this respect. No. 128. FISH, C. R. Guide to the Materials for American History in Roman and Other Italian Archives. Octavo, ix+259 pages. Published 1911. Price $2.00. Nine-tenths of this book relate to archives in Rome. In that city the two col- lections most abounding in materials for American history, and described in the most detailed manner in this volume, are the archives of the Vatican and those of the Congregation of the Propaganda. The former embraces the correspondence of the papal secretaries of state with the nuncios of Spain, France, and other colo- nizing countries, and various correspondence with bishops and other ecclesiastics in America. Taken in connection with the archives of the Propaganda, or chief mis- sionary office, these archives not only display with great fulness the ecclesiastical and religious history of early America and of the Catholic portions of the United History, Economics, etc. 71 States, but also cast an extraordinary amount of light upon the civil history and administration, especially French and Spanish. Besides the Vatican archives, the volume embraces the manuscripts in the Vatican Library, in other ecclesiastical collections, and in public and private libraries in Rome. The archives of Naples, Venice, Turin, and Florence are likewise included. There is a full index. No. 150. LEARNED, M. D. Guide to the Materials relating to American History in the German State Archives. Octavo, vn-(-352 pages. Published 1912. Price $2.25. German materials touch the history of the United States in the ordinary manner of diplomatic relations, and also, and in a very interesting manner, in the particular episode of the Hessian and other auxiliary troops in the American War of Inde- pendence. But the leading relation between German history and that of the United States has lain in the field of the history of German emigration, which, beginning in the seventeenth century and continuing to the present time, has contributed no doubt not less than one-fifth to the population of the United States. Therefore Professor Learned's inspection of German archives, though ample and detailed in the case of diplomatic archives and of the Hessian and other military papers, was far from being confined to these. On the contrary, he made an examination of all seventeen of the Prussian provincial state archives, of the eight provincial archives in Bavaria, and of the archives of the minor German states, making it his chief object to note volumes and papers which bore upon the history of the migration of German population to America. The volume is minutely indexed. No. 220. FAUST, A. B. Guide to the Materials for American History in Swiss and Austrian Archives. Octavo, x-f-299 pa ges. Published 1916. Price $2.00. In Switzerland there is some material for American history in the archives of the Confederation at Bern, but still more in the archives of the cantons. This is mainly because of the large emigration from the German-speaking cantons of Switzerland to America in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Professor Faust has discovered, and listed or described, large masses of interesting papers exhibiting the history of this migration and the relations of the Swiss Government to it. The largest number were found in the cantonal archives of Zurich, Bern, and Basel. Descriptions of the state archives in the French-speaking cantons have been added, as a result of personal research, by the Director of the Department of Historical Research, Dr. J. F. Jameson. Professor Faust's researches in the Austrian archives cover those of Vienna, Salzburg, and Innsbruck. At Vienna, a valuable series of papers in the Hof-, Haus-. und Staats-archiv illustrates the history of the diplomatic relations between the United States and Austria. Papers in other governmental archives in Vienna, and in those of Salzburg and Innsbruck, illustrate the history of emigration from Austria to America. No. 234. HILL, ROSCOE R. Descriptive Catalogue of the Documents relating to the History of the United States in the Papeles Procedentes de Cuba, deposited in the Archivo General de Indias at Seville. Octavo, XLin-f- 594 pages. Published 1916. Price $4.00. Of all the various sections of the Archives of the Indies at Seville, the richest in material for the history of the United States is that called "Papeles proce- dentes de la Isla de Cuba." This is a mass of correspondence, documents, and records, which was transferred to Spain in 1888 from Havana, where it had con- stituted a part of the archives of the office of the Captain-General, "dead files" relating to regions outside of Cuba and no longer in his jurisdiction. Out of about 2,500 legajos (bundles) which were thus transferred, some 934 relate to regions now forming a part of the continental territory of the United States. The total number of documents in these lies between 400.000 and 500,000, and the whole constitutes a very important mass of material for the history of the United States, chiefly of Florida, West Florida, Louisiana, and the Mississippi Valley, in the period from 1763 to 1819. Mr. Hill's book, the product of more than two years' labor in Seville on his part and that of clerical assistants, describes the contents of each of these legajos as fully as this can be done in the average space of 72 History, Economics, etc. half a page or a little more, and with such fulness of detail as to personal and geographical names as will enable investigators to find whatever material in this section of the archives relates to the particular subject of their inquiries. An itemized list of all the documents in 158 of the most important legajos is kept in manuscript in the office of the Department of Historical Research, which has also photographed a series of more than 2,000 of the chief documents. No. 239. COLDER, FRANK A. Guide to Materials for American History in Russian Archives. Octavo, vm-fl77 pages. Published 1917. Price $1.00. The Russian archives contain two sorts of materials relating to the history of the United States : one, papers relative to the diplomatic relations between the two countries from the American Revolution down to the present time ; the other, papers relating to Russian explorations in the Northern Pacific, and the settlement and development of Russian America, now Alaska, down to its transfer to the United States in 1867. These materials are preserved in a large number of different archives at Moscow and Petrograd, those of dates subsequent to 1800 being in the latter capital, while some of those of eighteenth-century dates are kept in Moscow. Mr. Colder devoted several months to the examination of all of those archives, and found a rich store of materials, which he has described carefully and systematically. Most of the diplomatic papers at Petrograd are in the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, in which Mr. Colder was permitted to pursue his investigations down to the year 1854 without restriction. In the other archives he was allowed to proceed to even later dates. The diplomatic papers will be especially useful to students of such episodes as the Russian mediation in 1813. the arbitration of 1822, the treaty of 1824, Russian action during our Civil War, the Alaskan negotiations of 1867, the Fur Seal Arbitration of 1893, and the boundary settlement of 1903. On the other hand, the book lists a large variety of correspondence, journals, log-books, manuscripts, maps, and charts relating to the explorations of Bering, to later explorations, and to the early history of Russian America. There is a full index. No. 254. DAVENPORT, FRANCES G. European Treaties bearing on the History of the United States and its Dependencies, to 1648. Octavo, vi-f-387 pages. Published 1917. Price $2.50. The texts of the European treaties relating to America, and especially of the earlier ones, are in many cases difficult to obtain. Many of them are in books to which few historical students have access ; some have not been printed at all, most have been printed with greater or less degrees of inaccuracy and incompleteness. Dr. Davenport, after several years of study in European libraries and archives, as well as in Washington, has assembled in this volume accurate texts of all those treaties or parts of treaties anterior to 1649 which bear in any direct way upon the history of the present United States or its insular dependencies (Porto Rico and the Philippines, so far as the present volume is concerned). She has also procured and included accurate texts of the papal bulls relating to America, docu- ments which under the international law and practice of their period had a status and force similar to that of treaties. Documents in any other language than English and French have been accompanied with careful translations. To each document an introduction is prefixed in which the history of its making is set forth ; these introductions make an approach to a consecutive history of European diplomacy respecting America down to the time of the treaties of Westphalia. Introductions and texts are carefully annotated, and bibliographical sections give suitable references to all matters respecting the documents and their history. History, Economics, etc. 73 ECONOMICS AND SOCIOLOGY. No. 21SA. JOHNSON, EMORY R., T. W. VAN METRE, G. G. HUEBNER, and D. S. HANCHETT, with an introductory note by H. W. FARNAM. History of Domestic and Foreign Commerce of the United States. Octavo (2 vols.). Published 1915. Price $6.00. Vol. I. xv+363 pages, maps i to 5. Vol. II. ix+3p8 pages, maps 6 to no. This History of Domestic and Foreign Commerce of the United States, in two volumes, constitutes one division of the Contributions to American Economic History being prepared by the Department of Economics and Sociology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Volume I contains three parts dealing, re- spectively, with "American Commerce to 1789," "The Internal Commerce of the United States," and "The Foreign Trade of the United States Since 1789." Volume II also has three parts devoted, respectively, to "American Fisheries," "The Coast wise Trade of the United States," and "Government Aid and Commercial Policy;" this volume also contains a bibliography topically classified. Part one of Volume I, with the exception of two chapters, was written by Emory R. Johnson, Professor of Transportation and Commerce at the University of Pennsylvania, while the remainder of the two volumes was written by Dr. T. W. Van Metre, Assistant Professor G. G. Huebner, and Dr. David S. Hanchett. Sev- eral collaborators made special studies that were used along with other material in writing the volumes. Professor Johnson has directed the preparation of the entire work and has edited the parts contributed by his associates. No adequate history either of the foreign or of the internal trade of the United States had previously been written. While there is a large literature upon com- mercial subjects to be found in government reports and other publications, these volumes are the first to cover systematically the entire field of the history of American commerce. No. 215s. CLARK, VICTOR S. History of Manufactures in the United States, 1607 to 1860. Octavo, xn-f-675 pages, 7 plates, 7 figures. Published 1916. Price $6.00. This volume contains a history of American manufactures from the settlement of Virginia to the Civil War. Its purpose is to picture and to explain the begin- nings of that growth which has made manufacturing one of the most important forms of natural production. The more important economic influences affecting general manufactures and specific industries are described and their relation to our industrial development is traced in detail. While the arrangement is loosely chrono- logical, the topical method of treatment prevails. There are very full references to the published and unpublished materials, and the book contains new statistical and bibliographical data of importance. No. 215c. History of Transportation in the United States before 1860. Prepared under the supervision of BALTHASAR H. MEYER by CAROLINE E. MACGILL and a staff of collaborators. Octavo, x+678 pages, 5 plates. Published 1917. Price $6.00. The History of Transportation in the United States before 1860, prepared by Caroline E. MacGill and a staff of collaborators under the direction of Dr. B. H. Meyer, is the third book to be issued in the series of Contributions to American Economic History, published by the Carnegie Institution of Washington. This volume is based upon a series of monographic studies made by pupils of Professor Meyer and by other economists, who made free use of the extensive library of books on transportation given to the University of Wisconsin by the late James J. Hill. Transportation is the key to the economic progress of the United States. The great natural resources of the country could never have been developed without adequate means of bringing people to work them and of bringing the finished prod- 74 History, Economics, etc. uct to the market. Transportation is also essential to the success of our political system. Without free communication between its different parts, this vast terri- tory could hardly have governed itself successfully under a free Constitution. The history of transportation is the story of the successful conquest of great natural obstacles. The early settlers had to follow, in most cases, the Indian trails, many of which had, in turn, been first traced by the buffalo. The trail was broadened into the wagon road, the wagon road was converted into the turn- pike, and the turnpike made possible the canal and the railroad. This volume stops at the Civil War, and, therefore, does not deal with the railroad problems of the present day. No. 85. HASSE, ADELAIDE R. Index of Economic Material in Documents of the States of the United States. Quarto. 85 (Maine) (1820-1904), 95 pages $0.75 85 (New Hampshire) (1789-1904), 66 pages 0.50 85 (Vermont) (1789-1904), 71 pages o-5 85 (Massachusetts) (1789-1904), 310 pages .. .. 2.25 Banks 14 pp., education 15 pp., insurance 15 pp., charities and corrections JS PP-. railroads (Troy and Greenfield R. R. and Tunnel 213 entries) 33 PP-> vital statistics 16 pp. 85 (Rhode Island) (1789-1904), 95 pages 0.75 85 (New York) (1789-1904), 553 pages ._ 3-75 Banks 34 pp., canals 34 pp., insurance 19 pp., charities and corrections 53 pp., railroads 19 pp., taxation 36 pp. 85 (California) (1849-1904), 316 pages 2.25 Agriculture 36 pp., climate 13 pp., education 17 pp., charities and correc- tions 24 pp., natural resources 26 pp. 85 (Illinois) (1809-1904), 393 pages. (Out of print.)... 5- Agriculture 71 pp., banks n pp., canals 21 pp., education 23 pp., chari- ties and corrections 30 pp., railroads 31 pp., taxation 13 pp. 85 (Kentucky) (1792-1904), 452 pages. (Out of print.) 5-o 85 (Delaware) (1789-1904), 137 pages > 1.5 85 (Ohio) (1787-1904), 1136 pages 14.00 85 (New Jersey) (1789-1904), 705 pages 8.00 85 (Pennsylvania). Part I, A to E (1790-1904), pages i to 810 In press In preparing the above volumes the term economic has been liberally inter- preted. The index embraces reports of the boards of agriculture, charities and corrections, education, public works and public health, banking, insurance, railroad and tax commissions, bureaus of labor and vital statistics, climate and crop bulle- tins, geological surveys, fish, game, and forest commissions, auditors' and treas- urers' reports, immigration, sewerage and water-supply, roads, canals and river con- servancy, governors' messages, and reports of attorneys general. Particular care has been taken in reading the above-mentioned reports to note recommendations, sug- gestive comment, and especially the character of the tabulations. A check-list of the entire file of reports accompanies each subject. The indexed material is arranged chronologically under each subject. Thus the student is able to trace the historical development of each economic subject as it is reflected in the documents of an individual State. The work is published by States, a single volume to a State, and is designed to cover the period from the adoption of the Federal Constitution to the close of the year 1904. MISCELLANEOUS. No. 185. HASSE, ADELAIDE R. Index to United States Documents Relating to For- eign Affairs, 1828-1861. In 3 parts. Quarto. Part I, A to H, pages 1 to 793. Published 1914. Price $9.00. Part II, I to Q, pages 795 to 1331. Part III, R to Z. In press. The Folio American State Papers (Foreign Affairs), which ceased in 1828, have indexes, and an index to the annual Diplomatic Correspondence beginning in 1861 has been published by the State Department. The present publication indexes the documents of the intervening period, from 1828-1861. It affords reference to the entire published record of documents, papers, correspondence and, to a considerable extent, legislation and decisions upon international or diplomatic questions. In History, Economics, etc, 75 addition to the reports of Congress, the following series of documents have been indexed : the Senate Executive Journal, for diplomatic and consular appointments and treaty ratifications ; the Opinions of the Attorneys General, for decisions on questions of international controversy; the Statutes-at-Large, for acts and resolu- tions relating to international affairs ; and the Congressional. Globe and its prede- cessors for speeches and correspondence. The text of the latter, it was found, does not always correspond with the text as printed in the House and Senate documents. No. 258. ROWE, L. S. Federal System of the Argentine Republic. Octavo, xin +157 pages. In press. The purpose of this work is not merely to describe the constitutional organiza- tion of the Argentine Republic but also to present an analysis of the actual operation of the political system. The political ideas on which the present Argentine system rests have their roots in the colonial system. The author first reviews the colonial development and then proceeds to a study of the early growth of the federal idea in Argentina. A considerable portion of the work is devoted to an analysis of the relation between the federal and the provincial governments, in order to ascertain to what extent the federal idea embodied in the constitution of 1853 has been pre- served. After a study of the executive, legislative, and judicial organization of the government, and of the actual relations that have developed between these three authorities, the author proceeds to a study of the protection of individual personal and property rights in the Argentine system. No. 39. Handbook of Learned Societies and Institutions America. Octavo, vin+592 pages. Published 1908. Price $4.00. The above gives a practically complete list of the important learned societies and institutions of North and South America, with their locations and addresses, fol- lowed in most cases by a brief statement of the history and object of the society concerned, and including data with regard to meetings, membership, publications, research funds, and prizes. LITERATURE. No. 74. SOMMER, H. OSKAR. The Vulgate Version of the Arthurian Romances. Edited from MSS. in the British Museum. Quarto. In seven vol- umes. Price per volume, $5.00. Vol. I: Lestoire del Saint Graal, 296 pages. Vol. II: Lestoire de Merlin, 466 pages. Vol. Ill: Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac. Part I, 430 pages. Vol. IV: Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac. Part II, 399 pages. Vol. V: Le Livre de Lancelot del Lac. Part III, 474 pages. Vol. VI : Les Adventures ou La Queste del Saint Graal. La Mort le Roy Artus. Vol. VII: Le Livre d'Artus. MS. No. 337, Bibliotheque Nationale. 370 pages. Index of Names and Places to above volumes, 85 pages. This publication will be of especial importance to the student of mediaeval liter- ature, particularly to all interested in the study of the mass of fiction centering around the immortal King Arthur of Great Britain. It represents the first attempt to produce a complete printed text of the whole of the Vulgate Cycle comprising the early history of the Holy Grail; the prose-rendering of Robert de Borron's Merlin and the Book of Arthur; the huge compilation of adventures known as the Book of Syr Lancelot of the Lake; the Quest of the Holy Grail; and the Death of Arthur. The text is a faithful reproduction of one of the six manuscripts known con- taining the entire Vulgate Cycle, viz., the Add. MS. 1029210294 of the British Museum. It has been collated, supplemented, and corrected by help of other manu- scripts representing only certain sections of the cycle in the same library and in some special cases by the help of manuscripts in the Bibliotheque Nationale, of Paris. The lines are numbered and reference numbers to other manuscripts and printed editions are added throughout. Ample side-notes in English are supplied. In his Introduction Dr. Sommer briefly outlines the results of his studies on the genesis of the Vulgate Cycle. His views differ in many essential points from those hitherto accepted as probable or correct. No. 89. HODELL, CHARLES W. The Old Yellow Book: Source of Browning's "The Ring and the Book." Octavo, ccLxii-j-345 pages, 4 plates. Published 1908. Price $7.00. (Out of print.) A complete photo-reproduction of "The Old Yellow Book," the source of Brown- ing's "The Ring and the Book," with translation, essay, and notes by Prof. Charles W. Hodell, of the Woman's College of Baltimore, Maryland. The volume is a large octavo, the reproduction occupying 262 pages, and the preface, translation, essay, notes, and index 345 pages additional. The work is printed on paper of very high quality, and contains portraits of Browning and of Guido Franceschini, the coat of arms of the Franceschini family, and a facsimile of the death record of Pompilia. No. 89. Reprint of above, with a few additional notes. Published 1916. Price $3.50; in half leather $5.00. The first edition having been exhausted, and the plates being available for a reprint, the second edition has been printed and is now ready for sale ; it is thus possible to offer these books at half the price first asked, although the standard of the first edition has been maintained. Dr. Hodell has added a few notes in the second edition; otherwise the two editions are alike. No. 171. LANCASTER, H. C. Pierre Du Ryer, Dramatist.. Octavo, v+182 pages, 1 plate. Published 1912. Price $1.25. Pierre Du Ryer wrote at the time when the drama of modern France was first gaining national significance. The group of authors to which he belonged estab- lished the French classic drama as a distinct literary form, composed many tragi- comedies, both classic and romantic, originated for their country the comedy of manners, and did much to develop the technique of dramatic composition and repre- 77 78 Literature sentation. A thorough understanding of their achievement requires a careful study, not only of Corneille, the most important of these dramatists, but also of the lesser writers, who often showed the way to their illustrious contemporary. The present volume studies exhaustively the life and plays of Du Ryer, who, after Corneille, was in many ways the leading member of the group. Du Ryer's translations and lyric poems are treated in their relation to his life and dramatic work. The book contains an index, and is illustrated by vignettes and a plate reproduced from an early edition of Du Ryer's tragedy "Saul." No. 189. OSGOOD, CHARLES G. A Concordance to the Poems of Spenser. Quarto, xni+997 pages, 1 plate. Published 1915. Price $20.00. This book is an alphabetical list of all the words in the English poems of Edmund Spenser. Under each word are quoted all the passages in which the word occurs, except that for a few very frequent and unimportant words only a selected list of quotations is given. The context of the word in each quotation is selected so as to show, as far as space allows, the meaning and use of the word. The whole work contains nearly 200,000 quotations. It is based upon the text of Richard Morris, revised and corrected by editions which have appeared since the concordance was begun. Spenser is usually ranked fourth among English poets, and his place in the history both of the English language and of English poetry is peculiarly important The object of the concordance is not only to illuminate the poet's meaning and art in the use of words, but to afford aid to the historical study of the language and literature similar to that to be derived from concordances to the Bible, Shakespeare, Milton, Pope, Wordsworth, and other English poets. No. 202. COOPER, LANE. A Concordance to the Works of Horace. Octavo, x+593. Published 1916. Price $7.00. This strictly analytical work records, in alphabetical order, every occurrence of every word in Horace, and all the variant readings included in two standard modern editions of the poet. Under each word is quoted every passage in which the word occurs, with a numerical reference to poem and line; save that in the case of a few particles, no quotations, but numerical references alone are given. The basic text is that of Friedrich Vollmer (Leipsic, Teubner, 1912) ; his list of variants has been supplemented by the inclusion of a few readings noted in the edition of Wickham (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1903-1904). The arranging of related grammatical forms under one heading has not been attempted; but homographs for example, datives and ablatives ending in o have been carefully separated. No effort has been spared to make the book typographically clear and easy to consult. The thought and language of Horace have exerted a profound and widespread influence upon subsequent poets, English as well as Continental. In common with other Latin authors, his works have in times past been indexed; but of the previous verbal indexes still in print there is none that duly performs the functions of a concordance or adequately serves the purposes of the students of modern as well as ancient literature. Zangemeister's edition (now out of print) of Bentley's Horace contains an index which is virtually a concordance, but the typographical arrange- ment is so bad and the progress of studies in the text of Horace since 1869 has been so great, that, were his index more accessible, there would still be room for a new work. The present concordance was undertaken in view of difficulties actually experienced, with various indexes, in the comparison of English poets with Horace. No. 208. BROUGHTON, L. N., M. R. THAYER, and others. A Concordance to thg Poems of Keats. Quarto, xxi+437 pages, 1 plate. Published 1917. Price $7.00. This work contains an alphabetical list of the words in the poems of John Keats. Under each word, except for a very small list of unimportant words, is quoted every metrical line in which the word occurs, approximately 65,000 quota- tions in all. The basic text is that of H. Buxton Forman, C. B. (Oxford Univer- sity Press). The recording was done from the issue of 1910; but has been care- fully collated with the issue of 1914, which contains five newly discovered poems. The page numbers given in the concordance correspond to those of the later issue, but for the convenience of those using the earlier text a table in the introduction Literature 79 carefully and completely records the relatively small number of changes in pagi- nation. The text is supplemented by the variant of La Belle Dame sans Merci from Lord Houghton's Life and Letters of Keats. No. 262. BERGEN, HENRY. The Fall of Princes, by John Lydgate. Edited from th best Manuscripts, with Bibliographical Introduction, Notes, and Glos- sary. Octavo. In press. The Fall of Princes, Lydgate's longest and best-known work, is a translation in decasyllabic verse, arranged in upwards of 5,000 seven and eight line stanzas, of the prose Latin "De Casibus Virorum et Feminarum Illustrium libri IX," writ- ten by Giovanni Boccaccio in the third quarter of the fourteenth century. The English poem was not done directly out of the original Latin, but is an expanded rendering of Laurence de Premierfait's second prose French version (completed in 1409), which was in turn a greatly amplified revision of an earlier and more literal translation by the same writer. The work, like Chaucer's "Monk's Tale," consists of a series of tragedies told in the words of the chief actors, who appeared one after another before the author, "beginning at Adam" and "ending at King John" of France, who was taken pris- oner by the Black Prince at Poitiers in 1356. Boccaccio's object was to exhibit to his crowned contemporaries and their successors the evil results of vicious living and misrule, by examples chosen from the Old Testament and the popular his- torical compilations of his time, as an incentive for them to mend their ways; and the work became one of the most popular books of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. By reason of its large vocabulary, which is especially rich in words borrowed from the French, it holds an important position in the history of the English language. Some twenty-nine more or less complete manuscripts of the Fall of Princes have been preserved, and there are four printed editions (Richard Pynson, 1494 and 1527, Richard Tottel, 1554, and John Wayland, about 1558). The present edi- tion is based on the Oxford manuscript Bodley 263, collated in full with the British Museum manuscripts Royal 18 Div. and Harley 1245. Other manuscripts and the printed edition of 1554 have been consulted in regard to doubtful points. PHILOLOGY, ETC. No. 169. CALLAWAY, MORGAN, JR. The Infinitive in Anglo-Saxon. Octavo, xin-f- 339 pages. Published 1913. Price $5.00. In this work Professor Callaway gives a detailed history of the Infinitive in Anglo-Saxon and treats of some substitutes therefor. The study is based upon a statistical reading of the whole of Anglo-Saxon literature with the exception of the glosses and of a few out-of-prints; moreover, in all of the more definitely known translations, the Latin originals have been read. The statistics are given clearly and are complete except for the predicative infinitive with auxiliary verbs, the full tabulation of which seemed unnecessary. Fifteen chapters of interpretation are based upon this material. A long chapter is added on "The Infinitive in the Other Germanic Languages," which of necessity rests upon the investigations of others, but which will, it is believed, be found something more than a summary. The bibliography makes no pretensions to exhaustiveness, but is fuller than any hitherto published in this field. It is thought that the monograph will appeal to students of Germanic syntax scarcely less than to students of English syntax, for the work is written throughout from the comparative standpoint. No. 134. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM. The Polynesian Wanderings. Tracks of the Migration deduced from an Examination of the Proto-Samoan Con- tent of Efate and other Languages of Melanesia. Octavo, vm-)-516 pages, 2 plates. Published 1911. Price $3.50. Two theories of the origin of the brown Polynesian race of the Pacific are here discussed, the Semitic and the Malayan theories respectively. It has been essayed to dispose of these definitely by the methods of comparative philology. To that end the author has amassed all available data from all the Polynesian lan- guages and from 150 used in Melanesia and 50 Indonesian tongues ; he has discussed their phonetic mutations and therefrom has pronounced against each of these theories. Dealing with the Polynesians as a pre-Malayan population of Indonesia, he shows that the race advanced upon the Pacific in two swarms separated by a wide interval of time. Confining his investigation to the earlier swarm, at or about the beginning of the present era, he outlines two streams of migration parted at the outset by the obstacle of New Guinea and not brought into association until their arrival in Nuclear Polynesia. As a contribution to the philology of the isolated tongues it is indicated that these studies set us at a point of examination but nar- rowly removed from the genesis of one of the languages of human speech. No. 154. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM. Beach-la-mar: The Jargon or Trade Speech of the Western Pacific. Octavo, 54 pages. Published 1911. Price $0.50. This work is directed toward two ends. The preservation of the vocabulary is expected to afford material for those students who may be attracted to the prosecu- tion of research upon jargons as underlying the artificial languages in general, a theme as yet untouched in philological examination. The discussion of the gram- mar of this crude means of communication has a value of its own as a preliminary step in the consideration of the grammar of isolating speech, a study essential to the establishment of the newer philology based upon the most primordial stage of the evolution of human speech. No. 174. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM. Easter Island, Rapanui Speech, and the Peopling of Southeast Polynesia. Octavo, 340 pages. Published 1912. Price $2.75. Herein have been assembled the word-lists of all former students of Easter Island, the French vocabulary compiled by Pere Hippolyte Roussel, the words recorded by Geiseler, Thomson, and Cook, together with the author's own collec- tions. To this material has been added the necessary philological apparatus where- with to make this the first dictionary of the speech of this remote outlier of the Polynesian race. Prefaced to the dictionary is a discussion of the various languages of southeastern Polynesia, namely, those of Tahiti, the Marquesas, the Paumotu, and Mangareva. This material has been employed to dissociate the several streams of Polynesian migration which have moved eastward from Samoa under the helio- tropic impulse which has ever been active in this great movement of folk migration. 80 Philology, etc. 81 In these studies it has been possible to dissect out earlier and later migrations and to a satisfactory extent to translate into terms of geography the results of philo- logical comparison. No. 184. FINLEY, J. P., and WILLIAM CHURCHILL. The Subanu: Studies of a Sub- Visayan Mountain Folk of Mindanao. Octavo, iv+236 pages, 2 plates. Published 1913. Price $2.00. In Part I of this work Colonel John Park Finley, U. S. Army, has furnished a record of the present stage of this mountain tribe of Mindanao, a race hitherto practically untouched by even such culture as the Moros of the coast possess. Since St. Francis Xavier gave them up in despair they have remained in unmixed savagery until now they are being brought within the civilizing efforts of American endeavor. This record is as complete as could be obtained by ten years of admin- istrative contact with this shy and rude folk. In collating the linguistic material collected in the intervals of campaigns by the military author, Mr. Churchill has established the ethnic position of the race as archetypal in reference to the more widely extended Visayan culture. This theme leads naturally to a careful discus- sion of the Malayo-Polynesian speech family and the employment of this important collection of new data to accomplish its demolition, thus clearing the way for a free study of the respective language units which hitherto have been obscured by an untenable association. No. 244. CHURCHILL, WILLIAM. Sissano: Movements of Migration within and through Melanesia. Octavo, 181 pp., 17 charts. Pub. 1916. Price $2.00. Newly available material derived from the Sissano, a people on the Arop lagoons on the north coast of New Guinea, has been utilized in this work for the study of one of the more intricate problems of the track of Polynesia migration out of Indonesia. Objection has been raised against the suggestion that two migration tracks were discernible in reference to New Guinea as in part obstacle and in part conduit of folk movement. These tracks have been traced along the north coast of the island and along the south coast through Torres Strait. It has been sug- gested that the traces of Polynesian speech found in the Gulf of Papua have reached that area by coastwise voyaging from the north coast to the southeast peninsula and thence westward. By the employment of the speech material from Sissano for the explication of the similar material found in the Torres Strait tract it is established that all the evidence at present available indicates the probability of the folk movement eastward from the Arafura Sea through Torres Strait inde- pendently of the movement along the north coast. No. 253. IVENS, WALTER G. Dictionary and Grammar of the Language of Sa'a and Ulawa, Solomon Islands. With appendices, vii+249 pp., 12 plates. 1 fig. Published 1918. Price $3.00. This dictionary of a language in use in the southern region of the Solomon Islands is a distinct contribution to the little-studied philology of the Western Pacific and fills a serious gap which has existed in the investigation of the lan- guages of Melanesia. The nearest languages which have received dictionary record are Mota in the New Hebrides far to the south and Pala in New Ireland equally distant to the north. Evidences of certain common elements which are discover- able in the speech of Ulawa indicate that this work will prove of value in the examination of the movement of population through the island chains of this region of the Pacific. In addition to the vocabulary material the author has sup- plied copious information as to the life of the people of Ulawa and of the adjacent region on the southern cape of the large island of Malaita and has given a state- ment of the beginning and progress of the work of Christian missions among these savages. FOLK-LORE. No. 17. DORSEY, GEORGE A. Traditions of the Ankara. Octavo, 202 pages. Pub- lished 1904. Price $1.00. A collection of eighty-two folk tales of the Arikara Indians of North Dakota, a tribe of the Caddoan stock, most nearly related to the Skidi Pawnee. The tales are arranged in groups as follows: Creation Myths; Transformation Myths; Rite Myths; Miscellaneous; Animal Tales; Traditions embodying superstitions or strange beliefs and wild tales. There is an introduction, and abstracts of each tale are given. No. 21. DORSEY, GEORGE A. Mythology of the Wichita. Octavo, vni+351 pages. Published 1904. Price $1.50. A collection of sixty tales of the Wichita tribe of the Caddoan stock, living in Oklahoma. The tales are arranged according to certain Wichita cosmogonic con- ceptions, namely, Creation, Transformation, and Present. Several of the tales are represented by one or more variants. An introduction gives a general account of Wichita ethnology. The tales are all provided with abstracts. No. 41. DORSEY, GEORGE A. Traditions of the Caddo. Octavo, 136 pages. Pub- lished 1905. Price $0.50. The Caddo tales presented in the above publication were collected during the years 1903-1905 and form part of a systematic investigation of the religious system and ceremonial organization of the tribes of the Caddoan stock. The Caddo since 1859 have lived in western Oklahoma, between the Washita and Canadian rivers, where they have been closely associated with the Wichita. They retain practically nothing of their ancient culture. Their early home was in Louisiana, on the lower Red River. Later they migrated toward the Texas border, and still later to Brazas River in Texas. Like the Wichita, their early habitations were conical grass lodges, and they were agriculturists, hunting the buffalo only within comparatively recent times. No. 59. DORSEY, GEORGE A. The Pawnee: Mythology (Part I). Octavo, 546 pages. Published 1906. Price $2.00. A collection of 148 tales of the Pawnee, representing the Chaui, Kitkehahki, Skidi, and Pitahauirat, which constitute the four bands of the Pawnee who to-day live in Oklahoma. This volume forms a supplement to Traditions of the Skidi Pawnee, Volume III of the Memoirs of the American Folk-Lore Society. The tales are grouped according to the Pawnee conception of tales : True Stories of the Heavenly Beings; Tales of Ready-to-Give ; The Origin of Medicine Ceremonies or Power; Coyote Tales. A brief introduction relates the method of obtaining the material and all the tales are furnished with abstracts. Many of the tales contain one or more songs. 82 EMBRYOLOGY. No. 191. WEED, LEWIS H. A Reconstruction of the Nuclear Masses in the Lower Portions of the Human Brain-Stem. (Contribution to Embryology.) Quarto, 78 pages, vi plates. Published 1914. Price $2.50. This comprises a study of the form and relations of the collections of ganglion cells making up the nuclei of the upper cervical cord and medulla of the adult human brain. It is a description of a model made by reconstructing, in wax, a series of 1900 cross-sections, 40 /x thick, taken through a normal human brain stem, treated by the Weigert-Pal method. This model is illustrated from the dorsal, lateral, and ventral aspects, and embraces a special morphological study of the nucleus olivaris inferior. The conformation of each nuclear mass is described in its relation to the surface and to the surrounding structures. No. 221. MALL, FRANKLIN P. On the Fate of the Human Embryo in Tubal Preg- nancy. (Contribution to Embryology, No. 1. Vol. I.) Quarto, 104 pages, 11 plates, 24 text figures. Published 1915. Price $5.00. This monograph on the fate of the human ovum in tubal pregnancy is based on the study of 146 specimens which have been collected by about 100 physicians in various parts of the United States and Asia during the past 18 years. The scope of the work is not only embryological but etiological that is, the cause of tubal pregnancy receives due consideration. The anatomy of the Fallopian tube is first considered, after which there is a discussion of normal specimens which are found implanted in the tube. Pathological embryos, which are frequently en- countered, are discussed, and pathological ova without embryos are also consid- ered. The facts observed support the theory of an inflammatory causation. In about 90 per cent of the cases it is found that the embryo is also diseased or arrested in development. No. 222. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. Vol. II. Quarto, 108 pages. Published 1915. Price $3.00. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: WATT, JAMES C. Description of Two Young Twin Human Embryos with 17-19 paired Somites. (Contribution No. 2.) 39 pages, 4 plates, 7 figs. CLARK, ELIOT R. An Anomaly of the Thoracic Duct with a bearing on the Embryology of the Lymphatic System. (Contribution No. 3.) 10 pages, 3 figs. MEYER, A. W. Fields, Graphs, and other Data on Fetal Growth. (Contribu- tion No. 4.) 14 pages, 13 figs. CORNER, GEORGE W. The Corpus Luteum of Pregnancy, as it is in Swine. (Con- tribution No. 5.) 24 pages, 3 plates. ESSICK, CHARLES R. Transitory Cavities in the Corpus Striatum of the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 6.) 14 pages, 3 plates. No. 223. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 7, 8, and 9. Vol. III. Quarto, 90 pages. Published 1915. Price $5.00. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: SABIN, FLORENCE R. On the Fate of the Posterior Cardinal Veins and their relation to the Development of the Vena Cava and Azygos in the Embryo Pig. (Contribution No. 7.) 32 pages, 7 plates. DUESBERG, J. Recherches Cytologiques sur la Fecondation des Ascidiens et sur leur Developpement. (Contribution No. 8.) 38 pages, 3 plates. SHIPLEY, PAUL G., and GEORGE B. WISLOCKI. The Histology of the Poison Glands of Bufo aqua and its bearing upon the formation of Epinephrin within the Glands. (Contribution No. 9.) 20 pages, 2 plates. No. 224. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 10, 11, 12, and 13. Vol. IV. Quarto, 106 pages. Published 1916. Price $3.00. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MALL, F. P. The Human Magma Reticule in Normal and in Pathological Development. (Contribution No. 10.) 22 pages, 3 plates. COWDRY, E. V. The Structure of Chromophile Cells of the Nervous System. (Contribution No. u.) 18 pages, i plate. CUNNINGHAM, R. S. On the Development of the Lymphatics of the Lungs in the Embryo Pig. (Contribution No. 12.) 24 pages, 5 plates. MACKLIN, CHARLES C. Binucleate Cells in Tissue Cultures. (Contribution No. 13.) 38 pages, 70 figs. 83 84 Embryology No. 225. WEED, LEWIS H. Development of the Cerebro-spinal Spaces. (Contri- bution to Embryology, No. 14. Vol. V.) 116 pages, 17 plates. Pub- lished 1917. Price $6.00. This represents the results of a study of the formation of the pathways for the cerebro-spinal fluid in two mammalian embryos. Data regarding the stages in the initial spread of this fluid were obtained by morphological studies and by a physiological method of replacement of the existent fluid. Two functional areas for the extraventricular passage of the embryonic ventricular fluid are described. The process of differentiation of the perimedullary mesenchyme into the three meninges of the adult is considered with regard especially for the circulation of the cerebro-spinal fluid through the subarachnoid spaces. Throughout this paper, the morphological changes in the development of the cerebro-spinal spaces have been related as far as possible to the physiological use of these channels. No. 226. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. Vol. VI. Quarto, 168 pages. Published 1917. Price $7.00. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: MALL, FRANKLIN P. Cyclopia in the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 15.) 29 pages, 3 plates, 8 figs. THURLOW, MADGE DEG. Quantitative Studies on Mitochondria in Nerve Cells. (Contribution No. 16.) 10 pages, i plate. LEWIS, MARGARET REED. The Development of Connective Tissue Fibers in Tissue Culture of Chick Embryos. (Contribution No. 17.) 16 pages, 2 plates. SABIN, FLORENCE R. Origin and Development of the Primitive Vessels of the Chick and of the Pig. (Contribution No. 18.) 64 pages, 7 plates, 8 figs. JOHNSON, FRANKLIN PARADISE. A Human Embryo of Twenty-four pairs of Somites. (Contribution No. 19.) 42 pages, 8 plates, 9 figs. No. 227. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 20, 21, 22, and 23. Vol. VII. Quarto, 136 pages. Published 1918. Price $4.00. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: STREETER, GEORGE L. The Histogenesis and Growth of the Otic Capsule and its Contained Periotic Tissue-spaces in the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 20.) 50 pages, 4 text figs, and 4 plates. VAN DER STRICHT, O. The Genesis and Structure of the Membrana Tectoria and the Crista Spiralis of the Cochlea. (Contribution No 21.) 32 pages, 4 plates. WHEELER, THEODORA. Study of a Human Spina Bifida Monster with Encephaloceles and other Abnormalities. (Contribution No. 22.) 23 pages, 4 plates. INGALLS, N. W. A Human Embryo before the Appearance of the Myotome. (Con- tribution No. 23.) 24 pages, 5 text figs, and 4 plates. No. 271. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 24, 25, 26. Vol. VIII. Quarto, 198 pages. Published 1918. Price $5.50. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: STREETER, GEORGE L. The Developmental Alterations in the Vascular System of the Brain of the Human Embryo. (Contribution No. 24.) 38 pp., 5 pis., 12 text figs. COWDRY, E. V. The Mitochondrial Constituents of Protoplasm. (Contribution No. 25.) 120 pages, i plate, 9 figs. KUNITOMO, KANAE. The Development and Reduction of the Tail and the Caudal End of the Spinal Cord. (Contribution No. 26.) 38 pages, 4 plates, 2 text figs. No. 272. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 27 to 46. Vol. IX. Quarto. In press. This book contains the following papers : MACKLIN, CHARLES C. The Development and Function of Macrophages in the Repair of Experimental Bone-Wounds in Rats vitally stained with Trypan-Blue. (Con- tribution No. 27.) 32 pages, 4 plates. DUESBERG, J. Cytoplasmic Structures in the Seminal Epithelium of the Opossum. (Contribution No. 28.) 35 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figs. CORNER, GEORGE W. On the Widespread Occurrence of the Reticular Fibrils pro- duced by Capillary Endothelium. (Contribution No. 29.) 8 pages, 2 plates. WHEELER, THEODORA. Variability in the Spinal Column as regards Defective Neural Arches. (Rudimentary Spina Bifida.) (Contribution No. 30.) 12 pages, ii figures. VAN DER STRICHT, O. The Arrangement and Structure of Sustentacular Cells and Hair Cells in the Developing Organ of Corti. (Contribution No. 31.) 33 pages, 4 plates. RETZER, ROBERT. The Sino-ventricular Bundle. A Functional Interpretation of Morphological Findings. (Contribution No. 32.) 13 pages, i plate. JENKINS, GEORGE B. A Study of the Superior Olive. (Contribution No. 33.) 15 pages, 2 pis., i text fig. SCHULTZ, ADOLPH H. The Development of the External Nose in Whites and Negroes. (Contribution No. 34.) 17 pages, i plate, 7 figs. LEWIS, MARGARET REED. Muscular Contraction in Tissue Cultures. (Contribution No. 35.) 25 pages, 2 plates, 6 text figs. Embryology 85 SABIN, FLORENCE R. Studies on the Origin of Blood-vessels and of Red-Blood-Cor- puscles as seen in the Living Blastoderm of Chicks during the Second Day of Incubation. (Contribution No. 36.) 49 pages, 6 pis., i text fig. BEAN, ROBERT BENNETT. Notes on the Postnatal Growth of the Heart, Kidneys, Liver, and Spleen in Man. (Contribution No. 37.) 21 pages, 8 text figs. MILLER, WILLIAM SNOW. A Morphological Study of the Tracheal and Bronchial Cartilages. (Contribution No. 38.) 39 pages, 25 figs. LEWIS, WARREN H. The Cartilaginous Skull of a Human Embryo 21 millimeters in length. (Contribution No. 39.) 39 pages, 6 pis., 16 figs. MEYER, ARTHUR WILLIAM. Hydatiform Degeneration in Tubal and Uterine Preg- nancy. (Contribution No. 40.) 21 pages, 6 plates. MEYERS, BURTON D. A Study of the Development of Certain Features of the Cerebellum. (Contribution No. 41.) 23 pages, 6 figures. ESSICK, CHARLES R. Formation of Macrophages by the Cells lining the Subarach- noid Cavity in response to the Stimulus of Particulate Matter. (Contribution No. 42.) 12 pages, i pi. STREETER, GEORGE L. A Human Embryo (Mateer) of the Presomite Period. (Contribution No. 43.) 35 pages, 6 pis., 4 text figs. WEED, LEWIS H. The Experimental Production of an Internal Hydrocephalus. (Contribution No. 44.) 22 pages, 2 plates. CLARK, ELIOT R., and ELEANOR LINTON CLARK. On the Origin and Early De- velopment of the Lymphatic System of the Chick. (Contribution No. 45.) 36 pages, 7 plates, 15 text figures. BARDEEN, C. R. The Height-weight Index in relation to Linear and Volumetric Proportions of the Body during Postnatal Development. (Contribution No. 46.) 72 pages, ii charts, 2 text figures. Publication 272 will constitute a memorial volume to Dr. Mall. No. 273. Contributions to Embryology, No. 47. Vol. X. Quarto. In press. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: EVANS, HERBERT MCLEAN and KATHARINE J. SCOTT. On the Differential Reaction to Vital Dyes of the Two Great Groups of Connective Tissue Cells. (Contribu- tion No. 47.) No. 274. Contributions to Embryology, Nos. 49, 50, 51, 52. Vol. XI. Quarto. In press. This book contains the following papers, not sold separately: DANCHAKOFF, VERA. Myelpid Metaplasia of the Embryonic Mesenchyme in rela- tion to Cell Potentialities and Differential Factors. (Contribution No. 49.) LINEBACK, PAUL E. Studies on the Longitudinal Muscle of the Human Colon, with Special Reference to the Development of the Tseniae. (Contribution No. 50.) WISLOCKI, GEORGE B. Experimental Studies on Fetal Absorption. I: The Vitally Stained Fetus. (Contribution No. 51.) INGALLS, N. WILLIAM. A Human Embryo at the beginning of Segmentation, with Special Reference to the Vascular System. (Contribution No. 52.) 5 plates, i text figure. INDEX MEDICUS. A MONTHLY CLASSIFIED RECORD OF THE CURRENT MEDICAL LITERATURE OF THE WORLD. The Index Medicus was established in 1879, under the editorship of Dr. John S. Billings and Dr. Robert Fletcher, and was discontinued in 1899. The volumes of this first series are now out of print. The Carnegie Institution of Washington began the printing of the second series with the number of January 1903. Each number presents the literature of the month named on its cover and is issued as early as possible in the succeeding month, time being allowed for the arrival of foreign journals. The editor is Fielding H. Garrison, M.D. This publication consists of the titles in full of books, pamphlets, theses, con- tributions to co-operative works and original articles in journals, transactions of medical and scientific societies, and the like, arranged under subject-headings. The titles in certain languages, as Russian, Polish, Swedish, Danish, Finnish, Hungarian, Bohemian, Roumanian, and Japanese, are translated into English. A table of con- tents accompanies each number, and a few months after the completion of each volume an "Annual Index of Authors and Subjects" is issued. The subject part of this annual index is elaborately subdivided, the classification resembling that of the Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office, U. S. Army. Of the second series Vols. I-VI (1903-1908) are available at the original rate of $5.00 a volume, with 60 cents additional for postage when sent to foreign coun- tries ; Vols. VII to XVII at the present rate, as follows : United States, Canada, and Mexico $8.00 Other countries 8.60 A special War Supplement, entitled, A Classified Record of Literature on Military Medicine and Surgery, 1914 to 1917, is obtainable for $1.00. Remittances should be made by money order or N-ew York exchange. All com- munications should be addressed Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, D. C. 86 NUTRITION AND OTHER SUBJECTS OF ALLIED INTEREST. No. 42. ATWATER, W. O., and F. G. BENEDICT. A Respiration Calorimeter with Appliances for the Direct Determination of Oxygen. Octavo, 193 pages, 49 figures. Published 1905. Price $1.25. A technical description of an apparatus for use in experiments with man, per- mitting the simultaneous determination of carbon dioxide, water-vapor, heat elimi- nation, and oxygen absorption. The respiration apparatus is of the closed-circuit type of Regnault and Reiset, the unique feature of which is the accurate determina- tion of oxygen. The calorimeter is of the continuous-flow type, provided with arrangements for keeping the walls adiabatic. The apparatus was developed and constructed in the Chemical Laboratory of Wesleyan University, where it was in use for a number of years, and many experiments on man were made with it. One such experiment is described in this report. No. 77. BENEDICT, F. G. The Influence of Inanition on Metabolism. Octavo, vn+542 pages, 2 text figures. Published 1907. Price $2.75. An extended investigation by means of the respiration calorimeter on the influ- ence of varying degrees of inanition upon metabolism. Fourteen experiments were made with 10 different individuals and the fasting period extended from 2 to 7 days, during which time the subject was inside the respiration chamber. The complete metabolism was studied and the discussion includes an extended consideration of the influence of inanition on body-weights, temperature, pulse, respiration, blood, strength, feces, urine, water excretion, carbon-dioxide elimination, oxygen con- sumption, and the transformation of energy. Two nitrogen metabolism experi- ments throw considerable light upon recuperation after fasting. No. 123. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and T. M. CARPENTER. Respiration Calorimeters for Studying the Respiratory Exchange and Energy Transformations of Man. Octavo, vn+102 pages, 32 figs. Published 1910. Price $0.75. In the two calorimeters, one of them for bed-ridden patients, the heat, eliminated by man is measured by a current of cold water passing through a heat-absorbing system inside the chamber, the mass of water and the temperature rise being known. Direct measurement of the water vaporized gives the latent heat of water-vapor. By means of a system of thermal junctions, anv slight temperature differences between the inner copper wall and an outer zinc wall are constantly noted. The temperature of the zinc wall is arbitrarily adjusted by heating and cooling to main- tain it at the temperature of the copper wall, thus holding the calorimeter in an adiabatic condition. The chambers are large enough for a man to remain comfort- ably seated or lying for several hours, an electric light furnishes illumination, con- nection is made by call-bell and telephone with the outside, and a supply of air is continually circulated through the chamber, and thence through weighed vessels containing sulphuric acid and soda lime to absorb quantitatively water-vapor and carbon dioxide. The oxygen consumed is determined by admitting the gas from a weighed cylinder of highly compressed pure oxygen. Analyses of the air residual in the chamber are made at the end of every period, and corrections for barometric changes are applied. Electrical resistance thermometers are used to measure calorimeter as well as body temperatures. A stethoscope and pneumograph permit the measurement of the pulse-rate and respiration-rate. A graphic record of the minor muscular movements is also furnished by the tracing of the pneumcgraph tambour. The apparatus has been most carefully checked as a calorimeter by the development of the heat from a known electrical current inside the chamber, and the accuracy of measurement of all four factors carbon dioxide, water-vapor, oxygen absorption, and heat production has been controlled by burning known weights of pure ethyl alcohol. The methods of calculation and the details of the routine of an experiment with man are included. 87 Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest No. 126. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and T. M. CARPENTER. The Metabolism and Energy Transformations of Healthy Alan during Rest. Octavo, vin-f- 255 pages. Published 1910. Price $1.75. In the decade during which the experiments were in progress with the respiration calorimeter at Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut, a large amount of material on the normal metabolism of healthy men and women was accumulated. This material has been in part published in other reports, but much of it has never been published and is collected here for final presentation. Among the subjects discussed in detail are the changes in body-weight, the insensible perspiration, body- temperature with its variations and fluctuations, and pulse-rate. By means of the respiration apparatus important data with regard to the vaporization of water from the body of the subject were accumulated, and these are discussed at some length in connection with the elimination of carbon dioxide, oxygen consumption, and the heat elimination and heat production. Special reference is made to comparison between the metabolism during sleep and during waking hours and the relationship between the different factors of metabolism. The variations in metabolism due to variations in physical characteristics, age, muscular activity, sex, etc., have received especial attention, including the metabolism of athletes, non-athletes, and women. Experi- ments dealing with the metabolism and energy transformations incidental to simple every-day movements are included, and tentative tables for computing the metabo- lism of normal individuals with varying degrees of muscular activity are given. No. 136. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and ELLIOTT P. JOSLIN. Metabolism in Diabetes Mellitus. Octavo, vi-f 234 pages, 2 plates, Published 1910. Price $2.00. This publication records in detail the study of the metabolism of 13 diabetic patients by means of the respiration calorimeters of the Nutrition Laboratory. The investigation included 42 experiments lasting 2 to 6 hours, 14 hours after the last meal, together with 11 experiments following ingestion of food. In these experi- ments the water elimination, carbon-dioxide production, oxygen consumption, and heat elimination and production were determined, and simultaneous determinations were likewise made of the body-temperature, pulse-rate, and respiration-rate. Be- sides experiments with the respiration calorimeters, 26 experiments were made with a respiration apparatus which permitted very exact determination of carbon-dioxide production and oxygen absorption. The urine was collected and the nitrogen and sugar determined in all these experiments. Complete details of the investigation are reported in this publication, together with the clinical history of each case. A summary is given of the gaseous exchange and energy transformation in these experiments, and the averages are compared with those for normal individuals in experiments with the same apparatus. The metabolism in diabetes of different degrees of severity is compared. Some of the other topics discussed are the nitrogen excretion, the dextrose- nitrogen ratio and its significance, the respiratory quotient, which is compared with the dextrose-nitrogen ratio, the vaporization of water from the lungs and skin, and the influence of food on the nitrogen and sugar excretions, on the respiratory ex- change, and on the total katabolism. The report concludes with a discussion of practical features in the treatment of diabetes on which light has been thrown by this investigation, including a consideration of the quantities of food allowed dia- betic patients, the restriction of the diet, and the advisability of making the diabetic sugar-free. The value of the respiration calorimeter in studying diabetes mellitus is shown, and suggestions are made for further investigations on this subject. No. 176. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G.. and ELLIOTT P. JOSLIN. A Study of Metabolism in Severe Diabetes. Octavo, vi+135 pages. Published 1912. Price $1.25. Since the publication of the earlier results of the investigation on diabetes mellitus (Publication No. 136 of the Carnegie Institution of Washington), a con- siderable amount of research has been carried out with especial reference to the metabolism in severe cases of diabetes. The results of the later investigation are reported in Publication No. 176, and include experimental data regarding 17 cases, 6 of which were also studied in the earlier part of the research. Of these 17 cases, all but 3 are classified as "severe diabetes." The apparatus and methods used were Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest 89 substantially the same as those previously employed, but the sugar in the urine of the diabetics was determined by an improved method, a description of which is given. The attempt was made to study the individual cases more systematically and com- pletely, at least 3 of the cases being carefully observed over a considerable period of time. The clinical history of each case is given, with complete details of the experiments. The pulse-rate, body-temperature, body-weight, nitrogen excretion, and gaseous metabolism are discussed in some detail, considerable attention being given to body-weight. Since loss of weight is a marked feature of diabetes, and these changes should be interpreted intelligently, the fluctuations in body-weight of normal individuals are considered at some length ; a comparison is also made of the body-weights of the diabetics before onset with those in disease, and data given regarding the loss in weight of some 200 diabetics. To obtain evidence as to whether or not the metabolism is increased in diabetes, the results secured with the individual subjects are compared with the data found in experiments with one or more normal individuals who were comparable in body-weight and height. Comparisons are also made of the metabolism of diabetics with varying degrees of severity and under varying conditions as to the intensity of the acidosis, thus giving opportunity to study the relationship between the severity of the diabetes and the degree of in- creased metabolism. Further evidence is supplied by a study of the influence of an experimentally induced acidosis upon the metabolism of a normal individual, experi- ments being made with two subjects in which a carbohydrate-free diet was given. As a result of these investigations, the conclusion is drawn that the metabolism in diabetes is increased above the normal about 15 per cent, thus confirming the conclusion given in the first report. The authors also believe that there is a close relation between the intensity of the metabolism and the severity of the disease, this being indicated not only in the comparison of the metabolism in light cases of dia- betes with that in severe cases, but also in the comparison of the metabolism of the same individual with varying degrees of acidosis, and by the fact that normal indi- viduals on a carbohydrate-free diet showed an increase in metabolism. No. 155. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and EDGAR P. SLACK. A Comparative Study of Temperature Fluctuations in Different Parts of the Human Body. Oc- tavo, v+73 pages, 38 figures. Published 1911. Price $0.50. In the research reported in this publication, a study was made of the simulta- neous fluctuations in body-temperature with reference to determining (1) the best place for an accurate and constant measurement of body-temperature; (2) the temperature gradient of the body ; and especially (3) whether or not the tempera- ture fluctuations occurring in the different parts of the body are uniform. The thermal-junction method was employed and a special apparatus was constructed, which consisted of electrical measuring instruments, a thermal-junction system, and a constant-temperature oven. The apparatus and method are described in detail. In studying the thermal gradient of the body the rectum was used with men, and the rectum and the vagina with a woman. The measurements were usually made with a double thermometer inserted at varying depths, the results being presented in the form of curves. In selecting the localities for the measurement of the body- temperatures, a special study was made of temperature measurements in the mouth with both clinical thermometers and thermal-junction thermometers. In the study of the simultaneous fluctuations of body-temperature, 24 experiments were made, the subjects including five men and one woman. Measurements were obtained of the temperature in the rectum, vagina, and mouth, also in various arti- ficial cavities, such as in the closed axilla and groin, between the clasped hands, and at various surface points which could be sufficiently closed by flesh to form a tem- porary cavity. These results are also expressed in the form of curves. The discussion considers such questions as the temperature gradient, the effect of various superimposed factors on body-temperature, and the course of the tem- perature curves in different parts of the body drawn from simultaneous observations. The general conclusion is drawn from the research that, aside from the skin temperature, a rise or fall in temperature of the rectum or vagina is accompanied by an equal rise or fall in temperature of all other parts of the body. 90 Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest No. 166. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G. The Composition of the Atmosphere, with Special Reference to its Oxygen Content. Octavo, m-f-115 pages, 1 plate. Published 1912. Price $2.00. The object of this investigation was to obtain an exact knowledge of the com- position of outdoor air, for in studying the character of combustion processes in the body such knowledge is essential for the interpretation of the changes in the com- position of air as it passes through the lungs. The first part of the publication con- sists of an extensive review of the earlier literature on the subject and a history of air analysis. The second part gives a description of a gas-analysis apparatus devised by Dr. Klas Sonden, of Stockholm, together with the technique of its use and the results of a series of analyses of outdoor air made at the Nutrition Laboratory during a period of nearly three years. The steps in the elimination of individual errors in the technique and routine are carefully traced, and the conclusion is reached that uncontaminated outdoor air in Boston is of constant oxygen content, irrespec- tive of conditions of weather, humidity, temperature, barometer, wind direction, etc. Further analyses of air taken from many points on the Atlantic Ocean, and from the top of Pike's Peak, showed a like uniformity in composition. No. 167. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and WALTER G. CADY. A Bicycle Ergometer with an Electric Brake. Octavo, m-f-44 pages, 16 text figures. Published 1912. Price $0.50. A form of stationary bicycle, in which the rear wheel is replaced by a copper disk rotating in an electro-magnetic field, has been extensively used in this laboratory for measurements of the mechanical work of man. Certain important calibration tests, friction measurements, and the peculiar magnetic reaction produced by the copper disk rotating between the poles of the magnet are described in this publica- tion. Two instruments were used, one having been calibrated several years before. The new calibration of this latter instrument showed essentially the same values as the earlier tests. The speed usually assumed by a bicycle rider ranges from 60 to 90 revolutions per minute, and at these speeds the ergometer, singularly enough, gives essentially the same heat per revolution ; at slower and higher speeds there is a marked decrease in the heat per revolution. A careful study of the magnetic reactions in the disk showed the peculiarly interesting demagnetizing effect of the eddy currents in the disk. No. 187. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and E. P. CATHCART. Muscular Work: A Meta- bolic Study -with Special Reference to the Efficiency of the Human Body as a Machine. Octavo, 176 pages, 1 plate, 10 text figures. Published 1913. Price $2.50. This investigation, which was carried out by means of a special form of respi- ration apparatus and the bicycle ergometer described in an earlier publication (Pub- lication No. 167 of the Carnegie Institution of Washington), considers two essen- tially fundamental questions first, the character of the material burned in the body before, during, and after muscular work, and second, the relationship between the amount of productive effective muscular work and the total heat output, this com- parison indicating the mechanical efficiency of the human body as a machine. The investigation lasted several months and involved several hundred experiments. It was conclusively demonstrated that during severe muscular work there is a distinct alteration in the character of the materials burned in the body, as the evi- dence indicated a selective combustion of carbohydrate material, though the experi- ments do not point to an exclusive combustion of carbohydrate during muscular work. The major portion of the experiments was devoted to a study of the relationship between the total heat output and the effective external muscular work, thereby giving information in regard to the mechanical efficiency of man. An extensive dis- cussion of what is meant by "gross" and "net" efficiency, together with the careful computation of the maximum efficiency, leads to an interesting discussion as to the analysis of the chemical and thermal processes involved in severe muscular work The report also considers other important questions relative to the muscular work of man, such as the effect of muscular work on the pulse-rate, the body- temperature, the mechanics of respiration, and the drafts upon the body material. Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest 91 the maximum working capacity of man, and particularly the after-effects of work. A certain amount of evidence was available for a comparison of results obtained with trained and untrained individuals. An extensive review of the earlier literature, with an analysis of the results obtained by former investigators, is included in the report. No. 201. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and FRITZ B. TALBOT. The Gaseous Metabolism of Infants with Special Reference to its Relation to Pulse-rate and Muscular Activity. Octavo, 168 pages, 65 figures. Published 1914. Price $1.50. A complete historical review of all the literature on the gaseous exchange and calorimetry of infants is followed by a presentation of several important problems in this field. A respiration apparatus, measuring simultaneously carbon-dioxide production and oxygen consumption and provided with a sensitive arrangement for registering automatically and graphically the slightest body movement, was used to study 37 infants during approximately 800 periods of observation. Continuous records of the pulse-rate, and a graphic representation of the degree of muscular repose enabled many important correlations with the respiratory studies. Distinct evidence of an increased pulse-rate and metabolism independent of external activity was interpreted as being an indication of internal work and suggested the pulse-rate as an index of this internal work. Particular stress was laid upon a comparative study of the basal metabolism of the infants, i. e., the metabolism during complete muscular repose as shown by the kymograph records. Under these conditions, it was found that while, in general, the smaller infants had the smaller total metabolism, there was a sufficient number of striking exceptions to prevent the formulation of a definite law. Similarly, there was no uniformity in the metabolism per kilogram of body-weight, although with "normal" children the plotted chart gave indications of an approximately regular line. A discussion of the supposed relationship between body-surface and metabolism and a critique of the methods used for measuring body-surface introduces the dis- cussion of the values found with these infants. No relationship was found between the age of infants and the heat produced per square meter of body-surface, nor could any relationship be noted between the heat-production per square meter of body-surface and the actual body-weight, the normal weight for the age, or the expected body-weight. Evidence secured with normal and atrophic infants of different ages and weights is presented to show that the active mass of protoplasmic tissue determines the heat-production. This active mass of protoplasmic tissue may be stimulated to a greater or less cellular activity, the intensity of the stimulus being indicated by the pulse-rate. No. 203. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G. A Study of Prolonged Fasting. Octavo, 416 pages, 5 plates, 47 figures. Published 1915. Price $4.00. In the spring of 1912 an experiment was made at the Nutrition Laboratory on a subject, A. L., who subsisted for 31 days without food, drinking during that period only 750 c.c. of distilled water per day. Observations were also made for 4 days prior to the fast and imperfect observations for 3 days subsequent to it. The main object of the investigation was to determine simultaneously as many factors in the physiology of the subject as possible. The research included physical examinations by a physician, accompanied by photographic studies and careful an- thropometric measurements; records of the body-weight, rectal temperature, pulse- rate, and blood pressure; a complete daily examination of the blood; and a study of the mechanics of respiration including the ventilation of the lungs, the respira- tion-rate, and the alveolar air. Records of the subject's mental attitude toward the fast were kept, together with a series of psychological tests. Observations were also made of the intestinal flora and the excretion through the skin. A com- plete chemical examination of the urine was carried out by modern methods, which included determinations of the various nitrogenous compounds, acid and basic radicles, carbon and energy and the microscopy of the urine. An extended study 92 Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest was made of the respiratory exchange, in which both the respiration apparatus and the respiration calorimeter were used, this including the study of the influence of various factors upon the respiratory exchange, such as the work of writing, or breathing oxygen-rich atmospheres, and the condition of sleeping and waking. The elimination of water through the lungs and skin was also determined. From these data important deductions regarding the total katabolism per 24 hours, the char- acter of the katabolism, the loss of water from the body, the loss of original body substance, and the total energy loss were drawn. The observations were carried out chiefly by the laboratory staff and with the cooperation of Drs. W. G. Anderson, J. E. Ash, H. W. Goodall, E. C. Kendall, H. L. Langfeld, and E. E. Southard. It is impossible in this brief abstract to com- ment intelligently upon the results which are extensive and should throw much light upon the relationship between inanition and disease. No. 216. CARPENTER, THORNE M. A Comparison of Methods for Determining the Respiratory Exchange of Man. Octavo, 265 pages, 74 figures. Published 1915. Price $2.50. This publication gives the results of an extensive series of investigations upon the comparative value of a number of methods used for the determination of the respiratory exchange of man. The first part contains a review of the previous work of other investigators and a detailed description of the methods and apparatus used in the research reported, viz.: Bed respiration calorimeter; the two forms of the Benedict universal respiration apparatus, i. e., tension equalizer unit and spirometer unit ; Zuntz-Geppert, Tissot, and Douglas apparatus ; the Haldane gas analysis apparatus; and minor accessory apparatus. The results of the various comparisons of apparatus follow. The bed respiration calorimeter was made the standard for normal respiratory exchange. The carbon-dioxide elimination, oxygen absorption, respiratory quotient, pulse-rate, respiration-rate, and, when possible, total ventilation of the lungs and volume per respiration were determined. Tables of variations and probability curves for the various determinations made are given and discussed for nearly all of the comparisons. The publication concludes with a critical discussion of the sources of error; the advantages and disadvantages of the various apparatus and methods used ; breathing appliances ; valves ; gas analysis apparatus ; and the accuracy and interpretation of the results of the respiratory exchange of man. No. 231. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and H. MURSCHHAUSER. Energy Trans-formations during Horizontal Walking. 100 pages, 7 figures. Published 1915. Price $1.00. The main object of this research was to study the increase in metabolism due to walking on a level at increasing speeds. A complete historical review is given of all previous research in which the gaseous metabolism during horizontal walking has been studied, including a large summary table in which the results of 20 dif- ferent investigations are recorded and compared. Determinations were made of the carbon-dioxide production, the oxygen consumption and the distance walked by the subject; records of the respiration-rate were obtained automatically by a special tambour arrangement ; a few records of pulse-rate were obtained with the Bock-Thoma oscillograph and the Einthoven string galvanometer ; the exact number of steps taken were recorded automatically by a step-counter; and finally, the height to which the body was raised during walking was measured by a work-adder wheel with a scheme by which each upward and downward movement of the body was recorded upon a rotating kymograph drum. In the walking experiments the subject walked at a very slow speed, a medium speed, or a very fast speed, and in a few experiments actually ran, thus giving data for comparing the work of forward progression while the subject was walking with that while he was running. A study was also made of the effect on metabolism of fatigue due to long-continued walking. The report concludes with an analysis of the mechanics of locomotion. Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest 93 No. 232. DODGE, RAYMOND, and F. G. BENEDICT. Psychological Effects of Alcohol. An Experimental Investigation of the Effects of Moderate Doses of Ethyl Alcohol on a Related Group of N euro-muscular Processes in Man. Octavo, 281 pages, 1 plate, 32 figs. Published 1915. Price $2.50. This first publication of results under the program of the Nutrition Laboratory for an exhaustive study of the physiological consequences of the ingestion of mod- erate doses of ethyl alcohol in man deals with its effects on the neuro-muscular tissues with especial reference to its effects on mental processes. Responses from various levels of the nervous system from the lumbar reflex centers of the cord to the association areas of the cerebral cortex were investigated by techniques which were carefully selected for their objectivity and freedom from arbitrary interfer- ence as well as for their accurate measurement of systematically related processes. These approved techniques are carefully described ; in connection with the accumu- lation of normal measurements, they should provide a useful base-line for any future study of experimental variations in the selected processes. The variations from normal of these several measurements, after the ingestion of alcohol doses of 30 c.c. and 45 c.c., respectively, give data for the nature and the comparative incidence of the effects of alcohol on widely different levels of the nervous system. The results of the measurements not only furnish solution to many of the outstand- ing problems of the psychophysiological effects of alcohol, but also serve as a basis for interpreting some troublesome discrepancies and apparent contradictions, in less extensively correlated data. In conjunction with the pulse data they furnish presumptive evidence of the effect of alcohol on organic efficiency. No. 233. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and FRITZ B. TALBOT. The Physiology of the Nezv-born Infant: Character and Amount of the Katabolism. Octavo, 126 pages, 10 figures. Published 1915. Price $1.00. Investigations on infants were commenced in the hope of securing information with regard to normal infants prior to an extended pathological study. A sys- tematic research into the metabolism of over 100 new-born infants has resulted in an accumulation of sufficient data for definite conclusions ; a constant routine was rigidly adhered to in all cases, so that the results are comparable. Several hundred experimental periods were obtained. An analysis of the data for the minimum metabolism periods shows that on the first day of life there are important tempera- ture regulation disturbances which result either in a decreased metabolism, or an increased metabolism when there is an effort on the part of the infant to com- pensate for 'the loss of heat. After the second day there is a fair uniformity in the heat-production per square meter of body-surface and a remarkable uniformity per square meter of body-surface per unit of length. This constancy is such as to permit the establishment of a factor which indicates that when the square meter of body-surface, as computed from the body-weight, is divided by the length, the metabolism per unit is 12.65 calories. From a study of the effect of temperature changes on the basal metabolism and the amount of available breast secretion the first week of life, certain procedures for the conservation of energy and supple- mental feeding are suggested. No. 261. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., and THORNE M. CARPENTER. Food Ingestion and Energy Transformations with Special Reference to the Stimulating Effect of Nutrients. Octavo, 335 pages, 3 figs. Published 1918. Price $3.50. This publication reports the results of a series of observations with human subjects on the influence of the ingestion of food upon metabolism, extending over a period of 10 years (1904-1915). Data for the research were secured, first at Wesleyan University, with the respiration calorimeter, and subsequently at the Nutrition Laboratory, with the chair and bed calorimeters, the universal respiration apparatus, and the Tissot respiration apparatus. Following an historical review of all previous investigations with man relating to food ingestion and energy transformations, an extended discussion is given of the necessity of establishing a suitable base-line upon which may be superimposed 94 Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest the factor of the ingestion of food. A critical examination is made of those factors liable to influence the determination of the basal metabolism, as muscular activity, sleep, condition of fasting, growth, climate, temperature, environment, etc. ; the advantages and disadvantages are considered of the three types of basal periods employed (basal periods lasting 24 hours or approximately 8 hours or approximately 15 minutes) ; the use of average basal values is likewise discussed. Measurements of carbon-dioxide production, oxygen consumption, and heat- production, and in numerous instances records of pulse-rate, respiration-rate, and blood-pressure were obtained with 39 male subjects in about 190 experiments. Studies were made of metabolism during chewing and after the ingestion of water, coffee, beef tea, and single food materials in which carbohydrate, fat, and protein predominated. A number of experiments were also made with combinations of food materials. The "cost of digestion," or the mathematical relationship between the fuel value of the intake and the increase in heat reduction due to the ingestion of food, is estimated with carbohydrates to be not far from 6 per cent on the average ; with fat the increase is about 3 per cent of the fuel value of the intake, with a protein-rich diet approximately 12 per cent, and with mixed diets 6 per cent. The present series of experiments can not be used as experimental evidence for any of the three current theories with regard to the cause of the rise in metabolism after food ingestion, though experience in the Nutrition Laboratory points rather strongly in favor of the theory of acid-body-stimuli. The report concludes with suggestions as to the best method for studying the effect produced upon basal metabolism by the ingestion of food or drugs. No 266. MILES, WALTER R. Effect of Alcohol on Psycho-Physiological Functions. Octavo, 144 pages, 15 figures. Published 1919. Price $1.50. This alcohol study is unique in that it is a comparison of results from two series of experiments, performed on the same subject, employing identical ap- paratus, technique, and laboratory conditions, but by different investigators. The importance of such repetition series of experiments is urged as fundamental to the establishment of trustworthy results in this field. These data supplement and amplify those reported by Dodge and Benedict on the psychological effects of alcohol (publication No. 232 of the Carnegie Institution of Washington) and form another contribution on the psychological side under the tentative plan for alcohol investigation at the Nutrition Laboratory. The dose was 30 cubic centimeters of absolute alcohol diluted with water and flavoring material to a total volume of 150 cubic centimeters. The normal and alcohol data were equal in amount and control doses were used on the normal days. The subject who served in the repeti- tion experiments treated of in this report was the one (No. VI) of the normal group employed by Dodge and Benedict who showed the smallest general effect of the alcohol. The experiments were more intensive than in the previous series, covering as they did 5 hours per day for 6 consecutive days. Of the 30 results in the second series which may be taken as indicators of the alcohol effect, 27 (a ratio of 9 to 1) show inferior functioning of processes after the dose. In 16 cases the change was less than 10 per cent and in 11 cases it ranged from 10 to 37 per cent. No one day exercised a predominating influence on the general findings. The two series of results are in practical agreement as to the direction of the alcohol effect, and together they establish the fact that this subject was influenced by alcohol in substantially the same way as five or six other normal men, although he clearly demonstrated certain individual peculiarities. Appended material in the report supplies data concerning the use of alcoholic beverages outside of the psychological laboratory by the subjects of Dodge and Benedict, the general effects of alcohol as reported by these subjects, and also some recalculations of the pre- viously published data. No. 279. HARRIS, J. ARTHUR, and FRANCIS G. BENEDICT. A Biometric Study of Basal Metabolism in Man. Octavo, vi-(-266 pages, 30 diagrams. Pub- lished 1919. Price $4.00. This volume presents the results of a first attempt at a more refined analysis of the data of basal metabolism by means of the higher statistical or biometric Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest 95 formulae. Measurements of 136 men, 103 women, and 94 new-born infants serve as a basis of the conclusions drawn; all of these measurements have been made at the Nutrition Laboratory or by those working in co-operation with this institution. The original data, many of which have not heretofore been published, are given in full. These data, the most extensive series as yet available, have been summarized in terms of statistical constants (means, standard deviations, coefficients of varia- tion, coefficients of correlation, and regression equations) which must serve as standard constants in metabolism work until those based upon more extensive series of data are available. The relationships between certain of the physical and physio- logical measurements of the human individual and between the various physiologi- cal measurements have been expressed in terms of correlation coefficients and rep- resented by regression equations. Special consideration was given to the relation- ship between metabolism and age, the differentiation of the sexes in metabolic activity, the validity of the so-called body-surface law, and a presentation of standard tables prepared for men and women, from which the most probable metabolism of a subject whose normal basal metabolism is unknown may be easily determined. No. 280. BENEDICT, FRANCIS G., WALTER R. MILES, PAUL ROTH, and H. MON- MOUTH SMITH. Human Vitality and Efficiency under Prolonged Re- stricted Diet. Octavo, xi-f-702 pages, 124 figures. Published 1919. Price $9.00. To study the influence of a prolonged restriction in diet twelve young men (average age 23 years) were kept on one-half to two-thirds of their caloric re- quirements for four months. During this period measurements were made of the gaseous metabolism, food intake, nitrogen output, and digestibility of food. A large number of physiological measurements, such as blood-pressure, pulse-rate, respiration-rate, and body-temperature, and a series of psychological tests were carried out, as well as a measurement of the mechanical efficiency of the body. A control squad of twelve men was simultaneously studied. No bad effects were noted and the results lead to many considerations of practical importance. 96 Nutrition and Other Subjects of Allied Interest No. 84. OSBORNE, THOMAS B. The Proteins of the Wheat Kernel. Octavo, 119 pages. Published 1907. Price $0.75. This paper contains the results of the author's studies of the protein constituents of the wheat kernel. The properties and proportions of the different types of pro- tein which can be isolated from the seed are given, and the relations o: these to the proteins earlier described by others are discussed. The results of the recent analyses of the products of hydrolysis of these proteins are given in detail, and some ques- tions regarding their nutritive value, which are raised by these analyses, are dis- cussed. The character and proportion of the proteins of the embryo are compared with those of the endosperm. This paper aims to give as complete an account as possible of what is now known of the proteins of wheat. No. 156. OSBORNE, THOMAS B., and LAFAYETTE B. MENDEL. Feeding Experiments with Isolated Food Substances. Octavo, 53 pages, text figures i-xxi. Published 1911. Price $0.50. Part II. Octavo, pp. m+55-138, figs.xxn-cxxix. Published 1911. Price $1. This series of publications gives the results of an investigation originally in- tended to secure data as to the relative nutritive value of the protein constituents of the more important food substances. Since many of the proteins differ widely from one another in their chemical constitution, an attempt is made to determine definitely to what extent these differences affect their value in nutrition. The con- ditions under which animals can be fed with mixtures of isolated food substances are described. Only the purest preparations of the proteins which could be made were fed in combination with carbohydrates, fats, and inorganic salts. In Part I is given an extensive review of the literature relating to feeding animals with artificial mixtures of isolated food substances. The methods employed by the authors are described, and an account of their experience in feeding such mixtures is given. The results recorded relate chiefly to determining the conditions necessary for properly studying the role of the different proteins and nutrition. Part II presents an account of feeding experiments with food mixtures contain- ing different proteins, all of which, with the exception of zein from maize, served equally well to maintain mature animals. These data have an important bearing on the relation of amino-acids to nutrition and the extent of the synthetic processes which occur in assimilation. It is shown that while all these food mixtures, except those containing zein, maintain rats during periods of 150 to more than 200 days, they ultimately fail to meet the nutritive requirements of the animals unless a change is made in the diet. In the course of the experiments it was found that a food containing a sufficient quantity of milk powder met all the nutritive requirements of the rats during very long periods, which led the authors to prepare a fat-free and protein-free powder from milk, which should serve as a basal ration. The addition of this substance to the food at once restored rats declining on purely artificial food and also induced normal growth in the young, irrespective of the protein of the food, with the excep- tion of the alcoholic-soluble proteins of the cereals. The methods of feeding de- scribed furnish new means for studying many questions, not only concerning pro- teins in metabolism, but all the other components of food. EXPERIMENTAL EVOLUTION, VARIATION, AND HEREDITY. * No. 23. (Paper No. 1, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E. Heredity of Coat Characters in Guinea-pigs and Rabbits. Octavo, 78 pages, 6 plates, 8 figs. Published 1905. (In cloth.) Price $1.00. This work gives the results of the author's experiments from their beginning in 1900 until the middle of the year 1904. The fundamental colors and the color pat- terns of guinea-pigs are for the first time analyzed; the existence of latent char- acters (factors, of the present time) is discovered and a case of blending character (lop-earedness in rabbits) examined. The recessiveness of albinism, of smooth coat, and of long coat are pointed out, and the imperfection of dominance in many cases is recognized. No. 24. (Paper No. 2, Station for Experimental Evolution.) MxcDouGAL, D. T., A. M. VAIL, G. H. SHULL, and J. K. SMALL. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras. Octavo, 57 pages, 22 plates. Published 1905. (In cloth.) Price $1.00. A first study in America the home of the evening primrose of its relation- ships and the inheritance of its characters. The home of Oenothera lamarckiana is traced; the various native primroses are described; some of their hybrids are fully worked out and the dominance of characters considered. Further evidence of mutation in the evening primrose in new soil was forthcoming. The paper con- cludes with a statistical comparison by Dr. Shull of Oenothera lamarckiana with nanella and rubrinerzns. The variation polygons in stature of lamarckiana and nanella are shown to be discontinuous, as are also those of the number of branches of lamarckiana and rubrinervis. No. 30. (Paper No. 3, Station for Experimental Evolution.) SHULL, G. H. Stages in the Development of Slum cicutcz folium. Octavo, 28 pages, 7 plates, 11 text figures. Published 1905. Price $0.25. The hemlock or water-parsnip (Sium cicut&folium) presents during develop- ment a great range of leaf form. The theory that the forms which develop earliest are ancestral is not supported by the evidence, and the conclusion is reached that the interpretation of the various forms must be physiological rather than phylogenetic. No. 48. (Paper No. 4, Station for Experimental Evolution.) TOWER, W. L. An Investigation of Evolution in Chrysomelid Beetles of the genus Leptinotarsa. Octavo, x-f320 pages, 30 plates, 31 text figures. Pub- lished 1906. Price $3.25. ^ An extensive treatise on the group to which the Colorado potato beetle belongs, with reference to the distribution of the species, their variations, their color phe- nomena in general, and especially their chemistry, ontogeny, and experimental modi- fication. The habits and instincts of these insects are discussed and an important series of pedigree cultures of modified insects is described. Finally, the bearing of these experimental results on the origin of species is considered at some length. No. 49. (Papers Nos. 5 and 6, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E., and ALEXANDER FORBES. Heredity of Hair-length in Guinea-pigs and its Bearing on the Theory of Pure Gametes. Octavo, 10 pages, 2 figs. CASTLE, W. E. The Origin of a Polydactylous Race of Guinea-pigs. Octavo, 13 pages. Published 1906. Price $0.25. The authors discuss the result of mating guinea-pigs with long and with short hair respectively and conclude that long hair is recessive. However, in subsequent crosses, hairs of an intermediate length arose, and this condition is believed to have acted as a permanent blend of the long- and short-haired types; and the conclusion 97 98 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity is reached that gametic purity is not absolute. The inheritance of polydactylism in the same species indicates that there is a variation in the potency of characters de- pendent upon the degree of their development. No. 52. (Paper No. 7, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, C. B. Inheritance in Poultry. Octavo, v-j-136 pages, 17 plates. Pub- lished 1906. (In cloth.) Price $1.50. This is a first study of thirteen sets of hybridizations between various pairs of races of poultry. The inheritance of about thirty characters is considered and a number of general topics discussed. Especial stress is laid on imperfection of dominance and on the non-dependence of the dominant character upon the races involved. The conclusion is reached that the patent form of a characteristic is dominant over its "latent" (or absent) "allelomorph." No. 70. (Paper No. 8, Station for Experimental Evolution.) MACCURDY, HANSFORD, and VV. E. CASTLE. Selection and Cross-breeding in relation to the Inheritance of Coat-pigments and Coat-patterns in Rats and Guinea-pigs. Octavo, 50 pages, 2 plates, 5 text figures. Published 1907. Price, $0.50. This is a study upon the problem of mutation vs. continuous variation. Pig- mented rats have either a uniform pigmentation; or an "Irish" pigmentation, lacking color on the middle belly; or the "hooded" pigmentation, lacking color everywhere except on the head, and sometimes also back and shoulders. The more extensive pigmentation tends to dominate in the offspring. The types appear to be definite, but they may be modified by selection and hybridization so as to produce hooded families with narrow back stripe or those with broad back stripe; and these conditions may be exaggerated in successive generations. On the other hand, selec- tion was unable to fix a particular pattern in guinea-pigs. The conclusion is reached that "selection" is of importance in the improvement of races and that inheritance is to some extent blending. No. 81. (Paper No. 9, Station for Experimental Evolution.) MACDOUGAL, D. T., A. M. VAIL,, and G. H. SHULL. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras. Octavo, 92 pages, 22 plates, 73 text figures. Published 1907. Price $1.00. Includes a continuation of the investigations described in No. 24. The identity, distribution, and coefficient of mutability of Lamarck's evening primrose are dis- cussed. The conclusion that newly arisen characters, such as the hypanthium, are more variable than older ones is supported by the detailed studies made by Dr. Shull, and illustrated in this paper by numerous tables and diagrams. The taxo- nomic and physiologic aspects of several of the mutants and of native species of Oenothera come in for a large share of attention. The overlapping distribution of closely related species is described. Oenothera parviflora, long known in the gardens in Europe, has been found in its native habitat in Maine, suggesting a similar origin for many other species. The occurrence of two bud-sports is noted, one being the mutative appearance on a branch of a recessive character in a hybrid combination. Additional experiences with the method of ovarial treatment, discovered by Dr. MacDougal in 1905, are given, and two forms secured in this manner were found to be constant to the third generation, demonstrating that new characters may arise by the action of external agencies upon the germ-plasm. Much historical matter of interest is included. No. 95. (Paper No. 10, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, C. B. Inheritance in Canaries. Octavo, 26 pages, 3 plates colored to life. Published 1908. Price $0.80. Studies on inheritance of some characters in canary birds reveal mendelian inheritance in this rather recently domesticated species. Crest dominates over its absence and perfect crest over defective. Mottling results from yellow X green and is a heterozygous character. Stress is laid upon the principle of localization of units in a complex plumage pattern. Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 99 No. 101. (Paper No. 11, Station for Experimental Evolution.) LUTZ, FRANK E. The Variation and Correlation of the Taxonomic Characters of Gryllus. Octavo, 63 pages, 6 figures. Published 1908. Price $0.40. A critical, biometric study of the species of the genus Gryllus, or crickets. In the genus all characters are highly variable; some, like ovipositor length, seem affected by local influences. Wing length is dimorphic and the two forms fail to intergrade. This character is studied in detail. General conclusions are drawn as to evolution and the species question. No. 112. (Paper No. 12, Station for Experimental Evolution.) SHULL, G. H. Bursa bursa-pastoris and Bursa heegeri: Biotypes and Hybrids. Octavo, 57 pages, 4 plates, 23 text figures. Published 1909. Price $0.50. Of the common shepherd's purse only a single species is usually recognized; yet a casual acquaintance with the species shows that it is very variable. The leaves of the rosette, particularly, show many characters, of which four as least are inherited in typical fashion. One kind of leaf has attenuated lobes with a basal secondary lobe; another attenuated lobes without the basal one; a third has a short lobe with a secondary one; the fourth has the lobe both short and without a secondary one. Hybridization proves that the two conditions of both primary and secondary lobing are inherited as distinct characters, but the statistical results are often blurred by the imperfection of dominance. Bursa heegeri is a rare species, thought to have arisen from bursa-pastoris by a mutation which has re- sulted in an elliptical instead of a triangular seed capsule. When hybridized with bursa-pastoris, segregation of capsule-form occurs, but the proportion of elliptical capsules in the second hybrid generation is only 4 per cent instead of 25 per cent. Additional factors are suspected or else there is selective fertilization or survival. No. 114. (Paper No. 13, Station for Experimental Evolution,) CASTLE, W. E., in collaboration with H. E. WALTER, R. C. MULLENIX, and S. COBB. Studies of Inheritance in Rabbits. Octavo, 70 pages, 4 plates. Pub- lished 1909. Price $0.75. This is a continuation of the series of studies upon heredity in mammals of which earlier numbers are Nos. 23, 49, and 70, of the publications of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Heredity of ear-size in short vs. lop-eared rabbits is first considered. The normal rate of growth is described for both varieties and also the result of pure breeding and cross-breeding. The conclusion is reached that the cross-breeds are not only blends but the blend is permanent. Part II deals with body-weight and the conclusion is reached that weight inheritance like the inheri- tance of ear-size is blending in character. Neither dominance nor segregation ia the mendelian sense is recognizable. Part III is concerned with skeletal dimen- sions which also prove to be blending characters. In Part IV, 24 pages are given to an analysis of color factors in the coat of the rabbit. This analysis is carried further than hitherto in any group of animals. No. 121. (Paper No. 14, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, C. B. Inheritance of Characteristics in Domestic Fowl. Quarto, 100 pages, 12 colored plates. Published 1909. Price $4.50. In the newer studies of heredity attention is directed to the characteristics of organisms taken one at a time. Great diversity in the method of inheritance is found. The present work considers behavior of ten morphological characters and the principal colors of poultry. Some characters are evidently simple and are inherited in accordance with the pure Mendelian formula; others show marked de- viations from it such as "blending" and imperfect dominance. Even in such cases, however, a segregation of characters takes place in the germ-plasm. The characters analyzed in detail are the split or Y comb, polydactylism, syndactylism, rumpless- ness, winglessness, booting, nostril, crest, and comb-lop. The inheritance of plum- age color is described, and it appears that in each color-race the plumage coloration is determined by a number of factors, the varied combinations of which account for "reversion,' "sporting," and various apparent abnormalities in the reproduction of 100 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity coloration and patterns. A general discussion closes the book, in which there are considered the relation of heredity to ontogeny, the significance of dominance and recessiveness, potency, reversion and the factor hypothesis, the limits of selection, non-inheritable characters, and the role of hybridization in evolution. The volume is illustrated by twelve lithographic plates of plumage coloration. No. 122. (Paper No. 15, Station for Experimental Evolution.) JOHNSON, R. H. Determinate Evolution in the Color Pattern of Lady Beetles. Octavo, iv+104 pages, 92 text figures. Published 1910. Price $1.00. A study of the life and habits, color patterns, variability, modificability, distribu- tion, heredity, and evolution of the "lady bird" beetles, based on several years of statistical and experimental study of all the American species, including several new species and varieties. The studies on Hippodamia convergens, glacialis, and spuria; Coccinella novemnotata; Adalia bipunctata and frigida; and Epilachna are the most detailed and to the greatest extent experimental. Variation is found to be both con- tinuous and discontinuous, with a tendency to be disposed about centers. The color pattern is modifiable by environment, and some of the modifications are inheritable characters. The distribution does not follow formulated laws of evolution by iso- lation. Heredity, while usually segregate, frequently gives little evidence of discrete unit characters. No. 143. (Paper No. 16, Station for Experimental Evolution.) LUTZ, FRANK E. Experiments with Drosophila ampelophila, concerning Evolution. Octavo, ni+40 pages, 53 text figures. Published 1911. Price $0.50. This paper treats of the effect of artificial and sexual selection upon abnormal wing-venation, of the characteristics of this venation, and of its inheritance. A series of experiments, in which it was found that no degeneration accompanied dis- use continued for more than forty generations, is briefly discussed. No. 144. (Paper No. 17, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E., and J. C. PHILLIPS. On Germinal Transplantation in Vertebrates. Octavo, 26 pages, 2 plates. Published 1911. Price $0.50. The authors have succeeded in two instances in transplanting the ovaries from a guinea-pig of one color variety to a guinea-pig of a different color variety, with the result that the transplanted ovaries afterward functioned in their new environment and produced living young. These resembled the animal from which the ovaries were originally taken, not one in which the young developed. This result shows the correctness of Weismann's view that the body is merely the container of the germ-cells and in no wise determines their character. The paper contains also a critical review of the extensive literature on the transplantation of ovaries and testicles, with a bibliography of the same. No. 179. (Papers Nos. 18 and 19, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E. Reversion in Guinea-pigs and Its Explanation. Oc- tavo, 10 pages. LITTLE, C. C. Experimental Studies of the Inheritance of Color Published 1913. Price $2.00. in Mice. Octavo, 92 pages, 5 colored plates. Dr. Castle's paper treats of an ancestral or atavistic coat-character of the guinea- pig present in most wild rodents but frequently absent in their tame varieties and which may be obtained by crossing certain domesticated varieties of guinea-pig. A full account is given of how the reversion in question may be secured, how its reappearance can be accounted for, and in what way the recovered character may be "fixed" or reestablished as a racial character together with the complete data which form the basis of this account. Dr. Little analyzes the observed phenomena of color inheritance in mice on the basis of mendelian heredity and shows the relations of the various factors involved in the production of colors, to each other and to the coat and eye colors produced. The paper includes the analysis and description of the color factors and gives the experimental data on which the conclusions are based. Colored plates show the typical color varieties of mice. Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 101 No. 188. (Paper No. 20, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, CHARLES B. Heredity of Skin-Color in Negro-White Crosses. Octavo, 106 pages, 4 plates. Published 1913. Price $1.75. The heredity of skin color in negro-white crosses is of importance for the theory of heredity and in its application to social conditions. Its theoretical significance lies in the fact that it is the last line of defense of those who deny the general va- lidity of "Mendelism" and the modern science of heredity that has grown out of it. In skin color at least it is asserted we have true blending and no "segregation." This paper is based on the measurement of skin color of between 600 and 700 chil- dren, about 200 pairs of parents, and various other relatives. The result is clear cut: Skin color is inherited in "Mendelian" fashion; and segregation does take place. The evidence for this conclusion rests (1) on the fact that the color of the offspring of two strict mulattoes is much more variable than is the skin color of the hybrids of the first generation (compare table 18 with table 11), and (2) upon the fact that among the offspring of mulattoes are white and black children, who "breed true" to their respective colors. The apparent blend that has long been recognized in skin color is due to the large number of factors that produce negro skin color. Studies are made into special phases of the question of inheritance of skin color. The development of pigmentation in the child is considered; the fact that even a negro child is born relatively white, and does not attain full pigmentation until puberty, complicates the main investigation. There is no difference in the skin color of adult negro men and women and the color of the mulatto children is the same whether the father or the mother is the white parent. The tradition that a woman who passes for white may have by a Caucasian consort a black child receives from these studies no confirmation and is probably false ; on the other hand a "light colored" pair may have children who are much darker than either parent. Data were studied relative to eye color, hair color, and curliness of the hair. The grades of eye color are numerous ; the darkest browns are duplex in nature, t. e., receive the determiner for brown from both parents ; the hazel and many lighter browns are simplex in origin, or heterozygous. In hair pigmentation many factors are involved. In general the hair of the children is not darker than that of the darker parent. As for curly hair, it dominates over straight; and the curlier types (frizzly, wooly) dominate over the less curly. Certain social applications of this study are drawn. There is no correlation, in the children of mulattoes, between the color of the skin and the curliness of the hair. It is proper to infer that many other physical and many mental characteristics of the negroes are not necessarily associated with the color of the skin. It is quite pos- sible that there may be derived, in later generations, from a negro X white hybrid, not only a white person with Caucasian mentality but also a black-skinned person with Caucasian mentality and moral traits. There is also no foundation for the view that hybrids are less fertile than the pure races. Some of the most fecund families of Jamaica are those of mulattoes. No. 195. (Paper No. 21, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E., and JOHN C. PHILLIPS. Piebald Rats and Selection: An Experi- mental Test of the Effectiveness of Selection and of the Theory of Gametic Purity in Mendelian Crosses. Octavo, 56 pages, 3 plates. Published 1914. Price $0.75. The hooded pattern of tame rats behaves as a recessive Mendelian unit-char- acter in crosses with other color varieties of rat. In the second generation from such a cross, one-fourth of the offspring are hooded. Notwithstanding the be- havior of the hooded pattern as a clearly segregating unit in heredity, the unit is slightly modified by crosses. It may also be modified by "mass-selection" unattended by crossing. Twelve generations of selection in opposite directions (plus and minus) from a stock of hooded rats has produced races widely different in pat- tern. Return selection toward the original racial condition progresses at the same rate as the departure from that condition had occurred. This, with the gradual disappearance of regression upon repeated selection shows the effects of selection 102 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity to be permanent. Upon crossing the selected races with each other an intermedi- ate condition is obtained which in the following generation shows increased vari- ability about the same intermediate condition. Crossing the plus selected race with wild rats renders it less plus when extracted in the second filial generation. Crossing the minus selected races renders it less minus. These seemingly contra- dictory results and other results described in this paper favor a hypothesis that the immediate effect of selection is registered in the germ cell not along with the chief determiner of the hooded pattern but independently of it. But ultimately, and as an indirect result of selection the accumulated effects of the selection be- come in some way incorporated in the same single unit when a simple Mendelian behavior is observed. On this view mass-selection is an effective means of guiding evolution not only by the cumulation of small variations but also by inducing "mu- tation.'' These conclusions are based on the study of more than 25,000 rats bred in the course of seven years. The observations are summarized in some fifty cor- relation tables in which parents and offspring are compared as to the extent of their pigmentation. No. 196. (Paper No. 22, Station for Experimental Evolution.) MACDOWELL, E. C., and W. E. CASTLE. Size Inheritance in Rabbits. Octavo, 55 pages, 9 figures. Published 1914. Price $0.50. In the historical part of this paper a review is made of all accessible previous observations on size inheritance in animals and plants with a view to ascertain whether evidence of Mendelian segregation as regards size characters can be de- tected. In the experimental part is described an extensive series of experiments with rabbits in which crosses were made between small size and large size rab- bits. The immediate offspring were in nearly all cases found to be of intermediate size, as were also offspring of a second filial generation (F ), but this second generation was in most cases found to be more variable than the preceding one, which fact the author regards as evidence of the presence of size-determiners which mendelize in crosses but without the occurrence of dominance. In an ap- pendix, it is shown that a high degree of correlation exists within the body be- tween one skeletal measurement and another, and the fact is pointed out that if size-determiners exist they are general in character and affect all parts of the skeleton simultaneously. No. 205. (Paper No. 23, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DETLEFSEN, T. A. (with prefatory note by W. E. CASTLE). Genetic Studies on a Cavy Species Cross. Octavo, 134 pages, 10 plates, 2 text figures. Published 1914. Price $2.00. Cavia rufescens, a distinct species of wild Brazilian guinea-pig, was crossed with C. porcellus, the tame domestic guinea-pig. The female hybrids were fertile, but the male hybrids were sterile. The female hybrids were crossed back to males of both parent species, the cross with guinea-pig males being more successful. By eight successive back crosses to guinea-pig males, more and more dilute wild- blooded generations were obtained. Over 1,800 animals of the various hybrid gen- erations were thus produced. Part I, dealing with color and coat characters, shows that they are transmitted in accordance with Mendel's law. Any combination of characters possible in the guinea-pig is possible in the hybrids. Although acting as units in transmission several characters were modified in the cross. Part II dis- cusses growth, and morphological characters in the parent species and hybrids. The guinea-pig is apparently dominant in size but segregation was not apparent. The M-shaped nasal-frontal suture of the wild was dominant to the truncate suture of the tame. The later hybrids showed a great range of variation. Morphological anomalies occurred in the hybrids. Part III deals with fertility of the parent species and hybrids. The peculiar sterility in the male hybrids seems to be due to multiple factors (possibly about 8) the elimination of which gives recessive fertile males. The sex ratio in the early hybrid generations showed a marked excess of females. The wild females have a smaller litter-average. The hybrid females are intermediate but back-crosses to guinea-pig males gradually raised this average. Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 103 No. 236. (Paper No. 24, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, C. B. The Feebly Inhibited: Nomadism or the Wandering Impulse with Special Reference to Heredity. Inheritance of Temperament, Octavo, 158 pages, 89 figs. Publishe'd 1915. Price, $1.50. The present volume includes two in a series of studies upon the feebly inhibited. The first part has to do with nomadism and includes the results of the study upon the records of 100 families, one or more members of which have shown a tendency to run away from home, families, and duties, or to engage in a nomadic occupation. In these families, out of 186 nomadics, only 115 are females. The hypothesis that best fits the facts is that nomadism is a sex-linked trait. There is no clear case of a nomadic daughter whose father is known to be non-nomadic. All daughters, therefore, of two nomadic parents are nomadic. The criterion that half of the daughters and half of the sons of nomads in varying fraternities derived from nomadic fathers are themselves nomadic is satisfied so far as sons go, less abun- dantly for the daughters. In general, the history shows that nomadic fathers may have no nomadic sons ; nomadic mothers ordinarily have nomadic sons. Thus the hypothesis is supported by the facts, allowing for a certain influence of cultural conditions, which may have a strengthening effect upon the development of weak natural inhibitions. The second part deals with the inheritance of temperament a subject which Galton discussed 30 years ago. The facts that have to be met are the great diversity of temperament, some persons being prevailingly gay, others prevailingly somber, while others pass through alternating cycles of elation and depression. For a test of the hypothesis 89 carefully described family histories were available and these afforded 147 matings in which the mated pair, their parents (usually), and certain of their offspring were sufficiently described for the purposes of the test. The hypothesis involves a difference in the method of inheritance of extreme hyper- kinesis (a dominant) and extreme hypokinesis (a recessive). Thus some of the differences of opinion that have arisen concerning the method of inheritance of manic depressive insanity is accounted for. Especial attention is paid to the in- heritance of temperament as seen in identical twins and to the temperamental con- dition that permits suicide. A further consideration of the whole subject leads to a recognition of a dualism that runs through the population of the romantic and classic types of reaction, the feebly inhibited and the strongly inhibited Xo. 2- /: 0. (Paper No. 25, Station for Experimental Evolv.ticr..') ESTABROOK, A. H. The Jukes in 1915. Quarto, vn-f-85 pages, 28 charts. Pub- lished 1916. Price $2.50. When Richard L. Dugdale prepared the history of "The Jukes" about 40 years ago it was the first extensive study of the kind that had been made; and although numerous similar studies have since been made it remains preeminent. Owing to the rediscovery three years ago, of Mr. Dugdale's original notes giving the name and location of the persons upon whom the study was based, it became possible to bring the history of the family down to the present time, and Dr. Arthur H. Estabrook, who had worked upon "The Nams" in New York State, was selected to do the field work. It was soon found that on account of economic conditions the Jukes had been largely dispersed from their original habitat, so that the study has thrown light upon the consequences of the scattering of a feeble-minded, criminalistic community. One is able, also, to compare the frequency of consan- guineous marriages at present with that of an earlier time and also to compare the products of out marriage with those of close inbreeding. The present study throws light, moreover, upon the consequences of bringing children of poor heredity at an early age into better environmental conditions than their homes could ordinarily afford. This study traces the development of some good branches of the family and inquires into their origin. By combining the two studies made 40 years apart it has been possible to get a nearly complete history of seven, and in part of eight, generations. The present study is the most extensive and the most prolonged of all studies that have been made on cacogenic strains. 104 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity No. 296. (Paper No. 32, Station for Experimental Evolution.) KEY, WILHELMINE E. Dissimilar Heredity and Social Fitness as illustrated in a Certain Pennsylvania Family. In press. This is a study of nearly 2,000 individuals comprising six generations, derived from immigrant ancestors of over a century ago. The networks show an evo- lution of lines widely divergent with reference to such traits as calculating ability, aggressiveness, and perseverance. Marriage of individuals possessing a low or medium grade of these traits into stocks having a higher grade has resulted in improvement in later generations ; marriage into stocks having a low grade of these traits has brought about persistence of the defective condition. In one line a condition of mental retardation in earlier generations is being replaced by a more rapid rate of development, and here there has been marriage into stocks showing a normal rate of mental development. All lines, socially fit as well as unfit, show marked decrease in fecundity, while for the socially fit lines the survival ratios are increasing. The normally endowed tend to push out into new sections of country, leaving the slower and more dependent to mate with their kind and to found families to be supported at public expense. The failure of the degenerate branches to react favorably to an improved social environment would indicate low efficiency due primarily to native incapacity, which in its turn is traceable to the mating of defect with defect. Amalgamation and assimilation have been complete and have here con- sisted in the marriage of individuals of high mental potentiality into the better native stocks and the adoption of their standards, while the marriage of individ- uals of low mental potentiality into inferior stocks has brought about a diversity of degenerate condition with correspondingly low standards of living and attain- ment. The whole history points to the necessity of more careful study of im- migrant stocks and the control of marriages that threaten to perpetuate socially unfit strains. No. 241. (Paper No. 26, Station for Experimental Evolution.) CASTLE, W. E., and S. G. WRIGHT. Studies of Inheritance in Guinea-Pigs and Rats. Octavo, 192 pages, 7 plates, 7 text figures. Published 1916. Price $2.50. An Expedition to the Home of the Guinea-Pig and some Breeding Experiment* with Material there obtained. By W. E. CASTLE. Pages i to 55. An Intensive Study of the Inheritance of Color and of Coat Characters in Guinea- Pigs, with especial reference to Graded Variations. By SEWALL G. WKIGHT. Pages 57 to 160. Further Studies of PiebId Rats and Selection, with obserrations on Gametic Coupling. By W. E. CASTLE. Pages 161 to 192. This paper contains an account of the life-history of a small species of cavy (supposed to be the ancestor of domesticated guinea-pigs) found in the vicinity of Arequipa, Peru, together with an account of hybridization experiments between this and other races of cavy obtained in the same general region. The growth rates of different races are compared, and it is found that they involve complete blending as regards size inheritance, with a physiological increase of size in Fl not due to heredity and which accordingly does not persist beyond the F j genera- tion. Inheritance formula are worked out for the various characters studied and an analysis is made of cases involving multiple allelomorphs as well as sup- plementary and modifying factors. No. 243. (Paper No. 27, Station for Experimental Evolution.) GOODALE, H. D. Gonadectomy in Relation to the Secondary Sexual Characters of Some Domestic Birds. Octavo, 52 pages, 7 plates. Published 1916. Price $1.50. This book describes the effects of ablation of the primary sexual organs upon the secondary sexual characters of two species of domestic fowl, viz., ducks and chickens. In ducks the complete removal of the testes caused the male to remain in the breeding plumage the year round, while the removal of the ovary frorc Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 105 the female caused her to assume either the breeding plumage of the male or else a modified type of male plumage. In chickens the removal of the testes from the male resulted in a non-development of the comb and wattles, although the other sec- ondary sextual characters were not altered. The removal of the ovary from the female caused her to assume the secondary sexual characters of the male. The bearing of these results upon problems of sex, heredity, and associated questions is discussed. No. 257. (Paper No. 28, Station for Experimental Evolution.) \YHITMAN, CHAFLES OTIS. Posthumous Works of, Edited by Oscar Riddle. Quarto. Published 1919. Price $30.00. Some copies of volume III are for sale separately at $3.00. Vol. I. Orthogenetic Evolution in Pigeons. x+iQ4 pp., 88 pis., 36 text-fips. Vol. II. Inheritance, Fertility, and the Dominance of Sex and Color in Hybrids of Wild Species of Pigeons. 224 pp., 39 pis., n text-figs. Vol. III. The Behavior of Pigeons. Edited by H. A. Carr. xi+i6i pages. Most of the newer studies of heredity and evolution deal with the combination, recombination, or segregation of characteristics in hybridization ; but usually the past history or the sequence of origin of these characteristics of the organisms studied is quite unknown. In this volume emphasis is placed on tracing the steps by which the present plumage color-patterns have been reached in the numerous species of Coltimbidae the pigeons. It was found that the original or ancestral pigeon color-pattern is at the same time the ancestral pattern for birds in general; and, further, that the principles of pattern modification, or evolution, found to apply to the pigeons hold in other orders of birds as well. The material of chief reliance in the present study is also a departure from that more commonly used in studies of inheritance, in that it consists of pure wild species, and not of domesticated and possibly mongrelized forms. The data strongly support the view that the evolution of the characteristics of organisms is orthogenetic rather than amphigenetic, and gradual rather than saltational. Knowledge of the present direction of evolution of certain characters made it possible to learn that selection, in at least one group of characters, is successful when the selection is made in the direction of evolution; it is unsuccessful when it seeks to reverse the direction of evolution. Similarly, a knowledge of the ancestral history of the plumage characters has made it possible to understand the nature and meaning of certain "mutants," or marked color variants, which appeared within the 17 years during which numerous wild species of pigeons were bred in captivity. These "mutants" can be shown to be not wholly or really new. The molts, or plumage changes, of pigeons offer special advantages for learning the history of the individual plumage characteristics and for a study of the fact of recapitulation. Certain experiments which were made in connection with the molts confirm the view that recapitulation is the central fact of heredity. The volume is well illustrated. Volume III of these studies (edited by H. A. Carr) primarily consists of a natural- istic description and analysis of pigeon behavior. Nine chapters are devoted to the reproductive cycle of activities, and one each to voice, homing, intelligence, and a miscellaneous group of instinctive traits. The volume contains material of interest to all students of animal behavior naturalists, physiologists, zoologists, and com- parative psychologists. The author's motive in the collection of this material was primarily biological, the attempt to study certain problems of evolution and inheri- tance in the realm of behavior rather than of structure. In this sense the volume may be regarded as a supplement of the previous ones. A broad basis was being laid for a comparative study of pigeon behavior for the purpose of determining species interrelationships. This phase of the work was far from complete. Many instances of blending of behavior characteristics in hybridization are given. Further evidence in support of orthogenesis is adduced ; this conception is applied to the origin of intelligence and the instincts of incubation, tumbling, pouting, and homing. 106 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity No. 259. (Paper No. 29, Station for Experimental Evolution.) DAVENPORT, CHARLES B., and MARY F. SCUDDER. Naval Officers: Their Heredity and Development. Octavo, iv-|-236 pages, 60 charts. Published 1919. Price $3.00. This is a study of the family and personal history of 68 naval officers. It has been made with the aim of learning if there is any characteristic set of juvenile reactions that is diagnostic of high success in the vocation of naval officer. Also, if any light can be thrown by family history upon the probability that a given boy has received hereditary traits essential to success as a naval leader. Successful naval officers are of various types, such as fighters, strategists, administrators, explorers, and adventurers. One part of the study relates to the kind of tempera- ment required for success in each type of officer and the ways in which it is shown in youth. A special study is made of the inheritance of sea-lust, hyperkinesis in fighters and nomadism in naval men. The initial inquiries receive a positive answer. No. 265. (Paper No. 30, Station for Experimental Evolution.) LAUGHLIN, HARRY H. The Duration of the Several Mitotic Stages in the Dividing Root-Tip Cells of the Common Onion. Octavo, 48 pages, 8 charts. Published 1919. Price $1.50. The ultimate object of this study is to aid in the analysis of the dynamics of mitosis as exemplified in the onion (Allium cepa). In this direction it accomplishes two steps. First, it devises and proves an accurate method for measuring the relative and absolute average durations of the several mitotic stages in cell-division. Second, it makes use of this method in determining such durations for each of the ten arbitrarily marked stages in the mitotic cycle of the dividing cells of the root-tip of the onion, at three temperatures, 10C., 20C, and 30C. The method followed is a statistical one, based upon stage-counts and their classification. The validity of the method is proven by means satisfying both the mathematical and cytological aspects of the problem. 57,000 cell-counts, distributed over 11 mitotic stages and through 19 observation-instants, were made. The Qi > value for each of the ten stages for the temperature-differences 10C. to 20C. and 20C. to 30C. are cal- culated. These values vary from 1.1701 to +4.9463. Each arbitrarily marked mitotic stage presents a characteristic temperature-reaction, thus indicating a unique complex of physical and chemical forces active in each stage of mitotic progress. No. 295. (Paper No. 31, Station for Experimental Evolution.) MOHR, O. L.. and CHR. WRIEDT. A Neiat Type of Hereditary Brachyphalangy in Man. Octavo, 64 pages, 7 plates, 4 text figures. Published 1919. Price $1.00. A study of an inherited shortness of the second phalanx of the index finger and corresponding toe, that occurs in a Norwegian family. The peculiarity is inherited as a Mendelian dominant. It is traced through six successive genera- tions of affected individuals, beginning in 1764. Photographs of individuals be- longing to five generations are given, and radiographs of members of four generations. Measurements and tables showing the correlation between the length of the affected phalanx and that of the second phalanx of the ring finger are presented, both for abnormal and for normal hands. These show that there are two distinct types of brachyphalangous individuals, in one of which the af- fected joint is much shorter than in the other. Both types are due to the same dominant gene; the difference between them is probably due to modifying genes. There is one individual in the pedigree that was perhaps homozygous for the brachyphalangy gene. This individual was very abnormal in her "whole osseous system," and died in infancy. No. 25. GULICK, J. T. Evolution Racial and Habitudinal. Octavo, xii+269 pages, 5 plates. Published 1905. Price $1.00. Gives many facts concerning divergence of varieties and species distributed in more or less isolated districts, presents an analysis of the factors of both racial and habitudinal evolution, and shows that there is constant interaction between these classes of factors, and also between the autonomic and the heteronomic factors Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 107 It shows that even in the case of invertebrate animals acquired habits, produced by social evolution, often determine the form of selection, and so have an important influence on the innate (i. e., racial) characters that are permitted to survive; thai members of the same species exposed to the same environment in isolated groups will often arrive at different methods of dealing with the environment, and so sub- ject themselves to divergent forms of selection; and that the power of accommo- dation to sudden changes in the environment sometimes saves the group from ex- tinction, till "coincident variations" have time to arise, giving complete adaptation to the new conditions, through what may be called coincident selection. No. 11. NEWCOMB, SIMON. A Statistical Inquiry into the Probability of Causts of the Production of Sex in Human Offspring. Octavo, 34 pages. Pub- lished 1904. Price $0.25. The above paper is an attempt to apply a rigorous theory of probable inference to questions of genetic biology, taking statistical data as the basis of the inquiry. The author in this case strayed outside his professional field and undertook this work with the belief that the treatment of statistical data generally on a large scale by the methods of probable induction would lead to important results to the science of the future and to conclusions on questions which elude all direct investigation. Among the topics discussed are "Preponderance of male births," "Is the ratio of male to female births the same in all races?" "Inquiry whether any unisexual tendency exists among parents," "Unisexual tendency in multiple births," "Pro- cesses suggested by the statistics of multiple births," "Influence of the age of the parent on sex," "Supposed influence of other conditions," "Mathematical theory of the effect of unisexual tendency." No. 36. STEVENS, N. M. Studies in Spermatogenesis. Part I. Studies in Spermatogenesis, with special reference to the "Accessory Chromosome." Octavo, 32 pages, 7 plates. Published 1905. Price $0.25. Part II. A Comparative Study of the Heterochromosomes in Certain Species of Coleoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidoptera, with especial reference to sex deter- mination. Octavo, 33-74 pages, 8 plates. Published 1906. Price $0.25. Part I is a comparative study of the Spermatogenesis of Termopsis angusticollis, Stenopelmatus sp. (?), Blatella germanica, and Tenebrio molitor. No "accessory" was found in Termopsis. Further study of more favorable material of Stenopelma- tus has shown the spermatogonial number of chromosomes to be 47 (instead of 46), and the numbers in the second spermatocytes to be 23 and 24. Part II comes along the line of investigation suggested by the study of Tene- brio molitor. The Spermatogenesis of 18 species of Coleoptera, in which an unequal pair of heterochromosomes is found, is described, and also 4 species which have an unpaired heterochromosome. In every case where it was possible to study the chro- mosomes of the female, an equal pair of heterochromosomes was found correspond- ing to an unequal pair of an unpaired heterochromosome in the male. No. 51. STEVENS, N. M. Studies on the Germ-cells of Aphids. Octavo, 28 pages, 4 plates. Published 1906. Price $0.25. This is a comparative study of the germ-cells of 22 species of aphids, showing great variety in number and size of chromosomes in the various species. No re- duction in number of chromosomes was found in the parthenogenetic eggs, which always showed a pair of chromosomes corresponding to each chromosome of the spermatocytes or polar spindles. No heterochromosomes were found, but it has since been determined that the "lagging" chromosome described in this paper is an unpaired heterochromosome, and that the spermatocytes which do not contain a heterochromosome degenerate and only "female-producing" spermatozoa mature. No. 19. ENTEMAN, WILHELMINE M. Coloration in Polistes. Octavo, 88 pages, 6 colored plates, 27 text figures. Published 1904. Price $1.00. A study of one of our commonest wasps dealing with the variations of its colors and color pattern, the ontogenesis of the color pattern, and the geographic distribu- tion of the types of color marking. All of these facts are considered in relation to the various theories of evolution. 108 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity No. 67. BANTA, A. M. The Fauna of May field's Cave. Octavo, 114 pages, 2 plates, 13 text figures. Published 1907. Price $0.50. This paper represents the results of a detailed study of the fauna of a small cave, observing its animal inhabitants throughout the year and in all conditions to which they are normally subjected. Mayfield's Cave, about 4.5 miles from Bloom- ington, Indiana, was selected for observation. The temperature and air-currents were observed. Collections were made, habits of the various species noted, and life histories worked out as far as possible. A bibliography at the end of the paper gives an index of the work done heretofore on the cave animals of North America. No. 64. PEARL, RAYMOND, and A. B. CLAWSON. Variation and Correlation in the Crayfish, with Special Reference to the Influence of Differentiation and Homology of Parts. Octavo, 70 pp., 8 figs. Published 1907. Price $1.00. The purpose of this study is to attempt by the use of appropriate biometric methods to determine the part played by such factors as position, degree of dif- ferentiation, and serial homology within a series of generally "like" parts of an organism in determining the degree of inter-correlation displayed in the variation of such parts. The fresh-water crayfish, Cambarus propinquus Girard, furnished the material for the work, and the joints of the ambulatory appendages afforded the series of "like" parts studied. The general result of the study is to show that, as compared with physiological factors, morphological relationship is practically a negligible factor in influencing degree of correlation between parts. No. 104. EIGENMANN, CARL H. Cave Vertebrates of America: A Study in Degen- erative Evolution. Quarto, ix-)-241 pages, 31 plates, 72 text figures. Published 1909. Price $5.00. This publication gives accounts of the nature of cave environment and the adap- tations of cave animals to it; the habits of cave animals; a theory of the origin of the cave fauna; the structure of the eyes of cave and the other blind vertebrates; the development and later history of the eyes of the blind fish Amblyopsis; the Cuban blind fishes and their eyes; and a consideration of the process and the cause of the individual and phyletic degeneration of the eyes of cave vertebrates. No. 142. LONG, J, A., and E. L. MARK. The Maturation of the Egg of the Mouse. Octavo, vi+72 pages, 7 plates, 7 figures. Published 1911. Price $1.50. In this paper it is shown that the mouse does not present an exception, as formerly supposed, to the rule that in maturation two polar cells are formed. By means of apparatus specially devised, accurate records of the time of parturition were secured, and a complete series of early stages obtained. The time of fertiliza- tion was controlled by artificial insemination. It is shown that the whole process of maturation is completed in from 4 to 15 hours, viz., during a period extending from about 14 hours to about 29 hours after parturition; that ovulation may occur at any time during that period, usually when the egg exhibits the first polar cell and the second maturation spindle; that all eggs from the first polar cell, and that all eggs which are penetrated by a spermatozoon, also abstrict the second polar cell. No. 228. CRAMPTON, HENRY E. Studies on the Variation, Distribution, and Evolu- tion of the Genus Partula: The Species Inhabiting Tahiti. Quarto, 313 pages, 34 plates, 7 text figures. Published 1916. Price $15.00. The genus Partula comprises certain terrestrial snails in Polynesia, Micronesia, and Melanesia, which are relatives of the classic Achatinellidse of the Hawaiian Islands. The present monograph is an exhaustive analysis of the species inhabiting Tahiti the largest member of the Society Islands on the basis of material col- lected by the author during four journeys, from 1906 to 1909. Of the many problems investigated, the most fundamental is concerned with the relative value of congeni- tal and external factors in the differentiation of the species under consideration. The geographical, biological, and meteorological features of the Polynesian realm are described in detail, as a basis for the determination of the subservience of the snails to environmental influences. Then follows a special description of Tahiti, and of separate areas from which many thousands of individuals were taken. Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 109 In the main body of the volume each of the six important species is described and analysed and by the employment of statistical methods colonial differentia are brought to light which would otherwise escape detection. The peculiar features of the description, variation, and genetic relations are emphasized in every case. In briefest form the general results are as follows: (1) The snails are far from uniform in their distribution; with only one exception each group of islands has its own characteristic species which occur nowhere else. (2) The same correlation between geographical and specific discontinuity is displayed by the species of the different islands of one and the same group for each member possesses distinct species not found in the others, although in a very few instances important ex- ceptions occur which throw much light upon the processes of dispersal and migra- tion as well as upon certain geological relations. (3) As in the Achatinellidas, the species of Partula may vary from valley to valley of an island; a form sometimes extends over a wide range, while another may be restricted to a few valleys or even to one; less frequently differences are displayed by types which inhabit dif- ferent parts of one valley. Statistical results prove the essential difference of races belonging to a species that has been heretofore regarded as invariable while in other cases close relationships have been established for species previously con- sidered as separate. The study of the relations between young and parent snails is of the highest importance in establishing these results. (4) The abundant material, taken in connection with the results of Garrett, gives astonishingly clear evidence of a recent origin of some types where it is possible also to determine their parentage and rate of dispersal when this has occurred, as well as the fixity of the new characteristics. (5) Mutation has been demonstrated in numerous instances, and in many species belonging to several islands, so that it can not be regarded as a unique process. (6) The influence of the "environment" seems to be little or nothing. Isolation proves to be a "condition" and not a "factor" in the differentiation of forms belonging to the genus Partula. (7) A result with a wider scientific bearing is established by the comparison with one another of the snail populations of islands of the same group and of the species of different groups. All the evidence goes to show that the dominant geological process in South Pacific regions has been one of subsidence, which has progressively isolated various mountain ranges previously connected so that they have become separate island- masses, which in their turn have been subsequently converted into the disconnected islands of the several groups. No. 237. MORGAN, T. H., and C. B. BRIDGES. Sex-linked Inheritance in Dro- sophila. Octavo, 87 pages, 2 plates, 8 figs. Published 1916. Price $1.50. An account of 36 sex-linked mutations in Drosophila ampelophila, of which 15 are described here for the first time. The numerical data (obtained in the experi- ments upon the linkage relations of the factors for these mutations) furnish the material by means of which the location of the factors in the sex chromosome is determined. A compilation of all the previously published data on the inter- linkage of the sex-linked factors was made and on the basis of all the available data a new map of the location of the factors in the X chromosome is constructed. An introduction points out how the Mendelian ratios and the peculiar distributions seen in linkage are explicable by means of the chromosome mechanism and states the argument for the chromosome theory of heredity, especially with relation to the inheritance of sex-linked characters and the determination of sex; some of the latest evidence for this theory is given in the discussion of non-disjunction of the sex chromosomes, and some of the general methods of procedure in working with sex-linked characters, such as balanced viability, are explained. Other gen- eral subjects discussed are the determination of multiple allelomorphism ; the detection of sex-linked lethals; the formation of polymorphic races; sterility; and the influence of the environment. 110 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity No. 278. MORGAN, T. H., C. B. BRIDGES, and A. H. STURTEVANT. Contributions to the Genetics of Drosophila melanogaster. Octavo v-f-388 pages, 12 plates, 105 text figures. Published 1919. Price $7.00. I. The Origin of Gynandromorphs, by T. H. MORGAN and C. B. BRIDGES. 122 pages, 3 plates, 70 figs. II. The Second Chromosome Group of Mutant Characters, by C. B. BRIDGES and T. H. MORGAN. 182 pages, 8 plates, 18 figs. III. Inherited Linkage Variations in the Second Chromosome, by A. H. STURTEVANT. 36 pages, i figure. IV. A Demonstration of Genes modifying the Character "Notch," by T. H. MOBCAN. 46 pages, i plate, 14 figs. In Part I are given descriptions with colored figures, camera-lucida drawings, or diagrams for about 75 of the Drosophila gynandromorphs. Proof is presented that certain of these arose from XX zygotes by the "elimination" at an early cleavage division of one of the daughter X chromosomes. The single-X parts become male, while the XX parts remain female. The bulk of the gynandro- morphs are of this type. A certain few other gynandromorphs require more complex explanations involving non-disjunction, XXX zygotes, somatic reduction, double elimination, or double nucleated eggs. The older theories of gynandromorphism are reviewed and proof is given that these theories fail to explain the Drosophila gynandromorphs. A survey, with a comprehensive bibliography, is made of the gynandromorphs that have been recorded in other groups bees, butterflies, Crus- tacea, mammals, etc. Part II parallels for the second chromosome the treatment of the first, or X-chromosome, already given in Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication No. 237. An account is presented of about 40 of the second-chromosome mutants, most of which are described here for the first time. The full descriptions are sup- plemented by figures. Explanations are made of the procedure by which it was determined that each particular mutant belongs in the second chromosome, and of the experiments upon the basis of which the loci within the chromosome were calculated. The linkage data involving each mutant are summarized, and maps are given that make the relations of the loci readily apparent. The mutants have been evaluated with respect to their usefulness, and special attention has been given in the treatment of the data to present the genetic methods and principles employed and to show their development. Besides the localization of the genes, other subjects of general interest treated are autosomal and balanced lethals, modifying genes, and cross-over variations due to age, to temperature, and . to specific genes. Part III gives an account of the effects produced by two genes that are located in the second chromosome and that greatly decrease the amount of crossing over in that chromosome ; also a discussion of the bearing of these results on theories of heredity. In Part IV a mutant race of Drosophila melanogaster, called "notch," is char- acterized by a serration at the end of the wings. The character is very variable, some notch flies in every generation having very slight serrations or even per- fectly normal wings. Selection of females of the latter sort soon produced a race more than half of which had normal wings. Further selection failed to increase the proportion of such flies in each generation. Tests were made to find out whether the genes for notch had changed, or whether modifying factors were present that decreased the amount of notching. Positive evidence was found that such factors had been isolated by selection. Other evidence showed that the gene for notch had not changed. No. 285. MORGAN, T. H. The Genetic and the Operative Evidence relating to Secondary Sexual Characters. Octavo, 108 pages, 5 plates. Published 1919. Price $3.00. The mode of inheritance of secondary sexual characters has been little under- stood. How far these characters are due directly to the factors that determine sex, and how far they are inherited on a different basis has been only a question for speculation. The absence of the most conspicuous secondary sexual char- acters of the male bird in the race of Sebright poultry furnished an opportunity to Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity 111 examine this problem. Crosses between Sebrights and Black-breasted Game Ban- tams showed that the suppression of the secondary sexual characters of the plumage of the Sebrights is due to an inherited factor or factors. Castration of the ordinary hen-feathered Sebright male causes the ordinary secondary char- acters to appear in him at once despite the fact that we must suppose that all the other cells of the body contain the inhibitory factor in question. Evidently this factor can cause the production of its specific material only in the testes. Incomplete castration leads to imperfect development of cock-feathers plumage, and as the testes regenerate there is a complete return to hen-feathering. The same kind of results were found for the hen-feathered Fi males and for those F2 birds that are hen-feathered. Despite 'the very great differences in color be- tween the two races the results indicate that three pairs of Mendelian factors may suffice to cover the genetic results. An examination of the histology of the testes of the Sebright brought to light the presence of the so-called lutear cells that are absent in the testes of other races of fowls having the secondary plumage characters. Similar-looking inter- stitial cells are known to be present in the hen, and since after removal of her ovary she develops the secondary sexual characters of the cock it is not unlikely that the interstitial cells found in the Sebright cock have the same function as those in the hen and that some internal secretion, produced by both, causes the sup- pression of the sexual type of plumage. No. 264. STURTEVANT, A. H. An Analysis of the Effects of Selection. Octavo, 64 pages, 1 plate, 14 figs. Published 1918. Price $1.00. This volume gives an account of experiments undertaken to obtain critical evidence as to the manner in which selection produces its effects. By taking ad- vantage of the established body of evidence regarding the genetic behavior of Drosophila, and by using known and easily classifiable characters as "markers" for each chromosome, definite proof of the existence of specific modifying genes for bristle number was obtained. The results of selection and of crossing selected stocks were similar to those obtained by most investigators and the demonstrated modifiers are sufficient~to account for the results observed in this case. Evidence is presented indicating that contamination of allelomorphs did not occur in these experiments ; and a critical review of the literature leads to the conclusion that contamination has not been made probable in any of the numerous instances that have been cited as proving its occurrence. Since contamination of allelomorphs has never been demonstrated, but modifying genes have been completely demon- strated in specific cases and will account for all the phenomena in question, the conclusion is reached that selection is ordinarily effective only in sorting out genes already present. No. 288. CASTLE, W. E. Studies of Heredity in Rabbits, Rats, and Mice. Octavo, 56 pages, 3 plates, 5 text figures. Published 1919. Price $1.50. This paper contains a summary of experiments extending over several years, reported upon heretofore only in part. Part I contains the final data and an analysis of the notable effects secured by systematic selection in modifying a Mendelian character, the hooded pattern of rats. These effects are shown by a crucial experiment, to be wholly compatible with stability of the chief gene involved. Part II deals with the inheritance of two different forms of white-spotting seen in Dutch rabbits and English rabbits respectively. The one behaves as a recessive in heredity, the other as a dominant. Both are subject to considerable modification through systematic selection, or through crossing with each other. These effects are shown to be due to changes in residual heredity rather than to changes in single genes.' Nevertheless, at least three different forms of white- spotting are shown to occur in Dutch rabbits, each of which behaves as an allelomorph of the others, and further English (though physiologically different in nature from Dutch) behaves as its allelomorph, whether through close linkage or for other reasons is still uncertain. 112 Experimental Evolution, Variation, and Heredity Part III deals with the linkage in rats of three genes in one linkage system, and with the linkage in mice of two genes apparently corresponding with two of those which are also linked with each other in rats. No. 263. TOWER, W. L. The Mechanism of Evolution in Lepti-' notarsa. Octavo, vin+1-340 pages, 19 plates, 156 figs. (Appendix.) BREITENBECHER, J. K. The Relation of Water to the Behavior of the Potato Beetle in a Desert. Octavo, pp. 341-348, 5 figs. (Not sold separately.) Published 1918. Price $8.00. The data and conclusions presented in part by Dr. Tower are the product of a project in which it was attempted to attack the "evolution problem" in one set of organisms from a number of different aspects. Evolution in organisms must be conceived of as the product of the interaction of internal and external factors, operating in strict mechanistic manner, as in non-vital phenomena, so that the central problem was the determination and proof of the mechanism of action of these two groups of factors whose operations are productive of evolutionary changes. Experimental analysis of the problems, prosecuted with rigor and thor- oughness, has been held to be the only means of progress. The basis of all methods of change is found to be directly the product of the nature of the genetic factors of composition and their capacity for diverse modes of reaction, especially with factors of the environic complex. Purpose, utility, and kindred concepts have found no support, every change appearing as the chance mechanistic product of the reacting agents ; while the product of the reaction either was able or not able to operate under the conditions of origination, so that survival is decided at once and not after long and faltering trials. During the course of the experiments considered by Dr. Tower it was observed that soil-moisture, humidity, and the like played an important role in modifying the activities of these organisms when introduced into the arid region. Dr. Breitenbecher, therefore, undertook a series of investigations to discover any pos- sible connection between this water-relation and the reactions of the potato beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata, when transplanted into the desert from a temperate habitat. A large stock of this species was sent to Tucson from Chicago in June, 1911, so that comparative studies under different environmental complexes could be made. Three cultures were established in several open-air breeding-cages. Two of these stations were arid in character, while the third was temperate. The biological significance of conditions at the stations is given and the problems dealt with concern the relations which exist between the activities of the beetles when allowed to reproduce at these localities and the changes produced in the water- content of the animals through the action of the various environmental factors. Stereochemistry Applied to Biology 113 STEREOCHEMISTRY APPLIED TO BIOLOGY. No. 116. REICHERT, EDWARD T., and AMOS P. BROWN. The Differentiation and Specificity of Corresponding Proteins and other Vital Substances in Relation to Biological Classification and Organic Evolution: The Crys- tallography of Hemoglobins. Quarto, xix-f338 pages, 100 plates, 411 text figures. In cloth binding. Published 1909. Price $9.00. This work is designed to show that corresponding proteins and other organic vital substances differ in chemical constitution, and that these differences are definitely related to genera, species, etc., and thus establish a principle which may prove of great importance in the explanation of heredity, mutations, the influences of food and environment, the differentiation of sex, and in other problems of biology, nor- mal and abnormal. Differences in corresponding substances are shown to offer a new and important method in the study of the relationships of genera and species and in general to indicate extremely important applications of stereochemistry to proto- plasmic processes and products. The volume embodies the results of the detailed crystallographic studies of the hemoglobins of 107 species mostly mammals, including representatives of Pisces, Batrachia, Aves, Marsupiala, Edentata, Sirenia, Ungulata, Rodentia, Otariidae, Phocidae, Mustelidae, Procyonidae, Ursidse, Canidae, Felidae, Viyeridae, Insectivora, Chiroptera, and Primates ; also a considerable amount of incidental matter, em- bracing a consideration of the alliance between chlorophyll and hemoglobin; the dis- tribution of hemoglobin, hemocyanin, and other respiratory substances among the animal kingdom; the general chemical and physical characters and specificities of the hemoglobins of different species; the specificity of the blood, as regards its various constituents, in relation to zoological classification ; method for preparing, examining, measuring, and differentiating the hemoglobin crystals from different species, etc. Exceptional crystallographic interest and value are attached to the results of this research because chiefly of the hemoglobins constituting an extraordinary isomor- phous series; of the description not only of almost every known kind of twin, but also of forms of twinning entirely new and of unusual interest; and of the profuse- ness and accuracy with which the various crystalline forms have been illustrated by line drawings and photomicrographs. No. 173. REICHERT, EDWARD T. The Differentiation and Specificity of Starches in relation to Genera, Species, etc.: Stereochemistry applied to Proto^ plasmic Processes and Products, and as a strictly Scientific Basis for the Classification of Plants and Animals. Quarto, in two parts. Pub- lished 1913. In cloth binding. Price $16.00. Part I. The Starch-Substance and Starch-Grain. Pages i-xvii+ 1-342, 102 plates containing 612 photomicrographs charts A-J. Part II. The Differentiation and Specificity of Starches. Pages i-xvi 1+343-900 and 400 charts. This research is in the nature of a preliminary investigation and is supplemen- tary and complementary to Publication No. 116. Previous investigators found that starch-grains exist in a considerable variety of forms, and that while the histological peculiarities of a given starch may sometimes be characteristic of the species or genus it would be hazardous to depend upon them generally as indicating the plant- source. In this research it has been demonstrated that starches from different plants vary in their physical and physico-chemical properties, and that the differences are distinctive of the plant and can be plotted out in the form of reaction-curves which give pictures, as it were, by means of which varieties, species, and genera can be distinguished and classified. In Part I, the first chapter gives, among various topics presented, a brief state- ment of the crystalline nature and of the conditions which influence the form of the starch-grain, with the object of showing that histological differences do not necessarily imply any inherent differences in the constitution of the starch per se. Especial attention is given to the recent developments of stereochemistry, many 114 Stereochemistry Applied to Biology instances being cited to show that not only may complex organic substances exist in a number of stereoisomeric forms, but also that (in accordance with the modi- fications in the arrangements of the elements, groups, or masses of the molecules of corresponding substances) there are associated related dependent differences in physiological, toxicological, or other properties. Evidence is given which leads to the deduction that starch may exist in countless stereoisomeric forms, each having distinctive properties. Subsequent chapters contain descriptions of the starch- substance and the structure, form, and mechanism of formation of the starch- grain; of peculiar kinds of starch and starch-like bodies; of the primary and re- verted decomposition products of starches, including references to the processes involved in giving rise to them, and to the various forms of dextrins and sugars and unusual products ; and of assumed processes in the synthesis of starch. Then are given the methods heretofore used to differentiate starches and a consideration of the digestibility of raw and boiled starches, with especial reference to certain popular misconceptions regarding the latter. A chapter is devoted to quotations of histological descriptions of over 1,200 starches obtained from an exceedingly large variety of plants and plant-parts. The final chapters embrace statements of the methods employed in the investigation and the demonstration of the differen- tiation and specificity of starches in relation to genera, species, etc. Part II comprises the laboratory records of the histological, physical, and physico-chemical properties of over 300 starches, representing 105 genera and 34 families, which serve as the basis of the research, including 10 text charts of re- action intensities and an index of the starches. The general conclusion reached from the results of these two researches is that corresponding complex organic metabolites (such as proteins, starches, glycogen, fats, chloesterins, etc.) are modified specifically in relation to genera, species, etc., and that, as a corollary, differences in the properties of such corresponding stereo- isomers constitute a strictly scientific basis for the classification of plants and animals and also offer a logical basis for the study of those structural, chemical, and physiological properties of protoplasm which have their expression in heredity, mutations, variations, sex, and a host of problems of normal and abnormal biology, general and special. No. 270. REICHERT, E. T. A Biochemic Basis for the Study of Problems of Tax- onomy, Heredity, Evolution, etc., with especial reference to the Starches and the Tissues of Parent and Hybrid, Stocks, and to the Starches and the Hemoglobins of Varieties, Species, and Genera. Quarto, 834 pages. Published 1919. Price $18.00. Part I. Summaries and Comparisons of the Properties of the Starches and of the Tissues of Parent-stocks and Hybrid-stocks. Applications of the Results of the Researches to the Germ-plasm, Variations, Fluctuations, Sports, Mutants, Species, Taxonomy, Heredity, etc. Notes and Conclusions. Pages xi+i to 376, 34 plates, 820 charts. Part II. Special, General, and Comparative Laboratory Data of the Properties of the S'tarches and of the Tissues of Parent-stocks and Hybrid-stocks. Pages vn +377 to 834. This research is complementary and supplementary to Publications 116 and 173, and is like them in the nature of a preliminary investigation. Facts have been accumulating along various and diverse lines of inquiry that are in support of the following propositions: that vital properties may be reduced to a physico- chemic basis ; that corresponding complex organic metabolites exist in stereoisom- eric forms that are modified specifically in relation to and therefore diagnostic of the protoplasmic source ; that the study of the genesis of protoplasm, individuals, sex, varieties, species, and genera is a study of the genesis of chemical interactions and compounds and of applications of the laws of physical chemistry. The methods of study pursued include examinations of the histologic, polariscopic, physico- chemic and chemic properties of starches, chiefly of the property of gelatinizability, which property, as has been found, is a physico-chemic unit-character that may be expressed in as many physico-chemic unit-character-phases as there are agents to elicit them. The values of these phases and other reactions can be stated in fig- ures, reduced to charts, and shown in their sum-totals to be as distinctive of the kind of starch and the plant source as are botanic characters of the plant. Stereochemistry Applied to Biology 115 The starches from 50 sets of parent and hybrid stocks of a variety of genera and families have teen studied, and it has been found that any individuality of the starch of either parent and also any property common to the starches of both parents may or may not be transmitted to starch of the offspring, and that if trans- mitted it may appear in the same or in modified form ; moreover, that properties may appear in the starch of the hybrid that are not observed in the starch of either parent. These studies have been supplemented by macroscopic and microscopic investi- gations of the tissues of 8 sets of parent and hybrid stocks, the results of which, as should logically be expected, are fundamentally in harmony with those of the starch research, and all are in accord with the records of heredity in general and with universally recognized principles of the plant and animal breeder. The first chapter treats particularly of criteria of hybrids and mutants ; the intermediateness and lessened vitality of hybrids ; the intermediateness of the starches of hybrids; the intermediateness of macroscopic properties of hybrids; instability and Mendelian inheritance of hybrids and mutants; genetic purity in relation to the intermediateness of hybrids ; theoretic requirements in the properties of starches to conditions in the hybrid corresponding to those of anatomic char- acters ; and unit-characters and unit-character-phases. The second chapter is de- voted to statements of the methods employed, constancy of the results, compara- tive valuations, etc. The third chapter gives brief comparative summaries of the more important data of the histologic properties and the polariscopic, iodine, ani- line, temperature, and various reagent reactions of the starches of each set of parent and hybrid stocks. Chapter 4 includes general and special considerations of the reaction-intensities of the starches of parent and hybrid stocks. Chapter 5 summarizes the histologic characters and qualitative and quantitative reactions of the starches of hybrids in relation to the starches of the parent stocks, and of the macroscopic and microscopic characters of the tissues of hybrids in relation to those of the parent stocks. The next chapter is devoted to applications of the results of the researches to the explanation of the developmental changes in the germplasm, and of sports, mutations, and the genesis of species. The final chapter is given over to notes and conclusions. The author believes that the specificities of stereoisomerides in relation to tissues, organs, and organisms are among the most extraordinary and fundamental phenomena of living matter, and, therefore, that the principles and methods set forth in these investigations will serve as starting-points for studies that will prove of epochal importance in the unraveling of numberless problems of biology. BOTANY. No. 8. FARLOW, W. G. Bibliographic Index of North American Fungi. Octavo, Vol. 1, part 1, xxxv+312 pages. Published 1905. Price $2.00. A compilation of the references to species of fungi in North America southward to the Isthmus of Panama and including the West Indies. The above is only about one-fourth of the projected work which can not be carried farther. No. 15. MOTHER D. M. Fecundation in Plants. Octavo, vm-f 187 pages, 75 text figures. Published 1904. Price $1.50. (Out of print.) The subject of fecundation in plants is presented by a discussion of the more thoroughly investigated concrete cases. No. 6. COVILLE, F. V., and D. T. MACDOUGAL. Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution. Octavo, vi-f-58 pages, 29 plates. Published 1903. Price $0.50. A discussion of the general features of deserts with respect to the climate and soil formations, together with a presentation of the principal problems presented by the specified forms of plants which characterize arid areas. Detailed descriptive sketches are given of the arid regions in western Texas, the sand dunes of Chi- huahua, the Tularosa desert, Nogales, Torres, Guaymas, the Colorado and Mohave deserts, the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, and the Tucson region. No. 99. MACDOUGAL, D. T. Botanical Features of North American Deserts. Oc- tavo, 115 pages, 62 plates, 6 figures. Published 1908. Price $1.75. The more important features of deserts in North America from the Great Basin in Nevada to southern Mexico are described and amply illustrated. The initial investigations by the members of the staff of the Desert Laboratory in the Salton Basin are given, as well as various other physiological and geographical researches. Especial attention is given to the Tucson region, the geology of which was contrib- uted by Prof. W. P. Blake. Some consideration is also given to soils, temperatures, conditions contributory to deserts, and environmental relations to desert plants. No. 24. MACDOUGAL, D. T., A. M. VAIL,, G. H. SHULL, and J. K. SMALL. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 2, Station for Experi- mental Evolution.) Octavo, 57 pages, 22 plates. Published 1905. Price $1.00. (Out of print.) An account of cultural investigations of the evening primroses for the purpose of testing the recurrence and stability of mutants, and an estimation of their fluctuating variability compared with the parental type. No. 81. MACDOUGAL, D. T., A. M. VAIL, and G. H. SHULL. Mutations, Variations, and Relationships of the Oenotheras. (Paper No. 9, Station for Ex- perimental Evolution.) Octavo, 92 pages, 22 plates, 73 text figures. Published 1907. Price $1.00. Includes a continuance of the investigations described in No. 24. The identity, dis- tribution, >and coefficient of mutability of Lamarck's evening primrose are discussed. No. 141. MACDOUGAL, D. T., and E. S. SPALDING. The Water-balance of Succu- lent Plants. Octavo, iv+77 pages, 8 plates, 16 text figures. Published 1910. Price $1.00. This book contains the results of several years' measurement of various cacti by which their form-alterations and growth were apprehended. The massive bodies of Carnegiea, Opuntia, and Echinocactus undergo alterations in volume and form with the increase or decrease of the soil-moisture and evaporation, these changes being modified to some extent by insolation and air-temperatures. The external folds of Carnegiea (the tree cactus) and Echinocactus (melon cactus) allow rapid expansion and contraction of their great trunks, and observations upon these move- ments for several years are given. The results of variations in the amount and composition of the water-balance carried by desert plants are also shown. The depletion of the water-balance is accompanied by reversible changes of form; its "7 118 Botany repletion may or may not be accompanied by irreversible growth alterations. The osmotic activity of the sap and its content of mineral salts and organic matter are increased with a lowered water-balance, but the acidity remains practically un- changed. Succulents are regarded as representing the highest type of specializa- tion under arid conditions. A speculative consideration is given to the origination and evolutionary development of these forms. No. 129. MACDOUGAL, D. T., and W. A. CANNON. The Conditions of Parasitism in Plants. Octavo, in+60 pages, 10 plates, 2 text figures. Published 1910. Price $1.00. A description is given of the newly discovered parasitism of Krameria can- escens and K. parvifolia, with details of the relations of the parasite to its prin- cipal hosts. The more important features of structure and the results of some experimental tests of the action of the parasite are set out. Cannon adds a tenth family of plants to the list of parasites among the higher plants. The results of an experimental analysis of parasitism are given. Regenerated cuttings of a num- ber of desert plants were inserted in the bodies of cacti and other succulents, upon which many were successfully grown as xeno-parasites. Chemical analysis of the sap of the plants reveals the fact that a higher osmotic activity is necessary to enable one form to become parasitic upon another, but the actual assumption of dependent relations may be prevented by many things, such as excretions and vig- orous formation of scar-tissue. No. 193. MACDOUGAL, D. T., and COLLABORATORS. The Salton Sea: A Study of the Geography, the Geology, the Floristics, and the Ecology of a Des- ert Basin. Quarto, xi-f-182 pages, 32 plates, 4 figures. Published 1914. Price $5.00. The geological and biological processes of the surface layers of the earth's crust are profoundly different under subserial exposures to those which prevail under subaqueous conditions. Any region, therefore, which may be subjected to sub- mergence and to weathering, alternately, will offer a changing complex of envi- ronic conditions, with accompanying disturbances in the balance and distributional movements of the organisms of the region. The great Cahuilla Basin, which lies to the westward of the lower or southern part of the main stream of the Colorado River has been the scene of alternation of the kind in question. The lower part of this basin has been submerged and desic- cated many times in the last few hundred years, as attested by the numerous beach or strand formations and layers of travertine on the shores. The making of the lake in 1904, 1905, and 1906 at the time of the organization of the work of the Desert Laboratory, offered opportunities for some studies the results of which are presented in the present paper. The facts to be considered were so diverse in character, and the necessary methods of calibration and estimation so unlike, that the co-operation of a number of workers in various branches of science was enlisted. A general sketch of the geology and topography of the basin was furnished by the late Prof. W. P. Blake, whose barometric measurements as a member of the Williamson expedition in 1853 first established the fact that the region was an inclosed basin, the lowermost part of which was below sea-level. The history of earlier travel and the general geography of the basin is described by Mr. G. Sykes, geographer of the Desert Laboratory. The analyses of water samples have been carried out under the direction of Prof. R. H. Forbes, at the Agricultural Experi- ment Station of Arizona, by the aid of Dr. W. H. Ross and Prof. A. E. Vinson. The surface geology, with especial reference to the soil formations, has been the subject of careful examination by Mr. E. E. Free, formerly of the United States Bureau of Soils. Prof. G. J. Pierce, of Stanford University, has contributed the results of studies of organisms living in brackish and saline waters, which are of especial concern with the subject, particularly in the stages of the desiccation of the lake yet to come. Prof. M. A. Brannon, of the University of North Dakota, has carried on a series of cultures by which the specific action of micro-organisms to Botany 119 sulphates, iron, and calcium compounds has been determined and some important facts bearing upon the changes in woody tissue probably initial to the formation of coal have been obtained. Prof. J. C. Jones, of the University of Nevada, has made brief studies of the travertine coatings found on the solid granite near the level of the highest beach line, establishing the participation of biological agencies in their formation. Mr. S. B. Parish, of San Bernardino, has written a descrip- tion of the plants which form the vegetative setting of the drama of the appear- ance and disappearance of the lake. Dr. MacDougal has devoted attention chiefly to the revegetation of the areas laid bare by the desiccation of the lake in which about sixty species have participated. Important contributions have been made to the subjects of dissemination by birds, winds, and by flotation of seeds and seedlings. The re-occupation of sterilized islands has been followed, and the efficiency of various agencies in distribution evaluated. No. 297. MACDOUGAL, DANIEL T. Hydration and Growth. Octavo. In press. The purpose of the investigations described in this work was to ascertain the forces outside of osmosis, which are concerned in the mechanism of growth. Auxesis or actual increase of the mass of living matter consists in the accretion of new molecules of solid matter and their hydration or combination of molecules of water. The assumption has prevailed hitherto that all protoplasm was pre- dominantly proteinaceous and that growth consisted chiefly in the increased hy- dration or swelling which followed the action of the hydrogen on such am- photeric substances. Substantial foundation has been found, however, for the conception that in the plant cell soluble and readily diffusible sugars (polysac- charids) pass into the growing cells where a large proportion is converted into the non-diffusible or mucilaginous pentosans. These pentosans have a relatively large hydration capacity, which is reduced by the hydrogen ion, but which is in- creased by amino compounds, such as asparagin, glycocoll alanin, and phenyldarrin. Biocolloids were made up from agar, tragacanth, acacia, and cherry gum as representing the carbohydrates and of gelatin and plant albumins representing the proteins. Measurement of the action of dried plates of such material estab- lished striking similarities with dried and living sections of plants. The general- izations thus obtained were used in the interpretation of the growth phenomena of such organs and members as joints of cacti, sunflower stems, wheat seedlings leaves, pods, fleshy fruits, and tree stems. The action of temperature, water- loss, and varying acidity of the sap in causing variations in the rate and amount of growth was measured. The origination of succulence in plants and the cause of the xerophytic habit and spirose form of desert species is attributed to the dehydration of sugars with their resultant conversion into mucilages in one case, and in the other the formation of wall material is accelerated with an accompanying restriction in growth. The technique of preparation and measurement of the swelling of biocol- loids by the auxograph is described. The same instrument is used in obtaining growth records and variations in volume of plants. No. 117. CANNON, W. A. Studies in Heredity as Illustrated by the Trichomes of Species and Hybrids of Jnglans, Oenothera, Palaver, and Solatium. Octavo, m-f-67 pages, 10 plates, 20 figures. Published 1909. Price $0.75. A cytological study of the origin, development, variations, and inheritance of the hairs of several plants, chiefly for the purpose of determining whether or not the hairs or systems of hairs borne by a plant might be considered as unit characters. When two plants were hybridized which bore the same types of hairs but of different dimensions, the hybrid resulting showed intermediate organs, but a distinct type borne by either parent was transmitted unchanged, or as an indivisible unit character. No. 131. CANNON, W. A. The Root Habits of Desert Plants. Octavo, 95 pages, 23 plates, 17 text figures. Published 1911. Price $1.50. The results of a study of the root habits of representatives of the principal types of desert species are given in detail in this contribution. Among these forms it is found that the general aspect of the root-system is characteristic and that like the 120 Botany shoot modifications induced by environmental agencies lie within well-defined limits. This range of variation being thus comparatively narrow, a high degree of special- ization in habitat results in desert soils. The root-systems of the rapidly growing summer annuals of the desert are different from those of winter annuals in show- ing a fuller development of all components, but neither type penetrates the soil to a greater depth than 20 cm. (8 inches). Perennials have three types of roots namely, the generalized type, with the tap-root and the laterals both well developed, and the specialized forms, of which one type has a prominent tap-root and the other promi- nent laterals. Covillea tridentata and Prosopis velutina are representatives of plants with generalized roots, while Kceberlina spinosa and a few other plants have specialized roots of the second type. No. 178. CANNON, W. A. Botanical Features of the Algerian Sahara. Octavo, vi+81 pages, 37 plates. Published 1913. Price $2.50. This report gives the more important observations made by the author in the au- tumn of 1910 and early spring of 1911 in southern Algeria and interprets the main characters of the flora in the light of results previously attained at the Desert Labo- ratory at Tucson, Arizona. The territory visited was from Laghouat, just south of the Saharan Atlas Mountains, across the regions of the Daya and the Chebka, to Ghardaia, the chief city of the M'Zabites. From Ghardaia the Gantra was crossed to Ouaragla and thence the route followed was by Touggourt and the Oued Rirh to Biskra. Special attention is given to the root habits of the shrubs and semi- shrubs which are related so far as possible to the environment. A portion of this region visited has been little seen by botanists and the descriptions of plant habits and their habitats are thus far new. The study is illustrated by many detailed and general pictures of plants and of their environment. CANNON, W. A. The Topography of the Chlorophyll' No. 98. Apparatus in Desert Plants. Octavo, 42 pages, 15 text figures, 5 plates. KNOX, ALICE A. fnduction, Development, and Herita- bility of Fascialions. Octavo, 20 pages, 1 text figure, 5 plates. Published 1908. Price $0.75. (a) The results of a developmental study of the chlorophyll apparatus of a number of species characteristic of southwestern deserts. Essentially different mechanical arrangements and functional specializations are found in species with reduced leaves and those with extensive, deciduous, laminar formations. The con- ditions governing the thickness and duration of chlorophyllaceous layers in organs subject to secondary thickening are analyzed and some interesting arrangements in succulents and green stems described. (fc) A morphological study based upon living material, showing the principal anatomical features in a number of types of fasciations, together with the results of some extensive experimental observations upon their induction. The heritability of the structures in question was tested by pedigree cultures through several generations. No. 113. SPALDING, V. M. Distribution and Movements of Desert Plants. Oc- tavo, v-f-144 pages, 31 plates, 3 figures. Published 1909. Price $2.00. This paper embodies the results of a study of the factors governing distribution over an area of 4 square miles, including a varied topography, together with col- lateral data from a much larger area. The author has made an exhaustive experi- mental analysis of the relations of the plants of the desert to habitat conditions. The species encountered may be divided into four main groups, according to their habits in the river, in the flood-plain, on the slopes or bajadas, and on the hills or cliffs. Physical properties of the soil, such as soil-moisture and aspect or exposure, are found to be the paramount factors in the determination of local dis- tribution. A large number of the species exhibit a wide range of adjustment and accommodation, particularly with respect to water-supply and temperature. The competitive feature among plants is emphasized as a result of these studies. Botany No. 4. CONARD, H. S. The Waterlilies. A Monograph of the Genus Nymphata. Quarto, xni+279 pages, 30 plates, including 12 plates colored to life, 82 text figures. Published 1905. Price, $6.50. The paper embodies the results of an attempt to bring together the knowledge of this group in all of its botanical relations, inclusive of the results of hybridiza- tions, and some of the details of culture and uses. The general life-history and physiology of the group, as well as the distribution of the separate series in geologic and present time, receive full consideration. The taxonomic conclusions are based upon the fullest anatomical detail, and the principal forms are well illus- trated. An extensive bibliography is appended. No. 94. CONARD, HENRY S. The Structure and Life-History of the Hay-scented Fern. Octavo, 56 pages, 25 plates Published 1908. Price $0.50. Presents a detailed description of the life-history of Dennstcedtia punctilobula, with results of cultures and detailed anatomical studies. No. 37. HARPER, R. A. Sexual Reproduction and the Organisation of the Nucleus in certain Mildews. Octavo, 104 pages, 7 plates. Published 1905. Price $0.75. A presentation of the results of the author's researches upon the organization of the resting nucleus and its relation to the processes of nuclear fusion and division in the mildews. Evidence bearing upon the individuality of chromosomes is pre- sented, alternation of generations in the Ascomycetes is predicted and it is con- cluded that the ascocarp originates in a sexual apparatus. The desirability of basing phylogenetic conclusions primarily upon morphological data is made evident. No. 30. SHULL, G. H. Stages in the Development of Sium cicuta folium. (Paper No. 3, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Octavo, 28 pages, 7 plates, 11 text figures. Published 1905. Price $0.25. For description see page 97. No. 112. SHULL, G. H. Bursa bursa-pastoris and Bursa heegeri: Biotypes and Hybrids. (Paper No. 12, Station for Experimental Evolution.) Oc- tavo, 57 pages, 4 plates, 23 text figures. Published 1909. Price $0.50. For description see page 99. No. 82. LLOYD, FRANCIS E. The Physiology of Stomata. Octavo, 142 pages, 40 text figures, 14 plates. Published 1908. Price $1.50. The investigation described in this paper concerns the questions as to the part played by stomata in the regulation of transpiration and the cause of stomata move- ment. The physiological rather than the physical view of transpiration is favored by the results. Some new facts concerning guard-cells tend to show that these or- gans are secretory rather than photosynthetic. Methods of fixing stomatal struc- tures for examination and a great mass of data bearing on the daily periodicity of transpiration are given. An important contribution on a much-vexed question. No. 139. LLOYD, FRANCIS E. Guayule: A Rubber Plant of the Chihuahuan Desert. Octavo, vin+213 pp., 46 pis., 20 figs. Published 1911. Price $3.50. This publication embodies the results of an organized attempt to bring under cul- tivation a hitherto feral desert plant, together with an extensive ecological study of the same under normal and cultural conditions. Careful consideration is given to the questions of rate of growth and reproduction of the guayule in its native habitat, and a large body of pertinent data is given. The various conditions of climate, soil, vegetational environment, and parasitism affecting the plant are presented in this connection. The life history, habit, anatomical and histological structure of the wild and cultivated forms are minutely described and compared, with the purpose of developing exact knowledge concerning the relation between growth and the rate of rubber secretion. 122 Botany No. 286. WEAVER, JOHN E. The Ecological Relations of Roots. Octavo, 128 pages, 33 plates, 58 figs. Published 1919. Price $3.00. The root habits of dominant and subdominant plants growing under a wide range of climatic and edaphic conditions are given. These data are taken from the examination of over 1,150 root systems of about 140 species of shrubs, grasses, and other herbs. The communities studied were the prairies of eastern Nebraska, the chaparral of southeastern Nebraska, the prairies of southeastern Washington, the plains association and sandhill subclimax of Colorado, and a successional series including the gravel-slide, half-gravel-slide, and forest communities of the Rocky Mountains of Colorado. The general characters of the root system of a species are often as marked and distinctive as are those of the above-ground vegetative portions. Moreover plants growing under different climatic and edaphic condi- tions e. g. prairie, sandhills, forest have root habits which, although showing great individual variation, are often similar in their more general aspects. This has been designated the community root habit. Prairie plants are mostly deep- rooted, about 60 per cent reaching depths ranging from 4 to 20 feet. They em- phasize depth of penetration and a wide spreading of root branches, but not in the surface soil. Plains species are likewise deep rooted but exhibit a pro- nounced development of surface absorbing and widely spreading laterals. Sand- hills species were rooted more superficially and showed as a community an even more conspicuous surface absorbing system. Thus community root habits were determined for the other major units of the vegetation studied. The root systems of a number of species growing in two or more distinctly different habitats were usually found to take on the root habit characteristic of the community as a whole, although certain stable species modified their root habits but little. Root habit was correlated with environmental conditions, particularly with the evaporating power of the air and the water-content of the soil. A knowledge of the position and competition of roots is indispensable in ex- plaining the phenomena of succession. Since root position so clearly reflects the moisture conditions of the soil, especially when interpreted in its community relations, a study of the root habits of plants greatly increases our knowledge of the value of various plants in indicating lands of agricultural or non-agricultural value. A knowledge of root habits is of further value in solving the problems of the competition of range species and the improvement of the range. Finally, root systems indicate the distribution of soil moisture in various habitats, and thus should aid the forester in selecting sites for reforestation or afforestation. No. 206. JOHNSON, DUNCAN S., and HARLAN H. YORK. The Relation of Plants to Tide Levels: A Study of Factors affecting the Distribution of Marine Plants. Octavo, 162 pages, 24 plates, 5 text figures. Pub- lished 1915. Price $2.50. The vertical and horizontal distributions of some 200 species of plants growing in and about the Inner Harbor at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York, and the factors determining these have been carefully studied. The tidal changes in water-level for all shore habitats have been accurately measured. The dependent or associated changes in other factors affecting plant distribution have been either measured or estimated and their relative effects analyzed. The distribution of most shore plants in relation to tidal submergence and exposure is much more precisely limited than is indicated by the terms, "between tide marks," "near low- water mark," etc., commonly used to indicate the distribution of littoral organisms. An adequately exact definition is given for the variously used term "littoral." The chief vegetational zones distinguished, with their upper and lower limits, reckoned from mean low-water, are: (1) Plankton of diatoms and Peridinese. (2) The bottom vegetation ( 5 to + 1.5 feet) of algae, Zostera and Ruppia. (3) The very sharply marked mid-littoral belt (1.5 to 6.5 feet) including a Spartina glabra 'association on beaches and marshes and a rockweed association on the wharves. (4) The upper littoral belt (6.5 to 8 feet) with quite varied vegetation of algae, dicotyledons, and monocotyledons. (5) The supra-littoral belt (8 to 12 feet) with Botany 123 indefinite upper limit, and embracing diverse structural types from fresh-water aquatics to xerophytic dune plants. The environmental factors, whose influences on the distribution of the plants of this harbor are considered, are the following: (1) Substratum, including its physi- cal character, its mobility, and its capacity for drainage and aeration. (2) Water currents, including the dispersal of spores, seeds, and shoot-fragments, the me- chanical injury of the plants, the shifting of soil, and the favoring of interchange between the plant and the surrounding water. (3) The submergence and exposure due to tides, which affect the aeration and transpiration, the light supply, the ex- posure to rain at low-water, and the salinity of the soil water at high levels. (4) The salinity of the soil water and the submerging water including especially the changes in density during the course of the tide near the numerous fresh-water streams. (5) Temperature of the water including daily and seasonal changes. The important general conclusion is reached, as a result of observations here and at other points on the Atlantic Coast, that the vertical range of a plant common to two localities with different ranges of tide will be found exactly proportional in each place to the local range of tide. No. 209. RICHARDS, HERBERT M. Acidity and Gas Interchange in Cacti. Octavo, 107 pages, 6 figures. Published 1915. Price $1.00. This paper presents the results of a somewhat detailed study of the behavior of the acidity and gas interchange of Opuntia versicolor, together with some data from other cacti. The section on acidity determinations embodies a consideration of the periodicity of acid formation and disappearance, with experimental data and discussion of the various external factors which influence the acid content of the tissues. Following this is a chapter on the respiration of cacti as determined by the Pettenkofer method in which especial attention is called to the lag in response of the rate of carbon-dioxide evolution with changing temperatures. The third part of the paper treats of gas interchange in connection with the determina- tion of what is commonly termed the respiratory quotient. The effect of light, darkness, increased or diminished oxygen supply, rising and falling temperatures, wounding, etc., are described. The paper closes with a short consideration of the question of respiration in general, especially in connection with the peculiar phenomena presented by the cacti. No. 218. STOUT, A. B. The Establishment of Varieties in Coleus by the Selec- tion of Somatic Variations. Octavo, 80 pages, 4 plates, 29 figs. Pub- lished 1915. Price $2.00. This study pertains to the frequency, the permanence, and the nature of somatic variations involving leaf-shape and variegation in Coleus, and to an analysis of such phenomena with reference to the expression and the inheritance of char- acters. A single variety of Coleus propagated vegetatively in pedigreed cultures through six generations (833 plants) developed two types of changes: (1) fluctu- ations, and (2) mutations, giving a total of 16 distinct color patterns and a type of plant with periodically laciniate leaves. Selection was effective in maintaining 15 color patterns remarkably constant in vegetative propagation; these exhibited, however, further variations. The phenomena associated with the appearance and the subsequent behavior of the different variations are quite similar to variation and mutation in seed progenies and to alternative inheritance in hybrid progenies. The results show that in Coleus asexual and sexual reproduction are not fundamentally different in respect to the extent and range of variation. Furthermore, the phenomena illustrate, in the de- velopment of green, yellow, and red coloration, the behavior of metidentical qualities and show equally well that the distribution of colors in patterns is due to inter-cellular and inter-tissue relations and is without doubt due to physical and chemical processes quite analogous to the Liesegang precipitation phenomena. 124 Botany No. 287. SPOEHR, H. A. The Carbohydrate Economy of Cacti. Octavo, 79 pages, 2 text figures. Price $1.00. Prerequisite to a rational discussion of the problems concerning the manner in which sugars are formed in the chlorophyllous leaf are a clearer understanding of the conditions governing the equilibria and mutual transformations of the various groups of carbohydrates in the leaf and a more intimate knowledge of plant glycolysis. This paper contains a discussion of some of the reactions which sugars undergo in the presence of various reagents, reactions which simulate those taking place in the living organism and which form the basis of an interpretation of metabolic phenomena. The work consists largely of the analysis of plants (Opuntia versicolor and 0. phceacantha) which had been subjected to various ex- perimental conditions. Special methods of sugar analysis, applicable to this mate- rial, have been worked out and are described. The cacti are characterized by large amounts of mucilaginous material. This is of pentosan nature and comprises a large proportion of the total carbohydrates of the plant. Free pentoses are also present in considerable amounts. The variations of the various groups of carbo- hydrates as effected by the intense seasonal changes to which the cacti are ex- posed are discussed and the results of the special experimental investigations of the factors of temperature and water-content are applied hereto. Results are given of respiration studies under aerobic and anaerobic conditions with special reference to the fate of the carbohydrates and to the conditions of water-balance. The course of consumption of carbohydrates during long periods of starvation and lack of water has been worked out and shows clearly that the pentoses are easily utilized by the plant. Finally the origin and role of the pentose sugars in plants is discussed and a theory of the formation of this group of sugars is form- ulated, based largely upon the discovery of pure glucuronic lactone in the cacti. No. 50. LIVINGSTON, BURTON E. The Relation of Desert Plants to Soil Moisture and to Evaporation. Octavo, 78 pp., 16 figs. Published 1906. Price $0.40. Embodying the results of quantitative studies of the moisture conditions in desert soil and desert atmosphere, especially in their relation to absorption and transpira- tion of plants. The conception of relative transpiration is developed and its useful- ness in such studies demonstrated. Some important data on periodic fluctuations in water-loss and exact measurements of the soil-moisture requirements of several species of desert plants are given. LIVINGSTON, BURTON E., and LON A. HAWKINS. The No. 204. Water Relation between Plant and Soil. Octavo, pages 1-48, 3 text figures. PULLING, HOWARD E., and BURTON E. LIVINGSTON. The Water Supplying Power of the Soil as Indicated Published 1915. Price $0.75. by Osmometers. Octavo, pages 49-84, 2 text figures. The paper by Livingston and Hawkins gives a discussion of the dynamics of the water relation between plant and soil. The results of experiments with three different species of potted plants are presented, these experiments involving the use of the Livingston auto-irrigator as an indicator of soil-moisture conditions and that of the porous cup atmometer for measuring air-moisture conditions. A method for obtaining a quantitative index of environmental aridity (including both air and soil) is here tentatively set forth. The paper by Pulling and Livingston presents the results of a study of the re- sistance offered by soils of various water-contents to the absorption of water by osmometers, these instruments simulating the action of the absorbing surfaces of plant roots. Collodion membranes and cane-sugar solution were employed in the osmometers. The paper includes a discussion of the water-supplying power of soils and of the decrease in this power as water is withdrawn. No. 284. LIVINGSTON, BURTON E., and FORREST SHREVE. The Distribution of Veg- etation in the United States as related to Climatic Conditions. Octavo. In press. The book is the result of a study carried on by the authors during a period of ten years and it presents many new points of view and elaborations of these, Botany 125 as well as of generally prevalent conceptions, regarding the relations that exist between natural plant distribution and climatic conditions in the United States. The first section deals with the facts of geographical distribution with reference (1) to the main general vegetational types of the area considered, (2) to selected, ecologically conformic groups of plants, and (3) to selected individual species. These data are presented by charts showing the geographical areas actually oc- cupied by the various types, etc., considered. The second section deals with the climatic conditions that are known to influ- ence plant activity. These conditions first receive attention from the physiological point of view, and a discussion is given regarding the physiological principles upon which the quantitative etiological aspect of biatic distribution and of ecology in general may eventually be worked out. Then follows a presentation of the climatic areas of the United States, based upon those features for which quanti- tative data are available, and upon various methods for computing these data so as to give promising climatic indexes. An important feature of many of these index values and a new one for such studies as this, is the computation of the indexes for the period of the average frostless season. All these different kinds of climatic index values are presented in tabular form and also cartographically. By the latter method of presentation the area of the United States appears as sub- divided into climatic zones or provinces, each kind of index having its own set of provinces. In certain cases (notably for the very important Transeau moisture-ratio of precipitation to evaporation) two or more different kinds of climatic indexes are combined